initial commit of ebook 32012HEADmain

11 files changed, 9885 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/32012-8.txt b/32012-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b1a846
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3235 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative of the Shipwreck, Captivity and
+Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute, by Horace Holden
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Narrative of the Shipwreck, Captivity and Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute
+       Who were cast away in the American ship Mentor, on the
+       Pelew Islands, in the year 1832; and for two years
+       afterwards were subjected to unheard of sufferings among
+       the barbarous inhabitants of Lord North's island
+
+Author: Horace Holden
+
+Release Date: April 16, 2010 [EBook #32012]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SHIPWRECK ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Richard J. Shiffer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's Note: Every effort has been made to replicate this
+text as faithfully as possible, including obsolete and variant spellings
+and other inconsistencies. Text that has been changed to correct an
+obvious error is noted at the end of this ebook.]
+
+
+
+
+  A NARRATIVE
+
+  OF THE
+
+  SHIPWRECK,
+
+  CAPTIVITY AND SUFFERINGS
+
+  OF
+
+  HORACE HOLDEN AND BENJ. H. NUTE;
+
+  WHO WERE CAST AWAY IN THE
+
+  AMERICAN SHIP MENTOR,
+
+  ON THE
+
+  PELEW ISLANDS,
+
+  IN THE YEAR 1832;
+
+  _AND FOR TWO YEARS AFTERWARDS WERE SUBJECTED TO
+  UNHEARD OF SUFFERINGS AMONG THE BARBAROUS
+  INHABITANTS OF_
+
+  LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.
+
+
+  BY HORACE HOLDEN.
+
+
+  BOSTON:
+  RUSSELL, SHATTUCK, AND CO.
+  1836.
+
+
+
+  ENTERED ACCORDING TO ACT OF CONGRESS, IN THE YEAR 1836,
+  BY HORACE HOLDEN.
+  IN THE CLERK'S OFFICE OF THE DISTRICT COURT OF MASSACHUSETTS.
+
+
+  STEREOTYPED BY
+  SHEPARD, OLIVER, AND CO.
+
+
+
+
+  TO
+
+  JOHN PICKERING, ESQ.
+
+  Of Boston,
+
+  AND TO
+
+  WILLIAM R. RODMAN, ESQ.
+
+  Of New Bedford,
+
+  To whom the author is under the greatest obligations
+  for their countenance and assistance,
+  this little work is gratefully
+  INSCRIBED
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS OF TATTOOING.]
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The islands now known by geographers under the general name of
+_Polynesia_, have for some time past attracted the attention of the
+scientific and commercial world. Few opportunities, however, occur of
+obtaining information respecting any of them except those which are
+resorted to for commercial purposes. With a view, therefore, to the
+collecting of all the necessary materials for the history of their soil,
+climate, productions, and other particulars, especially of such of them
+as have not already been visited by the civilized people of Europe and
+America, it is desirable to preserve all authentic accounts of them,
+even of those which are of inferior importance.
+
+The following unpretending Narrative contains such an account of one of
+them, commonly called _Lord North's Island_, but sometimes known by the
+name of _Nevil's Island_ and _Johnston's Island_. It is situated in
+about lat. 3° 2-3/4' N., and, according to the most correct
+calculations, about long. 131° 4-1/4' E.
+
+This island has been stated, in geographical works of authority, to be
+uninhabited; but Horsburg's India Directory (vol. ii. p. 497, edit. of
+1827) correctly says it is inhabited, and that the natives "will
+sometimes come off to ships passing near." And it will accordingly be
+found, by the present Narrative, that it has a population of between
+three and four hundred inhabitants, as nearly as could be estimated by
+the American seamen, whose captivity and sufferings are the subject of
+this work; the island itself being, according to their judgment also,
+about three quarters of a mile long and half a mile in breadth.
+
+The materials of this Narrative were furnished by Horace Holden, one of
+the seamen above mentioned, who, with his companion, Benjamin Nute, was
+detained as a captive by the islanders for two years; during which time
+he and his companion acquired the language so far as to converse in it
+with ease. This afforded them the means of knowing and observing many
+things which would escape the mere passing voyager; and whatever
+statements are here made, the editor has every reason to believe may be
+entirely relied upon.
+
+In order to complete the little collection of facts in relation to this
+people--who may justly be called a new people, as no white man has ever
+before been upon their territory--a specimen of their language is added
+to the Narrative. This has been made under many disadvantages; but no
+small labor has been bestowed upon it, in order to render it of use, so
+far as was practicable, in elucidating the affinity of these islanders
+to others in that quarter of the world. It is now universally agreed
+among the learned, that language affords the surest test of the
+affinities of nations; and it is greatly to be desired that more
+attention should be bestowed upon this subject by the intelligent
+navigators of the United States, and especially by the scientific young
+men of our navy, who, under the permission of the government, would have
+the most ample means of augmenting the stores of general science, while
+at the same time they would confer honor upon their country.
+
+The editor forbears to add any thing further in relation to the contents
+of this little volume. But he cannot dismiss the work without again
+expressing the high sense of gratitude felt by the two seamen in
+question, to the benevolent individuals of their own country, and
+others, who have relieved their sufferings; and this he subjoins in an
+extract from a note on that subject by H. Holden:--
+
+     "In addition to the gentlemen mentioned in the Narrative, we are
+     under great obligations to Mr. Stephen Oliphant and his son, and
+     their clerk, of New York, who were residents at Canton when we
+     arrived there. Mr. Oliphant kindly furnished us with a room, food,
+     and other necessaries, and gave us our passage from Canton to New
+     York in his ship called the Morrison, commanded by captain
+     Lavender, from whom also we experienced every attention.
+
+     "The respected American missionary at Canton, Mr. Edwin Stevens,
+     rendered us many friendly services; and from the English physician,
+     who was formerly in the East India Company's service there, but
+     whose name I do not recollect, we received every attention and
+     medical aid that could have been bestowed on his nearest friends.
+
+     "We are also much indebted to Mr. Bradford and Mr. Robert E.
+     Apthorp, both of Boston, for their many acts of kindness. To the
+     latter gentleman, then a resident at Canton, I cannot sufficiently
+     express my obligations; he interested himself much in obtaining
+     money, clothing, and other necessaries for us, to make our
+     situation comfortable during our stay in Canton and on our passage
+     home.
+
+     "To the many friends whom we have found since our return to our own
+     country we can never be sufficiently grateful. Among these I cannot
+     omit to mention Mr. J. N. Reynolds, author of the interesting
+     Account of the Voyage of the Potomac, who has taken the most lively
+     interest in our case, and Mr. Joseph P. Bradley, of Boston, to
+     whose untiring zeal and benevolence I feel myself to be indebted
+     more than I am able to express.
+
+                                                       HORACE HOLDEN"
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+Equipment and departure of the ship Mentor from the port of New
+Bedford, Massachusetts.--The ship's company.--Arrival at
+Fayal.--Passage down the Cape de Verd islands, and round the cape of
+Good Hope, to the Indian ocean.--Cruising among the islands, and
+arrival at the port of Coupang, in Timor.--A violent storm.--The ship
+strikes on a coral reef off the Pelew islands.--Alarm and distressing
+situation of the ship's company, and sudden loss of eleven of their
+number.--The survivors preserved upon a dry part of the reef
+                                                                      13
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+The situation of the survivors of the ship's company upon the reef
+during the night.--A canoe filled with savage natives approaches the
+reef; intercourse with them; and description of their persons and
+terrific appearance.--Their pilfering of the articles saved, and
+plundering of the ship.--Several canoes arrive.--Mr. Nute's resolute
+conduct towards the natives.--The ship's company pursue their course,
+in their boat, towards an island, on which they land after severe
+suffering
+                                                                      29
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+A canoe, with two natives, approaches the island.--Communication
+opened with them.--A great number of canoes, filled with armed
+natives, suddenly arrive; rough treatment of the captain by one of
+the chiefs.--They all arrive at the harbor of the island, which
+proved to be one of the Pelew islands.--Description of the island and
+its inhabitants.--Consultation of the chiefs respecting the ship's
+company.--Result of the consultation
+                                                                      41
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+An extraordinary and unexpected meeting with a person not a
+native.--Happy result of the meeting.--Acquisition of the Pelew
+language.--Dissensions between two portions of the natives.--Three of
+the ship's company separated and carried to a place remote from
+the rest.--Attempt to construct a boat, in order to leave
+the island.--The natives agree to release them all for a
+compensation.--Solemnities observed by the natives on the
+occasion.--Tools used in making the boat; transportation of timber,
+&c.--The plan abandoned, and a canoe substituted for the
+boat.--Another festival
+                                                                      55
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+The natives become anxious to aid the ship's company in leaving the
+island.--Terms on which they agreed to release them.--Departure from
+the Pelew islands.--Necessity of returning the same night.--Detention
+a month longer; and final departure
+                                                                      68
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+Regret at having undertaken the voyage in boats.--Storm, and damage
+in consequence of it.--Loss of the canoe and the provisions on
+board.--Danger of perishing from famine.--On the fifteenth day, when
+nearly exhausted with fatigue and hunger, they discover a small
+island.--Approach of eighteen canoes filled with natives, who make
+prisoners of them all.--Cruelty of the natives; and return with their
+prisoners to the island.--Reception there.--The prisoners
+distributed among the captors
+                                                                      74
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+The island, to which they were carried, proves to be Lord North's
+island, called by the natives _ToŽbee_.--Account of the island and
+its inhabitants.--Their manners and customs
+                                                                      81
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+A ship discovered at a small distance from the island.--The natives
+prepare to go on board of her.--Captain Barnard and Bartlet Rollins,
+after being severely beaten, are allowed to go with the natives in
+their canoes, and thus effect their escape; the rest of the Mentor's
+people are still forcibly detained on the island.--Their hopes of
+being taken on board of the same ship are suddenly blasted.--Their
+despondency on that disappointment.--Return of the natives from the
+ship; their rage, and quarrels about the division of the articles
+procured on board of her.--They threaten to wreak their vengeance on
+the Mentor's people that remained with them.--Their cruel treatment
+of them.--A storm destroys the cocoa-nut trees and causes a scarcity
+of food
+                                                                      95
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+The natives compel the Mentor's people to be tattooed.--Description
+of that painful operation.--They also oblige them to pluck their
+beards, &c.--Another vessel passes by the island; and, afterwards, a
+third comes in sight and remains for three days; the Mentor's people
+are closely guarded at these times.--The melancholy fate of William
+Sedon; and the barbarous murder of Peter Andrews.--Attack on H.
+Holden, who is protected by one of the natives, and escapes.--B. Nute
+and others are protected by the female natives from the fury of the
+men.--Death of one of the Pelew chiefs.--Another of the Pelew people
+is detected in stealing, and is punished in their manner.--Death of
+Milton Hewlet and Charles C. Bouket; leaving now only B. Nute, H.
+Holden, and the other Pelew chief, named _Kobak_, who all remained in
+a feeble and helpless condition.--Filthy practices of the
+natives.--Friendship of the surviving Pelew chief
+                                                                     101
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+The feeble and exhausted condition of the survivors, Nute and
+Holden.--The natives consent to release them from labor, but refuse
+them food; and they obtain permission to leave the island in the
+first vessel, for a compensation to be made to the natives.--They
+crawl about from place to place, subsisting upon leaves, and
+occasionally begging a little food of the natives, for two
+months.--Their sudden joy at hearing of a vessel coming towards the
+island.--It proves to be the British barque Britannia, captain Short,
+bound to Canton.--They are taken on board the Britannia, November 27,
+1834, and treated with the kindest attention.--Their joy and
+gratitude at this happy termination of their sufferings.--They
+gradually recover their health so far as to take passage for America,
+in the ship Morrison, bound for New York, where they arrive May 5,
+1835.--Acknowledgments for their kind reception at New York and
+Boston
+                                                                     111
+
+
+
+
+NARRATIVE, &c.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+     Equipment and departure of the ship Mentor from the port of New
+     Bedford, Massachusetts.--The ship's company.--Arrival at
+     Fayal.--Passage down the Cape de Verd islands, and round the cape
+     of Good Hope, to the Indian ocean.--Cruising among the islands, and
+     arrival at the port of Coupang, in Timor.--A violent storm.--The
+     ship strikes on a coral reef off the Pelew islands.--Alarm and
+     distressing situation of the ship's company, and sudden loss of
+     eleven of their number.--The survivors preserved upon a dry part of
+     the reef.
+
+
+I was born in the town of Hillsborough, in the state of New Hampshire,
+on the 21st of July, 1810. My father's name was Phineas Holden. My
+parents were in moderate circumstances, and derived their chief support
+from a small farm. From the time to which my earliest recollections
+extend, until I was about ten years of age, our little circle,
+consisting of our parents, their three sons and two daughters, enjoyed a
+large share of the pleasures of a New England home. We were all
+accustomed to labor, but our exertions to secure a respectable
+maintenance were richly rewarded by each other's approving smiles, and
+by that contentment, without which blessings, however great or numerous,
+are bestowed upon us in vain.
+
+But, in early life, and in the midst of our enjoyments, we were called
+upon to experience a loss which nothing on earth can supply. My father,
+after a painful sickness of long continuance, died, and left us with no
+other earthly protector than our affectionate mother; who, had her
+ability and means been adequate to our support, or equal to her maternal
+fondness and anxiety, would have saved us from every hardship, and
+supplied all our reasonable desires. But, having no means of support
+except our own industry, we were at that tender age thrown upon the
+world, and compelled to provide for ourselves as Providence might best
+enable us. I labored at different occupations until the age of
+twenty-one; when, finding myself unable, by reason of an impaired
+constitution, to do more than provide for myself, and feeling desirous
+to contribute my share towards the maintenance of our surviving parent,
+I resolved upon making the experiment of a voyage at sea.
+
+I accordingly left the place of my nativity, sundered the many ties that
+bound me to home and friends, and, in July, 1831, entered on board the
+ship Mentor, at the port of New Bedford, Massachusetts, for a whaling
+voyage to the Indian ocean. The ship was owned by William R. Rodman,
+Esquire, an eminent merchant of that place, to whose benevolence, since
+my return home, I acknowledge myself to be deeply indebted. We sailed on
+the day of my enlistment; and I soon found myself upon the bosom of the
+great deep, and at the mercy of an element to which I had been but
+little accustomed.
+
+The whole ship's company of the Mentor consisted of twenty-two; namely,
+Edward C. Barnard, captain; Thomas M. Colesworthy, first mate; Peter
+O'Connor, second mate; Benjamin F. Haskell, David Jenkins, and Jacob
+Fisher, boat-steerers; Peter Andrews, steward; John Mayo, cook; and
+Horatio Davis, Bartlet Rollins, William Jones, Thomas Taylor, Lewis
+Bergoin, Charles C. Bouket, Calvin Alden, Milton Hulet, William Sedon,
+James Meder, James Blackmore, John Baily, Benjamin H. Nute, (my
+companion in suffering,) and myself, seamen.
+
+After leaving port, nothing remarkable occurred during the first part of
+our voyage. Having succeeded in obtaining a small quantity of oil, we
+touched at Fayal, one of the Azores, or Western islands, to leave the
+oil and replenish our stores. We left Fayal on the following day. Our
+course was down the Cape de Verd islands; and, without any accident
+worth relating, we passed round the cape of Good Hope, through the
+straits of Madagascar, and found ourselves in the Indian ocean.
+
+We continued to cruise among the small islands for some time; but being
+unsuccessful in the object of our voyage, it was deemed advisable to
+make for Java. We ran the whole length of the island of Java, passing
+through the straits of Sandal-Wood Island, to the island of Timor, and
+touched at the port of Coupang, where we remained about five days, took
+in wood and water, and replenished our small stores. After leaving that
+place we attempted to pass through the straits of Timor, with a view of
+gaining the Pacific ocean; but owing to adverse winds, and the strong
+currents setting against us, we were compelled to abandon the
+undertaking; and accordingly altered our course. We intended to have
+touched at Ternate, the principal of the Moluccas or Spice islands; but
+we passed it, running down the island of Morty, (or Mortay) to its
+furthermost point. Seeing no port at which we could stop, we altered our
+course, intending to make for some of the Ladrone islands, which we knew
+to be in possession of the Spanish.
+
+I must here observe, that soon after leaving the island of Mortay,
+there came on a violent storm, which lasted the whole of three days and
+nights. During all this time we were unable to take an observation. This
+led to the melancholy disaster, which was the commencement of
+misfortunes and sufferings, too great to be adequately conceived of by
+any but those who experienced them. The violence of the storm compelled
+us to take in all the sails except the top-sail, (which was close
+reefed,) foresail, and foretop-mast stay-sail.
+
+We were sailing in this manner, not apprehending danger, when, about
+eleven o'clock at night, on the 21st of May, 1832, just at the time of
+relieving the watch, the ship struck with great violence upon what we
+afterwards found to be the coral reef extending to the northward and
+eastward of the Pelew islands. The ship ran directly upon the rocks, and
+struck three times in quick succession, the waves dashing over and
+around us with tremendous violence.
+
+At this awful moment I was in my berth, in the steerage. When the ship
+struck the third time, so great was the shock that I was thrown from my
+berth against the opposite side of the steerage; but, soon recovering
+myself, I rushed upon deck. There all was confusion, horror and dismay.
+The ship, immediately after striking the third time, swung round so as
+to bring her starboard side to the windward, and was in a moment thrown
+upon her beam ends. While in this awful condition, with the waves
+continually breaking over us, threatening to overwhelm us in a watery
+grave, or dash us in pieces against the rocks, the captain came upon
+deck, and inquired of the second mate, "Where are we?" The reply was, "I
+don't know, but I think there is land to leeward." There was no time for
+deliberation; it seemed that the immediate destruction of the ship was
+inevitable.
+
+In the midst of this confusion I heard the mate give orders for lowering
+the larboard quarter boat. His directions were immediately complied
+with, and ten of the crew threw themselves into it, thinking it more
+safe thus to commit themselves to the mercy of the waves, than to
+remain on board with the prospect of a certain and speedy termination of
+their existence. But there are reasons which force upon the mind the
+painful conviction, that their departure from the ship at that time
+proved fatal to them all. As the oars were fastened to the sides of the
+boat, some one asked for a knife or hatchet, with which to cut them
+loose. The request was complied with; and, quitting their hold upon the
+ship, they parted from us, and we never saw them more!
+
+As some doubts have existed in the minds of those interested in the fate
+of our shipmates who took to the boat in the manner just described, it
+is deemed advisable here to state my reasons for entertaining the
+opinion above expressed. Far would it be from me to desire to extinguish
+any well-founded hopes of their having survived; but a knowledge of the
+following facts renders it too certain, that they must all have
+perished, soon after their departure from the ship. The next morning the
+remains of a boat in every respect similar to that in which they
+embarked, were distinctly seen on the rocks, at the distance of about
+fifty yards from the ship, bottom up, and with her sides stove in. The
+water being clear and shallow, we could see that she was held there by a
+harpoon and lance, which constituted a part of the fishing implements,
+or crafts, in the boat when she left. These were apparently stuck into
+the crevices of the coral rock (of which the whole reef is composed)
+either by accident or design; and the presumption is, that she became
+fast in that place, and that the waves swept that portion of our
+companions in suffering into a watery grave. But this, though a
+melancholy subject of reflection, is not without some circumstances of
+consolation; for, admitting that they thus met their fate, they were
+saved from that extremity of suffering which some of the ship's crew
+were destined to experience. Were such a death, or the pains of
+captivity endured by my associates and myself, to be the only
+alternatives, I have doubted whether I should not prefer the former. To
+be far from kindred and friends, among a people but one grade above the
+most ferocious beasts, sick at heart, and deprived of necessary food,
+stripped of our clothing, and subjected to unheard-of severities,--to
+endure all this, was to purchase a continuance of life at a dear rate.
+
+Soon after the departure of the first boat, the captain, thinking it
+impossible for the ship to hold together till morning, ordered his own
+boat to be let down. This could be effected only by the united exertions
+of the whole of the remaining part of the crew. Some of the men, and
+myself among the rest, had resolved upon remaining on the ship to the
+last; and, considering it impossible for a boat to live, we earnestly
+expostulated with the captain, for the purpose of persuading him not to
+hazard the experiment. But he seemed to think it best to make it, and
+with great earnestness entreated the men to assist him in lowering his
+boat. As this was a time when but little attention could be paid to the
+distinctions usually kept up on board, I suggested that it might be well
+to cut away the masts, believing that this would relieve the ship, and
+cause her to lie easier upon the rock. This was the more necessary on
+account of her position being such as to render it next to impossible to
+let down the boat. The proposal was acceded to; and, seizing an axe, I
+assisted in cutting away the masts and rigging. This, to some extent,
+had the desired effect; and we were enabled, at length, by great
+exertion, to lower the boat. The captain, Charles C. Bouket, William
+Sedon, and William Jones, immediately placed themselves in it, and
+commenced preparing to leave us. In compliance with his request, a rope
+was fastened round the waist of the captain, so that should the boat be
+destroyed, as there was reason to apprehend she would be, there might be
+some chance of rescuing him from the waves. They were furnished with the
+necessary nautical instruments, log-book, a bag of clothing, a small
+quantity of bread in a tin tureen, and a keg of water. The boat was at
+this time suspended by her falls, and, with a view of letting themselves
+down, the captain stood in the stern, and Bouket in the forward part of
+the boat, both having hold of the falls. Sedon still held on by the
+boat's lashing. Jones had nothing in his hands. At this conjuncture, a
+tremendous sea broke into the boat, and dashed it in pieces;--so entire
+was the destruction, that not a fragment was afterwards seen. Jones was
+soon after seen floating in the water apparently dead. Sedon, in
+consequence of having hold of the boat's fastenings, saved himself by
+climbing into the ship. Bouket, being an expert swimmer, on finding
+himself in the sea, swam round to the leeward side of the ship, caught
+hold of some part of the rigging, and thus escaped. The captain was
+drifted away to the distance of nearly one hundred and fifty yards. It
+was with the utmost difficulty that we retained our hold on the rope
+which had been fastened to him; but at length we succeeded in drawing
+him in. On hearing his cries for assistance, forgetting our own danger,
+we redoubled our exertions, and soon drew him on board. He was much
+exhausted, but fortunately had received no fatal injury.
+
+After the failure of this attempt, and having in so short a time lost
+one half our number, it was agreed upon, after due consultation to
+remain upon the wreck till daylight should reveal to us more fully our
+situation. In this state of suspense and suffering, we clung to the
+rigging, and with much difficulty kept ourselves from being washed away.
+Our situation and prospects during that awful night were such, that no
+ray of hope was permitted to penetrate the dreary prospect around us;
+our thoughts and feelings, wrought up to the highest degree of
+excitement by the horrors of our situation, continually visited the
+homes we had quitted,--probably forever,--and offered up prayers for the
+dear friends we had left behind. Every succeeding wave that dashed over
+us threatened to sweep us into an untried eternity; and while we
+impatiently awaited approaching day, we committed our spirits to Him who
+alone could control the raging elements.
+
+At daybreak, we discovered that a part of the reef, apparently about
+three miles off to the leeward, was dry; and this, though but of small
+consequence, afforded us some comfort. In a short time we discovered
+land at the distance of twenty or thirty miles, in an eastwardly
+direction. This, though we were ignorant of the character of the
+inhabitants--if indeed it should turn out to be the residence of human
+beings--presented to our minds the possibility of escape; and without
+any delay we prepared, as well as we could, to abandon the vessel. There
+remained but one boat, and that was in a poor condition for conveying
+us, eleven in number, so great a distance. But, as no choice was left
+us, the boat was soon prepared; and when the sun was about two hours
+high, we had completed our arrangements. We took into the boat one small
+chest of bread, some water, a quantity of wearing apparel, a canister of
+gunpowder, one musket, a brace of pistols, three cutlasses, and a
+tinder-box. In this frail bark, and with these poor means of subsistence
+and defence, with little to rely upon but the mercy of Providence, we
+took leave of the ship; not without feelings of deep sorrow, and with
+small hopes of improving our forlorn condition.
+
+On leaving the ship we steered directly for the reef above mentioned,
+and without much difficulty landed and drew up our boat. This proved to
+be, as we had previously conjectured, a part of the reef upon which we
+had been wrecked; and we soon ascertained that the portion of the rock
+above water was but about sixteen rods long, and quite narrow, but
+sufficiently large to afford us a secure footing for the little time we
+had to stay upon it. It was our first, and almost our only object, to
+remain here until we could render our arrangements more perfect, and
+either put to sea with less hazard, or make our passage to the land,
+which was still distinctly visible. As yet but little time had been
+afforded us for calm reflection; and it was now a question of serious
+importance, whether it would be most prudent to encounter the billows in
+the crazy boat which was our chief dependence, upon the open sea, with
+our scanty means of subsistence, or to throw ourselves into the hands,
+and upon the mercy of whatever race of beings might chance to inhabit
+the island. In favor of the former plan it was suggested that we might
+be seen, and taken up by some vessel cruising in those seas, and thus
+saved from captivity or death among a barbarous people; and, on the
+other hand, it was maintained, that a chance among the savages of those
+islands would be preferable to the risk of going to sea in a boat which
+was in all respects unseaworthy, and with only a few pounds of bread,
+and but little water, for our subsistence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+     The situation of the survivors of the ship's company upon the reef
+     during the night.--A canoe filled with savage natives approaches
+     the reef; intercourse with them; and description of their persons
+     and terrific appearance.--Their pilfering of the articles saved,
+     and plundering of the ship.--Several canoes arrive.--Mr. Nute's
+     resolute conduct towards the natives.--The ship's company pursue
+     their course, in their boat, towards an island, on which they land
+     after severe suffering.
+
+
+Happily, by the goodness of the allwise Disposer of events, the
+unfortunate can avail themselves of a thousand sources of comfort,
+which, by those in prosperous circumstances, are either overlooked or
+neglected. We were upon a barren rock, in the midst of a waste of
+waters, far from kindred and friends, and the abodes of civilized man;
+the ship which had been our home, and on board of which we had embarked
+with high hopes, lay within sight, a useless wreck; still we were
+enabled to enjoy a moment of relief, if not of actual pleasure, derived
+from an event, which, though trifling in itself, is worthy of being
+recorded.
+
+We succeeded in taking an eel, a few crabs, and a small quantity of
+snails. Having our fire-works with us, we collected a sufficient number
+of sticks, with a few pieces of drift-wood which had lodged upon the
+rock, to make a fire; with this we cooked our fish and snails; and, with
+a small allowance of bread, we made what we then thought a sumptuous
+repast! After we had finished our meal, we began to prepare for the
+night. We erected a tent with some of our clothes and pieces of canvas,
+at a little distance from the boat; and, when night came on, a part of
+our number kept watch, and the rest soon lost all consciousness of their
+misfortunes in sleep. About midnight those who had watched took their
+turn at resting; and in the morning we found ourselves considerably
+refreshed; though an increased activity of our minds served only to
+bring home a more vivid picture of the horrors of the previous night,
+and of our present condition.
+
+Providence, it would seem, had ordained that we should not long remain
+undetermined as to the course to be adopted; for before sunrise we
+discovered a canoe within a short distance of us, containing twenty-two
+of the inhabitants of the neighboring island. They approached to within
+pistol-shot of where we stood, and there lay on their oars for some
+time, looking at us, and manifesting no small degree of fear. Thinking
+it best to be on friendly terms with them, we attached a shirt to one of
+our oars, and hoisted it as a token of a wish, on our part, to regard
+and treat them as friends. This had the desired effect; and they
+immediately rowed up to the rock. Manifesting great pleasure, they left
+their canoe and rushed towards the place where the principal part of our
+boat's crew were standing, bringing with them cocoa-nuts, and a small
+quantity of bread made of the cocoa-nut boiled in a liquor extracted
+from the trunk of the tree. At that time, I was standing near the tent,
+at a little distance from my companions, and was an anxious spectator of
+the scene. Their appearance excited my astonishment, and I was filled
+with horror by the sight of beings apparently human, and yet almost
+destitute of the ordinary marks of humanity. They were entirely naked.
+Each one was armed with a spear and tomahawk; some had battle-axes. They
+were fantastically tattooed on different parts of their bodies. Their
+hair, naturally coarse and black, like that of the Indians of America,
+was very long, and hung loosely over their shoulders, giving them a
+singular and frightful appearance. Their teeth were entirely black;
+rendered so, as we afterwards found, by chewing what they call
+"_abooak_."[1] The reader can judge of our feelings on finding ourselves
+in the hands of beings of this description. Our confidence in the
+honesty of our visiters did not improve on further acquaintance.
+
+No sooner had they landed, than they commenced their depredations upon
+the few articles, which at that time constituted all our earthly riches.
+The nautical instruments, the musket, and a part of our clothing, they
+immediately appropriated to their own benefit. Fortunately a part of our
+clothing, the powder, and the cutlasses we had succeeded in concealing
+in a crevice of the rock. Taking with them their booty, they
+precipitately got into their canoe, and, beckoning to us, evidently with
+a view of inducing us to follow them, they steered directly for the
+wreck. Their first appearance, and this strong manifestation of their
+thievish disposition, so far from inclining us to cultivate their
+acquaintance any further, had given us an irresistible inclination to
+avoid them. Our minds were not long in coming to the conclusion, that an
+open sea, with Heaven to protect us, would be far preferable to a chance
+among beings like those. Accordingly, with the least possible delay, we
+launched our boat, and putting into it such things of value as we had
+saved, once more, surrounded by new difficulties and dangers, committed
+ourselves to the mercy of the waves.
+
+The island before mentioned being now distinctly visible, we steered in
+a direction towards it; though we found it necessary to go a somewhat
+circuitous course, in order to avoid the reef. By the time we had
+succeeded in getting into deep water, the natives had been to the ship,
+and were returning with the five muskets which we had left on board.
+They soon passed us with great rapidity, and evidently with the
+intention of escaping with their booty unharmed. The cause of their
+precipitancy will soon be explained.
+
+Just at this time there came in sight a number of canoes, perhaps
+thirty, filled with natives, who seemed no less intent upon plunder than
+those with whom we had already formed a disagreeable acquaintance. Their
+language was to us entirely unintelligible, but we could gather from
+their somewhat significant gestures, that they most of all desired to
+possess themselves of fire-arms. They beckoned to us to go with them,
+and seemed quite anxious to avail themselves of our assistance; but we
+were not less so to escape; and with the hope of being able to do so,
+we continued to row towards the island. Some of them remained near us,
+while the rest made for the ship. At length, all, except those in one
+canoe, left us, and joined their companions. These seemed particularly
+fond of our company, partly on account, as we afterwards learned, of
+their suspecting that we had something of value concealed about us, and
+partly for the purpose of making us their prisoners, and in that way
+gaining some advantage over the others. After a while they offered, with
+an appearance of friendship, to render us some assistance by towing our
+boat; and after some deliberation we concluded to throw them a line.
+This greatly facilitated our progress, as their canoe, being made very
+light, skimmed over the water with incredible swiftness. No sooner was
+this arrangement completed than a chief, and one other of the natives,
+left their canoe and took their station with us; the chief with a
+somewhat offensive familiarity seating himself in the stern of the boat,
+near the captain. We were not long in doubt concerning the motive which
+had led them to this act of condescension. Our bread was contained in a
+small chest, which had been placed in the bottom of the boat; this
+seemed to have excited their curiosity to the highest pitch, as they
+kept their eyes almost constantly upon it, and endeavored to persuade
+the captain to give them a chance to examine its contents. He declined
+gratifying them, thinking it better to keep their anxiety alive, rather
+than to expose to them the comparative worthlessness of the little that
+remained with us, of either the comforts or necessaries of life.
+
+Probably owing to this show of resistance on our part, when we had
+approached to within five or six miles of the island, at a signal given
+by the chief, the sail of their canoe was suddenly dropped; and, seizing
+our powder canister, he jumped overboard and swam to the canoe. His
+companion, following the example of the thievish chief, seized a bundle
+of clothing and was making off with it; whereupon Mr. Nute, who had not
+yet become entirely reconciled to the fashion of going without clothes,
+like our new acquaintances, and conceiving that it might be well to
+insist upon having the rights of property respected, caught hold of the
+bundle and retained it. Upon this they immediately hauled us alongside,
+and seized upon our oars; here again we had occasion to offer some
+resistance to their supposed right to plunder us, and we succeeded in
+keeping possession of these; the only remaining means of saving
+ourselves from premature death and a watery grave.
+
+They had by this time become so exasperated, that we considered it
+altogether desirable to get ourselves out of the reach of their war
+clubs, spears, and battle-axes; and we took measures accordingly. We
+were still held fast to their canoe, and so completely within their
+reach that it required not a little courage to make any attempt to leave
+them; but Mr. Nute, whose resolution had been wrought up by the previous
+contest, took a knife and deliberately cut the line. Our intention was
+to throw ourselves astern, and then, by tacking directly about, and
+steering in the wind's eye, to escape from them, or at least to give
+them, for a time, some better employment than that of robbing their poor
+and suffering victims. This we succeeded in accomplishing; not however
+without the expense of much toil, and some blows, which they dealt out
+at parting, with so much severity, that we shall not soon lose the
+recollection of their barbarous conduct towards us. Mr. Nute, by his
+intrepidity, seemed to have rendered himself an object of their
+particular dislike; they beat him unmercifully, for his resolution in
+retaining the bundle of clothes, and sundering the only cord that bound
+us to our tormentors.
+
+Having but three oars, our progress was by no means as rapid as we could
+have desired; but perceiving that in going against the wind we had the
+advantage of our pursuers, and knowing that our only safety was in
+flight, we exerted our utmost strength, and soon had the satisfaction of
+leaving them at a safe distance from us. They seemed determined not to
+part with us, and continued to pursue us till about four o'clock, P. M.
+It was with the greatest difficulty that we kept clear of them; at times
+it seemed impossible; and in this situation we could fully realize the
+force of the scriptural sentiment, "all that a man hath he will give for
+his life." Finding them too near us, and evidently intent upon taking
+vengeance for the crime we had committed in attempting to escape, though
+our wardrobe had been reduced to a few necessary articles of clothing,
+we resorted to the expedient of parting even with these, by casting one
+thing at a time upon the water, rightly judging that they might be
+detained in picking them up, and hoping by this management to keep our
+distance from them.
+
+After they left us, we continued our course, which was directly into the
+open sea, until about sunset, when we discovered land ahead, apparently
+at the distance of forty miles. We continued to row on till about three
+o'clock in the morning, when we found that we were in shoal water, and
+near breakers. We contrived to throw the bight of a rope over a point
+of rock which was about eight feet under water, and we there remained
+until daylight. We then let go our hold, and pulled for land. At about
+four o'clock in the afternoon we succeeded in landing on a small island
+distant from the main land about half a mile, and drew our boat upon the
+beach. By this time our strength had become much exhausted, and we were
+suffering beyond description from the want of water. Our first efforts
+were made to find some means for quenching our thirst; and, to our
+inexpressible joy, we soon found a spring, which, in that extremity of
+our sufferings, was of more value than a mine of gold. Poor Sedon was
+left lying in the boat in a state of complete prostration. We carried
+him some water, and he soon revived.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] In Keate's Account of the Pelew Islands this word is written
+_pook_.--_Edit._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+     A canoe, with two natives, approaches the island.--Communication
+     opened with them.--A great number of canoes, filled with armed
+     natives, suddenly arrive; rough treatment of the captain by one of
+     the chiefs.--They all arrive at the harbor of the island, which
+     proved to be one of the Pelew islands.--Description of the island
+     and its inhabitants.--Consultation of the chiefs respecting the
+     ship's company.--Result of the consultation.
+
+
+Having satisfied our most pressing wants, we next set ourselves at work
+to obtain food. We had with us a part of the bread brought from the
+wreck, and the preparation given us by the natives composed of the
+cocoa-nut pulverized and mixed with the sweet liquor extracted from the
+tree. Putting these together into a bucket-full of water, we made out
+the materials for a supper, which, though not of a kind to suit the
+delicate palate, was devoured with thankfulness and a good relish.
+Feeling refreshed and invigorated by our meal, we gathered ourselves
+into a group on the beach, and passed our moments of relaxation in
+conversing upon the melancholy vicissitudes through which we had passed,
+and the gloomy prospect which was at that unpromising moment spread out
+before us. Should we find it possible to procure the means of
+subsistence, it was thought best to remain where we were for a day or
+two, not knowing what reception we should meet with, were we to throw
+ourselves into the hands of the inhabitants of the main island, and
+feeling an unconquerable reluctance to come in contact with beings
+scarce less ferocious than beasts of prey. But fortune having commenced
+making us the sport of painful incidents, soon subjected us to another
+annoyance.
+
+A canoe containing two living beings, in the form of men, in a state of
+nakedness, was seen, from where we sat, putting off from a point of land
+which projected into the sea a small distance below us. They had
+evidently discovered us, and were approaching the spot where we were,
+for the purpose of making themselves acquainted with us and our
+condition. When within hailing distance they stopped, and seemed afraid
+to come nearer. Thinking it best to be on friendly terms with them, we
+beckoned to have them approach. This seemed to please them; and, to
+manifest a friendly disposition, they held up a fish. To show them that
+we were inclined to reciprocate any acts of kindness, to the extent of
+our ability, we held up a crab which we had caught. Upon this they
+immediately came near to where we stood. We presented to each one a
+jackknife, and indicated by signs, that they were at liberty to take any
+thing we had. They appeared highly gratified, and their conduct was
+inoffensive. In a short time they returned to their canoe, and made
+signs to us to follow them; we thought best to do so, and accordingly
+soon placed our effects in the boat, and followed them towards a sort of
+harbor at no great distance. In consequence of the lightness of their
+canoe and their dexterity in managing it, they were soon ahead of us,
+and, turning round a point of land, they were speedily withdrawn from
+our view.
+
+In a few minutes they returned, accompanied by a large number of
+canoes--the water seemed to be literally covered by this miniature
+fleet. The natives were all armed, much like those with whom we first
+became acquainted.
+
+This instantaneous movement was occasioned, as we afterwards learned, by
+an alarm given by the two natives who had visited us on the small
+island. Intelligence of the fact, that a boat's crew of strange looking
+beings, as we doubtless appeared to them, had landed upon their
+territory, was given by sounding a shell. This aroused the multitude,
+and caused them to come out, to satisfy their curiosity, and assist in
+conducting us safely and speedily to a place of security. A large war
+canoe made directly towards us; and, on coming alongside, the head chief
+sprung into our boat, seized the captain by the shoulder, and struck him
+several times with a war-club; in the mean while giving him to
+understand, that it was his will and pleasure to have us row, with all
+convenient despatch, to the place whence they had issued. He then
+commenced swinging his club over our heads with great apparent ferocity,
+for the purpose, as it seemed, of awing us into submission; occasionally
+striking some of our number. After pretty thoroughly convincing us that
+in this case our only course was submission, he began to strip us of our
+clothing. While this was going on, his associates in arms and mischief
+kept their canoe close alongside, and, standing up, held their spears in
+a position to enable them to pierce us through in an instant, if there
+had been any occasion for so doing.
+
+We were soon in their miserable harbor; and, it being low water, we were
+compelled to leave our boat, and wade to the tableland through the mud.
+Our appearance, as the reader will naturally conclude, was not very
+creditable to the land which gave us birth; but since our destitute and
+miserable condition was not our choice, we could do no less than be
+thankful that it was no worse; and, making the best of it, we suffered
+ourselves to be ushered into the presence of the dignitaries of the
+island, in the way they thought most proper. We were conducted to a
+platform, on a rise of land at a little distance from the harbor, on
+which were seated those who had power to dispose of us as they pleased.
+This platform was twelve or fifteen feet square, and was situated
+between two long buildings, called "_pyes_." These, as we afterwards
+learned, were used by the chiefs as places of carousal, and as a sort of
+harem for their women. They were constructed in a rude manner, of bamboo
+sticks, and covered with leaves. They were sixty or seventy feet in
+length, and about twenty-four in width.
+
+That something like a correct conception of this scene may be formed by
+the reader, it may be well to give, in this place, a brief account of
+the appearance, manners, and customs of the natives of this island. This
+was the island known to navigators as Baubelthouap, the largest of the
+group of the Pelew islands. It lies not far from the eighth degree of
+north latitude, is about one hundred and twenty miles in length, and
+contains probably not far from two thousand inhabitants.[2]
+
+The men were entirely naked. They always go armed, in the way before
+described, and carry with them a small basket, containing generally the
+whole amount of their movable property. The women wear no other clothing
+than a sort of apron (fastened to the waist by a curiously wrought
+girdle) extending nearly to the knees, and left open at the sides. The
+material of these garments (if such they can be called) is the bark of a
+tree called by them "_karamal_." This tree grows from thirty to forty
+feet high, and is two or three feet in circumference. The hair of both
+males and females is worn long; it is coarse and stiff, and of a color
+resembling that of the natives of North America. They make free use of
+the oil extracted from the cocoa-nut; with this they anoint their
+bodies, considering it the extreme of gentility to have the skin
+entirely saturated with it. Their arms, and sometimes the lower parts of
+the body and legs, are ingeniously tattooed. Their complexion is a light
+copper. Their eyes have a very singular appearance, being of a reddish
+color. Their noses were somewhat flat, but not so flat as those of the
+Africans; nor are their lips so thick. They are excessively fond of
+trinkets. It would cause a fashionable lady of America to smile, to
+observe the pains taken by those simple daughters of nature to set off
+their persons. In their ears they wear a sort of ornament made of a
+peculiar kind of grass, which they work into a tassel; this is painted
+and richly perfumed. In their noses they wear a stem of the _kabooa_
+leaf, which answers the double purpose of an ornament and a smelling
+bottle; and their arms, in addition to being tattooed in the manner
+above mentioned, are adorned with a profusion of shells. Our fair
+readers may judge how much we were amused, on finding that the
+copper-colored females of the island cut up our old shoes into
+substitutes for jewelry, and seemed highly delighted with wearing the
+shreds suspended from their ears.
+
+Our further acquaintance with this extraordinary people confirmed us in
+the opinion, that the ceremony of marriage is unpractised and unknown
+among them. The chiefs appropriate to themselves as many females as they
+please, and in the selection they exercise this despotism over the
+affections without regard to any other laws than those of caprice.
+Reserving a more particular account of their manners, customs and mode
+of living for another place, I content myself with observing at this
+time, that the people of these islands, generally speaking, are in the
+rudest state imaginable. It is true that some sense of propriety, and
+some regard to the decencies of life, were observable; nor did they
+appear entirely destitute of those feelings which do honor to our
+nature, and which we should hardly expect to find in a people so rude
+and barbarous.
+
+Such were the beings among whom Providence had cast our lot; and to
+think of remaining with them to the end of life, or for any great length
+of time, was like the contemplation of imprisonment for life in the
+gloomy cells of a dungeon.
+
+From the rudely constructed wharf near the spot where we left our boat,
+we were conducted into the presence of a number of the chiefs, who were
+seated upon the platform above mentioned. The natives eagerly pressed
+forward to obtain a sight of us. That curiosity peculiar to the better
+portion of our race was, on this occasion, manifested by the females of
+the island. They clustered around us, and, placing their hands upon our
+flesh, seemed greatly to wonder that it should differ so much from their
+own. The fashion of wearing a skin so white as ours, seemed to them, no
+doubt, to be an offence against the taste and refinement of their
+portion of the world. To go at large without being tattooed, was to
+carry with us the palpable proofs of our vulgarity; and, to our sorrow,
+we were afterwards compelled to conform to the custom of the barbarians
+in this respect, and shall carry with us to the grave the marks of their
+well-meant, though cruel operation upon our bodies.
+
+Judging from appearances, our case had become a concern of great
+importance. The chiefs seemed to have had under discussion the question,
+whether we were to be treated as enemies, and subjected to the process
+of beheading upon the block of the executioner, (which was there in
+readiness before our eyes) or regarded as friends, and welcomed to their
+rude hospitalities. Unable as we were to understand a word of their
+language, or to say any thing by way of explanation or defence, the
+reader will conceive, better than we could describe, our painful
+situation. For a time we considered our case as hopeless. The women, who
+seemed to have taken an interest in our welfare, after observing, for a
+time, what was going on among the chiefs, began to utter their cries and
+lamentations, as if greatly distressed on our account. Their grief had
+the appearance of being sincere; they wept, and in a variety of ways
+expressed emotions of deep and heart-felt solicitude. Whether this was
+their manner of interceding in our behalf, to avert some impending
+calamity, or was expressive of their regret on account of our doom
+having been already sealed, it was impossible for us to determine. Nor
+did we ever know the amount of our obligations to those female strangers
+for the interest taken in our welfare. A termination was put to our
+suspense, however, in the course of an hour.
+
+At the close of the consultation, a large bowl was brought to us, filled
+with sweetened water, and richly ornamented with shells, so arranged as
+to form a sort of hieroglyphical characters. We drank of the contents of
+the bowl, in compliance with their request, from a richly wrought cup
+made of a cocoa-nut shell. This act of hospitality was regarded as a
+favorable indication of a friendly disposition on their part towards us;
+and our hopes were afterwards confirmed; for no sooner had we finished
+drinking, than the natives prepared to conduct us away. We afterwards
+learned, that a messenger had been despatched to a neighboring town, or
+settlement, to consult their prophetess in regard to the proper manner
+of disposing of us; and that she had directed them to send us to her. Of
+this important personage a more particular account will be given
+hereafter; suffice it, for the present, to say, that the respect paid to
+her by the natives of the island was of the most profound character, and
+her authority over them was almost unlimited.
+
+We were conducted, through an inconsiderable place, to the town where
+the prophetess resided. In this place there were several
+dwelling-houses, scattered about without regard to order; and, besides
+the dwelling of the prophetess, two of their long buildings, or "pyes,"
+gave it not a little importance in the estimation of these rude and
+uncultivated beings. We were halted in front of one of the "pyes," and
+directly opposite the house of the prophetess. Here, again, we were
+reminded of the fact, that we were in the presence of our superiors, as
+to power, by the platform on which were placed our judges, the chiefs,
+and the block standing near them, for the purpose of execution.
+
+We were soon surrounded by a vast crowd of the natives, eager to see us,
+and to learn something of the nature of beings so different from
+themselves.
+
+A short time after our arrival, a quantity of food was brought from the
+house of the prophetess, and placed in the centre of the platform. This
+consisted of a hog's head, boiled in sea-water, highly seasoned with
+cayenne and aromatic herbs, a plentiful supply of yams, and a large bowl
+of sweetened water. This meal was abundant and delicious; and we partook
+of it with an excellent relish.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[2] This island is not always laid down by name on our common maps, nor
+mentioned in geographical works. In the best _charts_ it is called
+_Baubelthouap_. In the chart prefixed to the fifth volume of _Burney's
+Chronological History of the Voyages and Discoveries in the South Sea_,
+it is called "Panloq or Babelthoup." In the map accompanying the late
+edition of Malte Brun's Geography, (in 4to) it is carelessly printed
+_Banbeltbonap_.--_Edit._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+     An extraordinary and unexpected meeting with a person not a
+     native.--Happy result of the meeting.--Acquisition of the Pelew
+     language.--Dissensions between two portions of the natives.--Three
+     of the ship's company separated and carried to a place remote from
+     the rest.--Attempt to construct a boat, in order to leave the
+     island.--The natives agree to release them all for a
+     compensation.--Solemnities observed by the natives on the
+     occasion.--Tools used in making the boat; transportation of timber,
+     &c.--The plan abandoned, and a canoe substituted for the
+     boat.--Another festival.
+
+
+An interesting incident now occurred. Just at the time when the servant
+of the prophetess brought out the materials for our repast, we observed,
+at a little distance, a singular looking being approaching us. His
+appearance was that of a man of sixty. His hair was long and gray,
+unlike that of the natives. His legs, arms, and breast were tattooed.
+His step was quick and firm; his motions indicating that he felt himself
+a person of not a little importance. His teeth were entirely gone, and
+his mouth was black with the use of "kabooa." Judge of our emotions on
+hearing this strange being address us in broken English! His first
+exclamation was--"My God, you are Englishmen!" He immediately said, "You
+are safe now;" but he gave us to understand, that it was next to a
+miracle that we had escaped being killed on the water.
+
+This person was by birth an Englishman, and had been on the island about
+twenty-nine years. He told us that he had been a hatter by trade, and
+that his name was Charles Washington. He had been a private in the
+British naval service, on board the Lion man-of-war. Cruising in those
+seas, he had, while on duty, been guilty of some trifling offence; and,
+apprehending that he should be severely punished for it, had left the
+ship, and taken up his residence upon the island. He seemed to be
+contented with his situation, and had no desire to return to his native
+country. He had attained to great celebrity, and was the sixth chief
+among them. His authority seemed great, and he exercised it with
+exemplary discretion.
+
+Observing the provisions before us, he told us that they were for our
+use, and desired us to partake of whatever we preferred. Seeing that we
+were likely to be somewhat annoyed by the crowd of young persons who had
+collected around us, he swung his battle-axe over their heads, and
+giving them to understand that we belonged to _him_, immediately caused
+them to disperse.
+
+Arrangements were soon made for our accommodation. A part of one of the
+"pyes" was appropriated to our use, and we were furnished with mats, and
+other things for our comfort and convenience. Here we remained for about
+a month, and were regularly supplied by the natives with a sufficiency
+of provisions of various kinds, such as hogs, goats, fish, yams,
+cocoa-nuts, bread-fruit, preserved almonds, and occasionally with sweet
+potatoes.
+
+A change seemed now to have come over us. We were, it is true, amongst a
+rude and barbarous people, cut off from all intercourse with the rest of
+the world, and deprived of many things which we had been accustomed to
+regard as essential to our happiness; but even then we found many
+reasons for being grateful to the Disposer of events. Our actual wants
+were supplied; and the natives soon evinced a disposition to consider us
+friends, and treat us as such. To the latest day of our lives we shall
+remember some of them with heartfelt respect and affection; and, most of
+all, regret our inability to requite them for the favors which they
+voluntarily bestowed upon us. Especially should we rejoice to revisit
+that lonely spot of earth, and carry with us, to those children of
+nature, the means of civilization, and the blessings of Christian faith
+and Christian morality. And should the government of enlightened America
+ever see proper to extend to them some proof of its regard, it would
+afford us unspeakable pleasure to have it in our power to communicate to
+them the exalted principles, which might incline this highly favored
+nation to the performance of so noble a deed.
+
+Finding it important to be able to converse with the natives, we
+improved every opportunity to become acquainted with their language.
+Having but little to occupy our attention, it was not long before we had
+acquired a tolerable knowledge of it; and we found our situation much
+more pleasant as we became familiar with it. Our great object was, as
+the reader will naturally suppose, to contrive some way of escape. Our
+only means of accomplishing this was by friendly and amicable
+negotiation, and to make them understand our wishes, and convince them
+that it would be for their interest to aid us in returning to our native
+land, were essential to our success.
+
+We had not long been with them before we became acquainted with the
+fact, that upon the opposite end of the island there was another tribe,
+and that the two divisions of the inhabitants were not on the most
+friendly terms with each other. Intelligence had in some way been
+communicated to those who lived remote from the spot where fortune had
+thrown us, that we were desirous of leaving the island; and, probably
+with a view of gaining some advantage, they sent to us a message,
+informing us of their willingness to assist in constructing a boat
+sufficiently large to convey us across the water. The persons
+commissioned to make this proposal, and to persuade us to go to them,
+were two Englishmen, who, as we afterwards learned, had been on the
+island for several years, and were left there by English vessels. The
+particulars of their history we were unable to obtain.
+
+An offer of that kind, coming as it did from their enemies, and being in
+itself calculated to offend the pride of those into whose hands we had
+fallen, greatly excited their feelings of animosity; and, in consequence
+of our having manifested some desire to satisfy our own minds on the
+subject, we were closely watched. On the whole, however, we had no
+reason to regret this state of things; for on finding that their
+neighbors were disposed to assist us, a spirit of emulation was aroused
+among them, and for a time we had some hopes that the excited energies
+of this tiny nation would lead to the performance of some exploit,
+which, in the end, might place at our disposal the means of
+deliverance.
+
+Our maintenance had by this time become so great a tax upon their
+resources, that it was found expedient to cause some of our number to be
+removed to a settlement about a mile distant. Mr. Nute, Mr. Rollins, and
+myself were accordingly selected, and under a strong escort taken to the
+place. This did not please us, as we preferred remaining with our
+companions; but either expostulation or resistance would have involved
+us in worse difficulties, and we submitted. In our new situation we were
+well supplied with provisions, and kindly treated. We were allowed to
+visit our friends at the other town, and spent our time as agreeably as
+could be expected under the circumstances.
+
+Previously to this, some steps had been taken towards constructing a
+sort of boat or vessel to convey us home. Finding the natives disposed
+to part with us, for a stipulated consideration, and to render us any
+assistance in their power, we left no means unemployed to induce them
+to exert themselves to the utmost; and, to their credit be it said, it
+was more owing to their inability than to their want of inclination that
+we were not entirely successful. An account of their proceedings cannot
+fail of being interesting.
+
+After much deliberation, and many consultations upon the momentous
+subject, it was agreed to commence operations. Their prophetess had been
+duly consulted, and the assistance of their divinity had been implored
+with great formality. Before they ventured upon the undertaking, it was
+deemed advisable to hold a festival. An event of so much importance
+could not be suffered to transpire without being duly solemnized.
+Tradition furnished no account of any thing equal to this attempt!
+Accordingly large quantities of provisions were brought from various
+parts of the island, and an immense concourse of men, women, and
+children, attended the feast. On our part we had little confidence in
+the success of the plan; but, be that as it might, we were far from
+being displeased with their efforts to carry it into execution, and
+shared with them the festivities of the occasion, with not a little
+pleasure.
+
+This part of the business having been duly attended to, the time had
+come for united and vigorous action; and accordingly the whole male
+population of that region repaired to the woods, to procure timber. In
+the mean time the females, animated by a spirit of emulation, betook
+themselves to the task of making mats, to serve as sails to our vessel,
+when it should be completed. In fine, the whole resources of the
+country, of every kind, were taxed to the last extremity, to accomplish
+the work.
+
+Considering the means they had for carrying the plan into execution, it
+is surprising that they accomplished as much as they did. The best tools
+we had were a few old inch chisels, which served as substitutes for the
+broad-axe, in manufacturing trees into planks, and afterwards fitting
+them to their places. There were a few spikes on the island, but we had
+neither auger nor gimlet.
+
+When news had been received that the timber was ready in the woods,
+orders were given to have it brought together. Seldom had we witnessed a
+more novel scene than that presented by the natives when they brought
+from the forests the rudely prepared materials for the boat. They were
+seen coming in from all quarters with loads of timber on their
+shoulders, of every size and shape that could be conceived of, and
+causing the hills and vales to resound with their shouts.
+
+In due time the work of putting together the materials commenced. We
+succeeded in laying a sort of keel, and at length contrived to erect a
+kind of frame, which, though it might not be regarded as a first-rate
+specimen of naval architecture, nevertheless looked somewhat like the
+beginning of a water-craft. But when we came to the more difficult part
+of the business, that of putting on the planks, we found that not only
+our skill, but that of the whole nation, was completely baffled. We were
+compelled to abandon the undertaking; and despaired of ever being able
+to succeed in building any thing of the kind.
+
+During all this time the natives were sanguine in the belief that they
+should succeed, and repeatedly assured us that they could accomplish the
+work. Their sorrow and mortification, on being obliged to give it up,
+were great; for they seemed to realize, that now they must have fallen
+in our estimation, and thought that we should be anxious to avail
+ourselves of the assistance of their enemies, who, as they well knew,
+were extremely anxious to get us into their hands. The captain did not
+attempt to conceal his wish to go to the other part of the island. This
+greatly increased their dissatisfaction; and their murmurs became
+frequent and loud. After considerable expostulation, they proposed to
+make a _canoe_ sufficiently large to convey us away; and, having some
+confidence in the practicability of the plan, we consented to wait and
+assist them in their endeavors to supply us with this substitute for the
+more respectable craft we had contemplated building. After duly
+consulting the old prophetess, the principal chiefs were assembled, and
+having agreed to take for the purpose the largest bread-fruit tree on
+the island, the people were called upon to meet at the spot where it
+stood, and assist in cutting it down.
+
+Matters of so great importance required deliberation in the operation of
+planning out the work,--but the accomplishment of an undertaking like
+that of felling so large a tree, with tools even less adapted to the
+business than the teeth of a beaver, was one that took several days. At
+length the herculean task was performed, and the tree fell! But judge of
+our feelings on finding that the trunk, which we had hoped to render so
+useful in conveying us to some place from which we could obtain a
+passage to our native land, had, in falling, become so split as to be
+good for nothing! It seemed to us that a cruel fate had ordained, that
+no labor of our hands should prosper. Another tree was selected, and
+with that we were more successful. We then commenced digging it out, and
+bringing it to a proper shape. The old chisels were now put in
+requisition; and, in twenty-eight days from the time we began, we had
+succeeded in bringing that part of our labor to a close. Of the other
+tree we made two wide planks, which we fastened to the upper edges of
+the canoe, thereby adding very considerably to its capacity. Two months
+more were consumed in fitting up our canoe with sails, and getting it
+ready for sea.
+
+Having proceeded thus far, it was deemed proper by the natives to have
+another festival; and, as our labors, in this instance, had been
+attended with better success, extraordinary preparations were made for a
+feast that should do honor to the occasion. An immense quantity of fish
+had been obtained; the females brought large quantities of bread-fruit,
+cocoa-nuts, and yams; and the toil of months was forgotten in the
+universal joy which then prevailed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+     The natives become anxious to aid the ship's company in leaving the
+     island.--Terms on which they agreed to release them.--Departure
+     from the Pelew islands.--Necessity of returning the same
+     night.--Detention a month longer; and final departure.
+
+
+By this time the natives had become nearly as anxious to part with us as
+we had ever been to leave them; and being mutually desirous to be rid of
+each other's company, we lost no time in preparing for our departure.
+Our object now was to get into the open sea, with the hope of falling in
+with some vessel on its passage to China or elsewhere, and thus be able,
+after a while, to find a conveyance to America. Provisions were
+furnished us by the natives; but we greatly needed a compass, and with
+much difficulty obtained one. Captain Wilson, who had been shipwrecked
+there many years before, left his compass with one of the chiefs, whom
+we finally succeeded in inducing to part with it. It had become much
+impaired by time and improper usage, but served as a tolerable guide.[3]
+
+It is proper here to state the particulars of our agreement with the
+natives of this island. They had, as before related, furnished us with
+the means of subsistence, and with comfortable lodgings; and, for the
+purpose of enabling us to return home, had been at great expense in
+fitting up a craft, such as they thought would answer to convey us
+wherever we pleased to go. According to their notions, we were persons
+of sufficient consequence in the estimation of our countrymen, to
+fulfil any engagement we might make with them, and to the extent to
+which, in our necessity, we were compelled to go, in order to obtain the
+object which we had in view, should the government consider itself
+bound; and it would be no less an act of justice than of humanity, to
+secure the friendship and confidence of these islanders; so that, should
+others unfortunately fall into their hands, their lives and property
+might be respected. It is also important, that those who engage in
+commercial pursuits should have every protection extended to them. It
+would cost the government but a mere trifle to secure an amicable
+understanding with these islanders; and it is but reasonable to hope
+that no time will be lost in making the attempt.
+
+Situated as we were, we did not feel ourselves at liberty to expostulate
+against the obvious unreasonableness of their demands. We were, in
+truth, indebted to them for our maintenance while among them, and for
+the assistance they rendered us in fitting up our craft; and, as a
+suitable requital for these favors, and to remunerate them for their
+hospitality, we solemnly assured them, that, should fortune so far
+prosper us, as to enable us once more to reach our native country, we
+would send to them two hundred muskets, ten casks of powder, with a
+corresponding quantity of balls and flints. Besides this, we gave them
+assurances of having several articles of ornament, such as beads, belts,
+combs, and trinkets of various kinds.
+
+On the 27th of October, 1832, we set sail, having the boat in which we
+had escaped from the ship, and which we had repaired as well as we were
+able, and the canoe which had been constructed by the natives especially
+for our use. It was agreed, that three of our number, viz. Davis, Meder,
+and Alden, should remain on the island as hostages, and that three of
+the natives (two chiefs, and one of the common class) should accompany
+us, to see that the agreement made with them should be faithfully
+executed. Fearing that the natives residing on the other part of the
+island might come upon us and prevent our going, we took our departure
+in the night. We soon found that our boats leaked so badly that it would
+be next to madness to proceed, and we returned in the course of the
+night. Our unexpected return gave great offence; but we insisted that to
+go to sea in that condition would be certain destruction. They at length
+consented to assist in repairing the canoe and boat, and to suffer us to
+remain long enough to complete our arrangements more to our mind.
+
+We were detained by these operations about a month, and then again took
+our leave of the spot where we had remained so long against our will;
+though we would not conceal the fact, that the rude kindness of the
+natives had so entirely overbalanced their faults, that, on parting with
+them, we experienced emotions of regret, and were quite overpowered with
+a sense of our obligations to them for the many favors which they had
+bestowed upon us. They had regarded and treated us as beings of a higher
+order than themselves; and our conduct had inspired them with a
+veneration and confidence almost unbounded. As a proof of this, three
+of their number were committed to our care, and were entirely willing to
+place themselves at our disposal.
+
+Seven of our number now took the canoe, viz., Bouket, Sedon, Andrews,
+Hulet, and the three natives. Captain Barnard, Rollins, Nute, and myself
+preferred the ship's boat. We were accompanied on our passage the first
+day by a large number of the natives. At night, as we had then succeeded
+in getting beyond the reef, they left us, and we continued our course.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[3] The Englishman before mentioned, Charles Washington, told us that
+this compass was left there about _thirty_ years before, which was the
+time when captain _James_ Wilson, of the ship Duff, was there. But from
+circumstances it appeared that he was mistaken as to the time, and that
+it was one which had belonged to captain _Henry_ Wilson, who was
+shipwrecked there in the Antelope, in 1783, and of whose voyage and
+disasters a most interesting and well-known account was published by Mr.
+Keate. Its preservation for about fifty years is certainly
+remarkable.--_Edit._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+     Regret at having undertaken the voyage in boats.--Storm, and damage
+     in consequence of it.--Loss of the canoe and the provisions on
+     board.--Danger of perishing from famine.--On the fifteenth day,
+     when nearly exhausted with fatigue and hunger, they discover a
+     small island.--Approach of eighteen canoes filled with natives, who
+     make prisoners of them all.--Cruelty of the natives; and return
+     with their prisoners to the island.--Reception there.--The
+     prisoners distributed among the captors.
+
+
+We had not proceeded far before we had reasons for regretting, that we
+had entered upon the perilous undertaking of navigating the waters of
+that region in boats so poorly adapted to the purposes we had in view.
+There came on a violent storm of rain, the wind blowing hard, and the
+waves threatening to swallow us each moment of the night. To our dismay,
+the rudder of the canoe, owing to the imperfect manner in which it had
+been constructed, was unshipped, and for a time the destruction of those
+on board seemed inevitable. Fortunately we continued to keep company.
+By great exertion we made out to replace the rudder in the morning, and
+then proceeded. In the course of the day the rudder was again unshipped;
+but, with less difficulty than before, we succeeded in fastening it to
+its place with ropes, so that it answered tolerably well as a substitute
+for a better one. Happy would it have been for us, if this had been the
+worst of the disasters of our voyage. Our mast next went by the board;
+and during the whole of the next night, we lay drifting at the mercy of
+the winds and waves. In the mean time the canoe sprung a leak, and we
+found it impossible to bail out the water as fast as it came in. In this
+extremity we lost no time in shifting all our lading into one end of the
+canoe; and by tearing up our old clothes, and stuffing them into the
+crack, we at length stopped the leak. In this sad plight we continued
+on, meeting with no very serious accident till the fifth day from the
+time of leaving the island; when, just at the setting of the sun, owing
+to some mismanagement, a light puff of wind capsized the canoe!
+Fortunately no one was drowned. All but three swam to our boat; those
+who remained continued through the night to cling to the canoe. With
+great difficulty we kept our boat from being stove in pieces by coming
+in contact with the canoe. During all this time it rained very hard, and
+never had we experienced a more dismal night. In the morning we tried to
+get the canoe right side up; but finding that impossible, we concluded
+to abandon it entirely. We took from it a few cocoa-nuts, and, as our
+last resort, all took refuge in the boat. We saved the compass, and did
+not so much regret the loss of the canoe, as it had cost us already an
+incalculable amount of anxiety, toil, and suffering.
+
+But new difficulties now stared us in the face. Most of our provisions
+had been lost by the upsetting of the canoe, and we had but a very small
+quantity of water. It was therefore deemed expedient to divide among us
+the means of subsistence remaining. We had four cocoa-nuts for each
+person, and a few pieces over, which were distributed equally. At this
+time no objects were seen, except a few sea birds. We continued in this
+condition for nine days and nights, with actual starvation before us, as
+the most probable end of our anxieties and sufferings. We were about
+settling down into a state of confirmed despair, when, to our
+inexpressible joy, we discovered land apparently about ten miles off. We
+exerted all our remaining strength to reach it. When within six miles we
+saw, approaching us, a fleet of eighteen canoes, filled with the natives
+of the small island we were approaching.
+
+At first the small canoes came near us, for the purpose of ascertaining
+who and what we were. The appearance of these natives was such as to
+excite at once our astonishment and disgust. Like the inhabitants of the
+island we had left, they were entirely naked; and, as our subsequent
+experience proved, they were infinitely more barbarous and cruel. Very
+soon the large canoes came up, when the wretches commenced their
+outrages. They attacked us with brutal ferocity, knocking us overboard
+with their clubs, in the mean time making the most frightful grimaces,
+and yelling like so many incarnate devils. They fell upon our boat and
+immediately destroyed it, breaking it into splinters, and taking the
+fragments into their canoes. While this was going on we were swimming
+from one canoe to another, entreating them by signs to spare our lives
+and permit us to get into their canoes. This they for a long time
+refused, beating us most unmercifully, whenever we caught hold of any
+thing to save ourselves from sinking.
+
+After they had demolished our boat, and kept us in that condition for
+some time, they allowed us to get on board. They then compelled us to
+row towards the land. They stripped us of all our clothing immediately
+after we were taken in; and the reader may form some idea of our
+distress in this condition, under a burning sun, from the fact, that
+before night our shoulders were blistered, by being thus exposed to the
+heat.
+
+On approaching land we discovered no habitation; but after going round a
+point of the island, we saw near the beach a row of small and badly
+constructed huts. We were compelled to jump from the canoes into the
+water and wade to the shore. By this time the beach was lined with women
+and children, who caused the air to resound with the most horrid yells
+and screams. Their gestures and violent contortions of countenance
+resembled the frantic ravings of Bedlamites.
+
+The reception we met with on land was no more agreeable than that upon
+the water. Judging from the treatment we had received from the females
+of the island which we had left, it was hoped that the gentler sex would
+extend to us some proof of their commiseration; but in this we were
+sadly disappointed. If possible, they were more cruel than their inhuman
+lords and masters. We were soon separated from each other, and dragged
+about from place to place; our brutal captors, in the mean time,
+contending with each other to see who should have us as his property.
+Frequent contests of this kind occurred; in one of which, during the
+first day, I was knocked down. The question of ownership was at length
+settled, and we were retained by those into whose hands we had at first
+fallen. Some of us were taken to their house of worship, called by them
+Verre-Yarris--literally, God's house, where they went through with some
+of their religious ceremonies, and we received a few mouthfuls of food,
+which was the first we had tasted through the day.
+
+It was my good fortune to be retained by one who, compared with the
+other natives, was humane. His name was _Pahrahbooah_; the female head
+of the family was called Nahkit; and they had four children. I went by
+the name of _TeeŽmit_; and Benjamin Nute by the name of _Rollo_. The
+captain was also fortunate in falling into the hands of a friend of my
+master, who treated him with comparative kindness. He was valued the
+more highly also on account of being a large, fleshy man--they judging
+of these things by the size and appearance.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+     The island, to which they were carried, proves to be Lord North's
+     island, called by the natives _ToŽbee_.--Account of the island and
+     its inhabitants.--Their manners and customs.
+
+
+It may now be proper in this place to give some account of the place
+where our unhappy lot was cast, and of its rude and miserable
+inhabitants. It will be impossible to convey a correct idea of their
+ignorance, poverty, and degradation; but some conception may be formed,
+by imagining what the condition of beings must necessarily be, when
+wholly separated from the rest of their species, stripped of all the
+refinements of life, and deprived of all means and opportunities for
+improvement.
+
+We were now upon the small piece of land called by the natives _ToŽbee_,
+but known to navigators by the name of _Lord North's Island_, situated
+between the third and fourth degrees of north latitude, and in longitude
+one hundred and thirty-one degrees twenty minutes east. It is also
+known by the name of _Nevil's Island_ and _Johnston's Island_; and it
+has been hitherto considered by navigators and others as uninhabited.
+This is not surprising; as we were told by the natives, that no white
+man had ever visited the place; though it seemed, from the pieces of
+iron in their possession, and from other circumstances, that they had
+had some communication with the Spaniards and Portuguese in that quarter
+of the world.[4] Like many other islands in those seas, this is
+surrounded by a coral reef, which is from an eighth to one half of a
+mile wide; but outside of the reef the water is apparently fathomless,
+the water being as blue as it is in the middle of the ocean; and the
+largest vessels may in many places approach within a quarter of a mile
+of the beach. The whole island rises so little above the level of the
+sea, that the swell often rolls up to a considerable distance inland.
+It is about three quarters of a mile in length, and not far from half a
+mile in width. There were upon it three villages, situated on the
+shores, and containing, in all, between three and four hundred souls, at
+the time when we were taken there; but the number was considerably
+diminished by famine and disease before we left.
+
+The inhabitants are in a state of entire barbarism and ignorance. The
+men wear a sort of girdle or belt made of the bark of a tree. This is
+girded round the loins so as to leave one end to hang loose behind, the
+other is brought forward and fastened to the belt in front. This is
+their only clothing. The females, after arriving at the age of
+womanhood, wear an apron made of the leaves of a plant, by them called
+_kurremung_, split into fine strips and plaited. This extends from the
+loins nearly to the knees. Some few wear rings upon their wrists made of
+white shells, and some had this kind of ornament made of turtle-shell.
+In their ears, which are always bored, they sometimes wear a leaf; and
+round their necks a necklace made of the shell of the cocoa-nut, and a
+small white shell, called _keem_ shell. The children go entirely naked.
+The complexion of these islanders is a light copper color; much lighter
+than the Malays, or the Pelew islanders; which last, however, they
+resemble in the breadth of their faces, high cheek bones, and broad
+flattened noses. They do not color their teeth, by chewing any thing, as
+many of those islanders do; but their teeth are so strong that they can
+husk a cocoa-nut with them instantly.
+
+Their principal food is the cocoa-nut. They occasionally succeed in
+procuring fish, though the supply obtained during our residence there
+was exceedingly small. Their fish-hooks are made of turtle-shell, and
+not well contrived for the purpose; but we could not induce them to use
+our hooks, till they had heated them and altered their form so that they
+would not hold the fish. They did this, because they said that Yarris
+(God) would be angry with them, if they used our hooks without preparing
+them according to their fashion. Sometimes they are so fortunate as to
+obtain a sea-turtle; five only were taken during the two years we were
+there. The turtle, I may add, has something of a sacred character with
+them. They also raise small quantities of a vegetable somewhat
+resembling the yam; but while we were with them they were unsuccessful
+in cultivating it. These constitute the slender means of their support;
+and they are thus barely kept from actual death by famine, but on the
+very verge of starvation. When any one of them begins to fail, for want
+of food, so that his death is pretty certain, they inhumanly turn him
+off from among them, to starve to death.
+
+Their religion is such as might be expected among a people in their
+condition. Their place of worship is a rudely constructed building, or
+hut, about fifty feet long and thirty wide. In the centre, suspended
+from the roof, is a sort of altar, into which they suppose their deity
+comes to hold converse with the priest. Rudely carved images are placed
+in different parts of the building, and are supposed to personate their
+divinity. As nearly as could be ascertained by us, they supposed that
+the object of their worship was of like passions with themselves,
+capricious and revengeful. During the time we were with them, they
+attributed to his displeasure their want of success in taking fish as
+they had done in former times, and the unfruitfulness of their
+bread-fruit and cocoa trees.
+
+Their religious ceremonies are singular. In the commencement the priest
+walks round the altar and takes from it a mat devoted to the purpose,
+which is laid upon the ground. He then seats himself upon it, and begins
+to hoot, in the mean time throwing himself into a variety of attitudes,
+for the purpose of calling down the divinity into the altar. At
+intervals the congregation sing, but immediately stop when the priest
+breaks out in his devotions. By the side of the altar is always placed a
+large bowl, and six cocoa-nuts. After the incantation is gone through,
+and the divinity is supposed to be present, the bowl is turned up, and
+four of the nuts are broken and put in it, two being reserved for the
+exclusive use of a priest by them called also "_yarris_." As soon as the
+nuts are broken, one of the company begins to shout, and, rushing to the
+centre, seizes the bowl, and drinks of the milk of the nut, generally
+spilling a considerable part of it upon the ground. After this a few
+pieces are thrown to the images, and the remainder are eaten by the
+priests. This closes the ceremony; after which they indulge in any
+recreations that chance to please them best.
+
+While we were on the island several earthquakes happened, and some of
+them pretty severe. On those occasions the natives were much terrified;
+they would not let their children speak a word; and they said among
+themselves--_zahbeeŽtoo Yarris_, _ToŽbee yettahŽmen_, that is, Yarris
+(God) is coming and To'bee (the name of the island) will sink. They were
+also very much alarmed at thunder and lightning; and used to say at such
+times, _Yarris teeŽtree_, God is talking. I do not know how they would
+be affected by an eclipse, as none happened, that I noticed, while we
+remained there.
+
+I will here mention some other things in respect to their customs and
+usages, as they now occur to me.
+
+Their implements of war are spears and clubs; they have no bows and
+arrows. Their spears are made of the wood of the cocoa-nut trees; the
+points of them are set with rows of sharks' teeth; and, being at the
+same time very heavy and from ten to twenty feet long, are formidable
+weapons.
+
+Their canoes are made of logs which drift to their island from other
+places, there being no trees on it large enough for that purpose; they
+are hollowed out with great labor, and are of very clumsy workmanship;
+to prevent their oversetting, they are fitted up with outriggers, like
+those of the Pelew islanders. A sketch of one is given in the
+accompanying engraving.
+
+They kindle their fires, as they informed me, by rubbing two pieces of
+wood together, as is common in the islands of the Pacific ocean; and
+they cook their turtle or other meat, (when they are so fortunate as to
+have any,) as well as their vegetables, by covering them with heated
+stones. I should state, however, that during the whole time we staid
+among them, fire was always preserved in some part of the island, so
+that there was no necessity for kindling it in the manner here
+mentioned.
+
+Like other savage people, they reckon time by moons; I could not learn
+that they ever reckoned by any other period, except, indeed, when
+speaking of two or three days.
+
+They take pride in their hair, and are particularly careful about it,
+washing and cleansing it almost every day. They do not color it,
+however, as the natives of some islands are said to do; but they moisten
+it with the juice pressed out from the cocoa-nut, which gives it a very
+glossy appearance; and it is frequently so long as to reach down to
+their waist.
+
+Their mode of salutation is, to clasp each other in their arms, and
+touch their noses together, as is practised in many other islands.
+
+We found no musical instruments of any kind among them. They sometimes,
+on particular occasions, would sing or bawl out something like a rude
+tune; but we could not understand it. We frequently tried to teach them
+to whistle, and their awkward attempts to do it amused us; but they
+never were able to learn how it was done.
+
+In their names, I could not find that they had any thing like a family
+name, but only a single one, (corresponding to our christian names,) as
+is the case, I believe, throughout the islands of the Pacific. I could
+not learn, that the names were significant either of animals or other
+objects, as the Indian names of America are, and I never found any two
+persons of the same name. The names of the members of the family with
+which I lived were as follows:--
+
+PahrahbooŽah, the father of the family.
+
+Nah'kit, the mother.
+
+BuhwurŽtimar, the eldest child, a son, ten or twelve years old.
+
+KobawŽut, the second, a daughter.
+
+KobahnooŽuk, the third, a daughter.
+
+WahŽrebo, the fourth, a son.
+
+The children do not address their parents by any word corresponding to
+father or mother, papa or mamma, but by their names. Their parents treat
+them on the footing of equality; they are generally well behaved, and
+are never punished, except occasionally when impatient for their food.
+
+Their language appears to be different from those of the other islands
+in that quarter; we found that the three natives of the Pelew islands,
+that accompanied us, could not understand any thing they said; though I
+observed afterwards, occasionally, a resemblance in two or three words.
+The reader will, however, be enabled to judge for himself, by means of a
+short vocabulary of common words which will be found at the end of this
+narrative. I may add, that the Pelew chiefs had never heard of Lord
+North's island; but they are acquainted with the _Caroline_ islands.
+
+A detail of all that befell us would serve only to give pain to the
+benevolent, or at most to show how much human beings can endure. I shall
+attempt but little more than to describe the sufferings of a day;
+observing once for all, that for the term of two long years we
+experienced the same privations, and were subjected to the same brutal
+treatment; life, during all that time, being no better than the constant
+succession of the most acute sufferings.
+
+This island, unlike the Pelews, is one of the most horrible and wretched
+on the face of the globe. The only product of its soil worth mentioning
+is the cocoa-tree; and those are of so dwarfish and miserable a growth
+as to bear but very few nuts. These few, however, constitute the food of
+the inhabitants, with the exception of a species of fish caught
+occasionally near the shore. The only animals or creeping things known
+on the island are lizards and mice, and, during our stay there, scarcely
+a solitary sea-fowl was known to have alighted on the island, and but
+few fish were taken by the natives.
+
+The character of the inhabitants much resembles that of the island
+itself. Cowardly and servile, yet most barbarous and cruel, they
+combine, in their habits, tempers, and dispositions, the most
+disgusting and loathsome features that disgrace humanity. And, what may
+be regarded as remarkable, the female portion of the inhabitants
+outstrip the men in cruelty and savage depravity; so much so, that we
+were frequently indebted to the tender mercies of the men for escapes
+from death at the hands of the women. The indolence of the natives,
+which not even the fear of starvation itself can rouse to exertion,
+prevents their undertaking the least toil, although a little labor, well
+applied, might be made to render them infinitely more comfortable.[5]
+
+Strange as it may appear, it is nevertheless true, that, notwithstanding
+they are in this miserable condition, with no prospect of its ever being
+improved, they are of the opinion that they are highly favored. This can
+be accounted for in no other way than by the fact, that they are
+entirely ignorant of all that lies beyond the narrow limits of their
+observation. They know nothing of any other portion of the globe, than
+the mere speck of barren land upon which by some accident they were
+thrown, and where they remain, to drag out a wretched existence. Their
+traditions do not extend further back than to about a hundred years;
+and, to their simple minds, it seems like a splendid effort of mind to
+be able to relate, with tolerable accuracy, the time-hallowed stories
+told them by their parents. Whether they could in any way be improved by
+instruction, is a question which it would be difficult to answer. They
+seem to be doomed to remain, as one of the last links in the chain that
+connects our race with the mere animal part of the creation.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[4] They occasionally wore a kind of broad hat, called by them _shappo_,
+and sometimes _shambaráro_; which are evidently derived from the
+Portuguese _chapeo_ (or possibly the French _chapeau_) and the Spanish
+_sombrero_.--_Edit._
+
+[5] Some of these remarks are taken from the New York Sun of May 30,
+1835; for which paper the substance of them was furnished by Mr. Nute
+and myself.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+     A ship discovered at a small distance from the island.--The natives
+     prepare to go on board of her.--Captain Barnard and Bartlet
+     Rollins, after being severely beaten, are allowed to go with the
+     natives in their canoes, and thus effect their escape; the rest of
+     the Mentor's people are still forcibly detained on the
+     island.--Their hopes of being taken on board of the same ship are
+     suddenly blasted.--Their despondency on that
+     disappointment.--Return of the natives from the ship; their rage,
+     and quarrels about the division of the articles procured on board
+     of her.--They threaten to wreak their vengeance on the Mentor's
+     people that remained with them.--Their cruel treatment of them.--A
+     storm destroys the cocoa-nut trees and causes a scarcity of food.
+
+
+We were captured and taken to the island December 6, 1832; and on the
+third day of February, 1833, two months wanting three days, captain
+Barnard and Bartlet Rollins effected their escape. Compared with the
+remainder of our captivity, our privations and sufferings up to that
+time were less severe. But at no time did we have sufficient food to
+satisfy the cravings of hunger! The very crumbs that fall from an
+ordinary table would have been to us a luxury; the swine of America are
+better fed than we were, on the most fortunate day of our residence upon
+that island.
+
+It was on the day above mentioned that a ship was discovered a short
+distance from the island, and the natives immediately collected, and
+prepared to go to it, in order to obtain iron, or some other articles of
+value. Hope once more visited us. To escape was, of course, our strong
+desire and intention. Accordingly, when the canoes put off we attempted
+to go. Our savage masters interposed their authority, and by menaces and
+blows prevented us. Many of us were severely beaten, and all but two
+were detained by the brutal force of the savages. At length captain
+Barnard and Rollins, after being severely beaten, were allowed to
+accompany the natives to the ship, and succeeded in effecting their
+escape. Trusting to the humanity of the captain and crew, we for some
+time confidently expected, that they would contrive some way of enabling
+us to join them. They were in sight about three hours; at one time they
+were so near that we could distinctly see the hands on board; but judge
+of our feelings when we saw the vessel pursuing her course! Our
+expectations were all blasted in a moment, and our minds, which had been
+gladdened by the hope of once more enjoying the society of civilized
+beings, of once more reaching the shores of our beloved country, sunk
+back into a state of despair; we wept like children.
+
+The natives, when they returned from the vessel, brought with them a
+small quantity of iron hoops, and a few articles of some little value,
+but they were highly dissatisfied with the amount received, and greatly
+enraged. The division of the property caused much difficulty, and they
+quarrelled about it for several days. Those of us who remained, though
+innocent, were the greatest sufferers. They held us accountable for the
+conduct of those who had left, and vented the malignity of their
+unfeeling hearts upon us. We were given to understand, that now our doom
+was fixed; that we should remain with them, and die the victims of our
+tormentors! Alas! it was but too true, that such was to be the fate of
+all but two of our number! We were destined to see one after another of
+our fellow-sufferers sink under the constantly increasing severity of
+the burdens imposed upon them, and perish either from actual starvation,
+or by the blows of the savages.
+
+After the departure of the captain and Rollins, we were treated with
+much greater severity than we had been before. Generally we were aroused
+from our broken slumbers about sunrise, and compelled to go to work; we
+were usually employed in cultivating a species of vegetable somewhat
+resembling the yam, and called by them "_koreï_." This root is raised in
+beds of mud, which are prepared by digging out the sand, and filling the
+place with mould. The whole of this labor was performed with the hands.
+We were compelled day after day to stand in the mud from morning till
+night, and to turn up the mud with our hands. Frequently we were
+required to do this without receiving a morsel of food till about noon,
+and sometimes we were left without any thing to eat till night. At best
+we could get no more than a small piece of cocoa-nut, hardly a common
+sized mouthful, at a time, and if, either from exhaustion or any other
+cause, we neglected to perform the required amount of labor, our
+pittance of food was withheld altogether.
+
+From this plain and unexaggerated account it will be seen, that our
+condition at best was bad enough; but a misfortune befell us which
+rendered it still worse. About four months from the time of our landing
+on that dreary spot, there was a violent storm, which came very near
+sweeping away the whole of the means of support which remained for the
+miserable inhabitants. The wind blew down many of the best cocoa trees,
+and materially injured the fruit on such as were left standing. Besides
+this, the low places in which they raised the root, by them called
+"_korei_," were mostly filled with sand, and famine stared us all in the
+face.
+
+They attributed this misfortune to the anger of their god, and did not
+fail to use such means as they thought best calculated to appease him;
+and the calamity greatly added to our sufferings. Besides subjecting us
+to still more severe deprivations, we were compelled (though hardly able
+to drag our limbs from place to place) to labor in repairing the damage
+done by the storm. We were employed for months in carrying in our arms
+and on our shoulders pieces of the coral rock, in order to form a sort
+of seawall to prevent the waves from washing away the trees; and this
+drudgery, considering that we were naked, under a burning sun, and
+reduced to nothing but skin and bones, was too severe to admit of any
+thing like an adequate description. Our flesh, or, to speak more
+properly, our skin--for flesh we had none--was frequently so torn by the
+sharp corners of the rock, and scorched by the sun, as to resemble more
+that of the rhinoceros than of human beings.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+     The natives compel the Mentor's people to be tattooed.--Description
+     of that painful operation.--They also oblige them to pluck their
+     beards, &c.--Another vessel passes by the island; and, afterwards,
+     a third comes in sight and remains for three days; the Mentor's
+     people are closely guarded at these times.--The melancholy fate of
+     William Sedon; and the barbarous murder of Peter Andrews.--Attack
+     on H. Holden, who is protected by one of the natives, and
+     escapes.--B. Nute and others are protected by the female natives
+     from the fury of the men.--Death of one of the Pelew
+     chiefs.--Another of the Pelew people is detected in stealing, and
+     is punished in their manner.--Death of Milton Hewlet and Charles C.
+     Bouket; leaving now only B. Nute, H. Holden, and the other Pelew
+     chief, named _Kobak_, who all remained in a feeble and helpless
+     condition.--Filthy practices of the natives.--Friendship of the
+     surviving Pelew chief.
+
+
+A new trial now awaited us. The barbarous beings among whom our lot had
+been cast, deemed it important that we should be _tattooed_, and we were
+compelled to submit to the distressing operation. We expostulated
+against it--we entreated--we begged to be spared this additional
+affliction; but our entreaties were of no use. Those savages were not
+to be moved, and we were compelled to submit; and that the reader may
+form some idea of the painful process, I will here give a brief account
+of it.
+
+We were in the first place securely bound down to the ground, and there
+held fast by our tormentors. They then proceeded to draw with a sharp
+stick the figures designed to be imprinted on the skin. This done, the
+skin was thickly punctured with a little instrument made of sharpened
+fish bones, and somewhat resembling a carpenter's adz in miniature, but
+having teeth, instead of a smooth, sharp edge. This instrument was held
+within an inch or two of the flesh, and struck into it rapidly with a
+piece of wood, applied to it in such a manner as to cause it to rebound
+at every stroke. In this way our breasts and arms were prepared; and
+subsequently the ink, which was made of a vegetable found on the island
+called by them the "_savvan_," was applied. The operation caused such an
+inflammation of our bodies, that only a portion could be done at one
+time; and as soon as the inflammation abated another portion was done,
+as fast as we could bear it, till our bodies were covered. It was
+effectually done; for to this day the figures remain as distinct as they
+were when first imprinted, and the marks will be carried by us to the
+grave. They were exceedingly anxious to perform the operation upon our
+faces; but this we would not submit to, telling them that sooner than
+have it done we would die in resisting them. Among themselves, the
+oldest people had the greatest quantity of tattooing, and the younger
+class less.
+
+Besides the operation of _tattooing_, they compelled us to pluck the
+hair from different parts of the body, and to pluck our beards about
+every ten days, which was extremely painful; and at every successive
+operation the beard grew out harder and stiffer.
+
+About seventeen days after the captain and Rollins left, we saw a vessel
+to the windward; but the natives did not attempt to visit it. Five
+months afterwards another came in sight, and remained for three days
+near the island. At one time we could distinctly see the men on board;
+but we were kept on shore and closely guarded. Several canoes visited
+the ship, and brought back a few pieces of iron, fish-hooks, glass
+bottles, &c. We tried, but in vain, to escape. It seemed to us, that we
+were doomed to remain on that dreary spot, to wear out our remaining
+strength in hopeless bondage, and to submit to the control of brutal
+masters, whose tender mercies were cruelties. Death, in any form, would
+have been a relief, and often did we see moments when it would have been
+welcomed as the best of friends! To some of our companions it did come,
+though dreadful in the manner, yet as a not unwelcome alternative.
+
+About a year after we first arrived at the island, William Sedon became
+so reduced as to deprive us of all hopes of his recovery. He looked like
+a skeleton; and, at last, was so entirely exhausted by hunger, as to be
+unable to walk, or even to rise from the ground. He continued, however,
+to crawl from place to place, until all his remaining strength was
+nearly gone, when the inhuman monsters placed him in an old canoe, and
+sent him adrift on the ocean! Gladly would his unhappy shipmates have
+extended to him the last sad offices of friendship; that poor
+consolation was denied both him and us! My heart bleeds at the
+recollection of our separation and his melancholy fate--when we saw him
+anxiously turn his languid eyes towards those who were doomed still to
+linger on the borders of the grave! Our sighs were breathed almost in
+silence, and our tears were shed in vain!
+
+It may be observed here, that it is not their custom to deposit the
+bodies of any of their dead in the earth, except very young children.
+The bodies of grown people, after death, are laid in a canoe and
+committed to the ocean.
+
+It was soon our lot to part with another of our companions, Peter
+Andrews. He was accused by the natives of some trifling offence, and put
+to death. The savages knocked him down with their clubs, and then
+despatched him in the most cruel and most shocking manner. I was at this
+time at a distance from the place where he was killed. My master was
+absent; and upon my hearing a noise in the direction of the place where
+the foul business was transacted, and suspecting that all was not right,
+I started to see what was going on. I was near the beach when I saw a
+number of the savages coming towards the spot where I stood, dragging
+along the lifeless and mangled body of our comrade! One of them
+approached me behind, and knocked me down with his club. The body of
+Andrews was thrown into the sea, and it seemed to be their determination
+to destroy the whole of us. I warded off the blows aimed at me as well
+as I could, and recovering myself, ran towards the hut of my master. He
+had not yet returned; but, fortunately, an old man, who had previously
+shown some regard for me, and who was the particular friend of my
+master, happened at that moment to be passing; and seizing the man who
+had pursued me, held him fast. I escaped and ran into the hut, and
+crawled up through an aperture in the floor into the chamber under the
+roof. I seized an old box and covered up the hole through which I had
+ascended; but this was not sufficient to detain, for any great length of
+time, the wretches who were thirsting for my blood. They soon succeeded
+in displacing the box, and one of them seized me; but just as he was
+pulling me from my place of refuge, my master returned with several of
+his friends, and rescued me from the clutches of my enemies.
+
+In the mean time Nute and the rest of our companions were at the
+"_Tahboo_," a place of public resort, where, for the only time, the
+females rendered our people any assistance. They concealed the men under
+some mats, and kept them there till the fury of the natives had in a
+measure subsided.
+
+We were next called upon to part with one of the Pelew _chiefs_ who had
+come with us. He died of absolute starvation, and, according to custom,
+was committed to the waves in an old canoe. In a short time after this,
+the Pelew private (who had also come with us) was detected in the crime
+of taking a few cocoa-nuts without leave; for which offence he had his
+hands tied behind him, and was put into a canoe and sent adrift; which
+was their usual method of punishment for offences of different kinds.
+
+About a year and seven months from the commencement of our captivity
+Milton Hewlet died, and, like the others, was, according to the custom
+of the natives, committed to the ocean. A short time afterwards Charles
+C. Bouket, having become so reduced by his sufferings as to be unable to
+help himself, was (horrible to relate!) placed in a canoe, while still
+alive, and committed to the mercy of the ocean. Thus did one after
+another of our companions sink under the weight of their sufferings, and
+perish without any alleviation of their wretchedness. Nute and myself,
+with our friend _Kobac_, the other Pelew chief, were all that remained;
+and we were constantly expecting that the next hour would end our
+existence.
+
+The idea of death, however, had now become familiar; and often did we
+desire the release from suffering which that alone could afford.
+Nothing, as it now appears to us, but the kind interposition of
+Providence, could have continued our lives, and have given us the power
+of endurance to hold out so long as we did. We were frequently so
+reduced as to be unable to walk, and were forced to drag ourselves on
+our hands and knees to some place where we could lie down under the
+shade of a bush, and take rest. But the small comfort to be obtained in
+this way was greatly lessened by the annoyance of musquetoes, which
+could attack us with impunity in our helpless and feeble condition.
+Besides this, our flesh had so fallen away, that on lying down, our
+bones would actually pierce through the skin, giving us the most severe
+pain. After we were tattooed, the parts operated upon were, for a long
+time, running sores; and when exposed to the sun, the pain was
+excruciating.
+
+It has been already said, that the natives were indolent, filthy and
+degraded, but the half has not been told; and some things which we
+witnessed cannot be related. The intercourse of the sexes was
+unrestrained by any law; and the decencies of life were almost entirely
+neglected. Instead of taking pains to keep clean, they seemed to be not
+unwilling to have their heads overrun with vermin; and however
+incredible it may seem, it is a disgusting truth, that they are
+accustomed to eat them; and particular care seems to be taken to keep
+those loathsome animals in the heads of the children. But I forbear any
+further particulars.
+
+I have already said, that only two of the crew of the Mentor, namely,
+Nute and myself, remained alive, with the exception of captain Barnard
+and Rollins, who had fortunately escaped. The Pelew chief had become
+strongly attached to us, and we take pleasure in stating the fact, that
+his faithfulness and affection had greatly endeared him to us. He seemed
+more like a brother than a barbarian; and most gladly would we have
+saved him from those sufferings which, no doubt, before this time, have
+terminated his life. Alas! it was not in our power to administer to his
+relief; and when we last saw him he was but just alive.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+     The feeble and exhausted condition of the survivors, Nute and
+     Holden.--The natives consent to release them from labor, but refuse
+     them food; and they obtain permission to leave the island in the
+     first vessel, for a compensation to be made to the natives.--They
+     crawl about from place to place, subsisting upon leaves, and
+     occasionally begging a little food of the natives, for two
+     months.--Their sudden joy at hearing of a vessel coming towards the
+     island.--It proves to be the British barque Britannia, captain
+     Short, bound to Canton.--They are taken on board the Britannia,
+     November 27, 1834, and treated with the kindest attention.--Their
+     joy and gratitude at this happy termination of their
+     sufferings.--They gradually recover their health so far as to take
+     passage for America, in the ship Morrison, bound for New York,
+     where they arrive May 5, 1835.--Acknowledgments for their kind
+     reception at New York and Boston.
+
+
+Having thus briefly related the story of our captivity and sufferings,
+it only remains to give an account of our escape from this barbarous
+people. We continued to survive the horrible sufferings to which we were
+constantly subjected, and to serve our tyrannical masters, in despite of
+our agonies of body and mind, till the beginning of the autumn of 1834;
+at which time we had become so emaciated, feeble, and sickly, that we
+found it impossible any longer even to attempt to labor. By this time we
+had acquired a sufficient knowledge of their tongue to converse fluently
+with the natives, and we informed our masters, that our feeble condition
+rendered it impossible for us to attempt to do any thing more. We also
+reasoned the matter with them, telling them that death was our
+inevitable doom, unless we were allowed to relax our labor; that if we
+died we could be of no service to them, but if allowed a respite, and we
+lived, and could be put on board a vessel, they should be liberally
+rewarded.
+
+With much difficulty we at length persuaded our masters to allow us to
+quit labor, and obtained from them a promise to be put on board the
+first vessel that should come to the island. But, at the same time, they
+informed us, that if we ceased to work, they should cease to furnish the
+miserable allowance of cocoa-nut on which we had before subsisted, and
+that we must either labor or starve. We deemed death as welcome in one
+shape as in another, and relinquished our labors and our pittance of
+food together.
+
+We were thus literally turned out to die! We crawled from place to
+place, subsisting upon leaves, and now and then begging of the natives a
+morsel of cocoa-nut. In this way we contrived to live for about two
+months, when the joyful intelligence was brought to us that a vessel was
+in sight, and was coming near the island! Hope once more revisited our
+despairing hearts, and seemed to inspire us with renewed strength and
+animation.
+
+[Illustration: ESCAPE TO THE BRITANNIA.]
+
+After taxing our exhausted powers to the utmost, we persuaded the
+natives to prepare for visiting the vessel; and throwing our emaciated
+bodies into their canoes, we made for the ship with all possible
+despatch. The vessel proved to be the British barque Britannia, captain
+Short, bound to Canton. Our reception on board is faithfully described
+in the following certificate given by captain Short, the original of
+which is still in my possession:
+
+                                   "LINTIN, 29th December, 1834.
+
+     "This is to certify, that on the 27th day of November, 1834, off
+     the small island commonly called Lord North's by the English,
+     situated in latitude 3° 3' north, and longitude 131° 20' east, on
+     board the British barque Britannia, bound to Canton river, we
+     observed about ten or eleven canoes, containing upwards of one
+     hundred men, approaching the vessel, in a calm, or nearly so, with
+     the intention of coming alongside. But having the small complement
+     of thirteen men, it was considered most prudent to keep them off,
+     which was effected by firing a few six pound shots in a contrary
+     direction from the boats, some of which were then within
+     pistol-shot. At the same time hearing cries in our own language,
+     begging to be taken on board, the boat was despatched away to know
+     the cause. The boat returned to the ship, and reported an American
+     on board one of them. She was then sent back, having strict
+     orders to act with caution, and the man got from the canoe into the
+     sea, and was taken up by the ship's boat, and brought on board. He
+     then stated in what manner he came there, and said he had another
+     of his countrymen in another canoe. I said if we could get some of
+     the boats dispersed, that every assistance should be rendered for
+     the liberty of the other man. Accordingly they did so, all but
+     three. The ship's boat was then despatched in search, and soon
+     found the other man. He was brought on board, but in a most
+     deplorable condition with fever, from the effects of a miserable
+     subsistence. These two poor fellows were quite naked, under a
+     burning sun. They appeared to bear all the marks of their long
+     servitude, and I should suppose two or three days would have been
+     the end of the last man taken on board, but from this act of
+     Providence. It appears that these men were wrecked in the ship
+     Mentor, on the Pelew islands, and were proceeding with their
+     commander to some Dutch settlement, in one of the Pelew island
+     canoes, when they got to the afore-mentioned island, and were
+     detained by the natives; and that captain Edward C. Barnard had got
+     on board some ship, and reached Canton river shortly after their
+     detention at the island; which has been confirmed by the different
+     masters now at the port of Lintin.
+
+     "The statement given in to me by the two men runs thus:--That they
+     were wrecked May 21st, 1832, on the Pelew islands, and detained on
+     Lord North's island 6th December, 1832. The two men's names are
+     Benjamin H. Nute and Horace Holden. I should thank any ship master
+     now in port, acquainted with the circumstance, to confirm it by his
+     signature, in order to make some provision for those men, should
+     they require it. But from the disposition and liberality of those
+     American gentlemen coming forward, that are already acquainted with
+     the circumstance, perhaps it will be unnecessary. At the same time
+     I shall be very willing to draw up any form, or in any other way
+     that I may forward their views, according to the opinion of their
+     American friends. I should hope that every vessel passing in the
+     direction of the afore-mentioned island, passing any of their
+     boats, will give them a trifle. I gave them what articles those two
+     men thought most beneficial, and should have held a closer
+     communication with them had I been better manned and armed.
+
+                                   HENRY SHORT, Barque Britannia."
+
+Never shall we find words to express our joy at once more finding
+ourselves in the company of civilized men! Nor can we be too grateful to
+captain Short, and his officers and crew, for their kind attentions
+during our passage to Lintin. Every thing in their power was done to
+restore our health and strength, and to render us comfortable. On
+arriving at Lintin we found ourselves sufficiently recovered to be able
+to pass up the river to Canton. We remained there, at the factories,
+under medical treatment, until the ship Morrison, of New York, was ready
+to sail; when we took passage in her for our native country, and arrived
+in New York on the 5th day of May, 1835.
+
+In New York we found many kind friends, who took a lively interest in
+our behalf. We would particularly acknowledge a debt of gratitude which
+we owe to Mr. John Munson, who opened his hospitable dwelling for our
+reception, and with whom we tarried for several weeks. Assisted by the
+humane and philanthropic citizens of New York, we have been enabled to
+reach Boston. Here Providence has raised us up warm friends, through
+whose assistance we have been rendered as comfortable as could under any
+circumstances have been expected.
+
+In compliance with the solicitations of many respectable gentlemen, the
+foregoing narrative is submitted to the public, with the hope that it
+may not be entirely uninteresting, and not without use. Every statement
+may be relied upon as strictly true; and it is believed, that, simple
+and unadorned as is our story, it may serve to afford some information
+of a little spot hitherto supposed to be uninhabited, and to present to
+view of the curious and intelligent some knowledge of a portion of our
+race among whom no white man has ever before lived.
+
+To captain Barnard the author of the statements in this narrative is
+under great obligations for his uniformly kind treatment previous to the
+loss of the Mentor, and during the whole time we were together. We have
+no reason to doubt, that he did all in his power to obtain our release
+from captivity at the time when he was himself so fortunate as to
+escape; and not the least blame is to be imputed to him on account of
+the disasters that befell us.
+
+Of the twenty-two persons who composed the ship's company of the Mentor
+when she sailed from New Bedford, only _four_ have returned. It has been
+reported, that one of the three who was left at the Pelew islands
+escaped a few months since. If such be the case only two remain there;
+and it is hoped that some measures will soon be adopted, either by the
+government or by humane individuals, to rescue them from their painful
+and distressing situation.
+
+I cannot close this narrative without expressing the most heart-felt
+gratitude to that kind Providence which has sustained us under trials
+and sufferings the most severe, and returned us to our homes and
+friends. And may those who have been to us friends indeed, find an ample
+reward for their generosity, in the consciousness of having been
+influenced by those sentiments and feelings which best adorn and dignify
+the human character!
+
+  BOSTON, NOVEMBER, 1835.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX.
+
+VOCABULARY OF THE LANGUAGE OF LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.
+
+
+The language of the inhabitants of Lord North's island appears to be a
+new and hitherto unknown dialect of the Polynesian family of languages.
+According to the preceding Narrative, it was wholly unintelligible to
+the _Pelew_ chiefs who accompanied the crew of the Mentor when they were
+made captives. To judge by the _numerals_, and a few other words, which
+have been collected by travellers, it has a near affinity to the
+dialects of the neighboring _Caroline_ islands.
+
+In the selection of words for the following vocabulary, we have
+principally followed the list of English words in Keate's Account of the
+Pelew Islands, but have added several from the Empress Catherine's
+Vocabulary; distinguishing by SMALL CAPITALS all the words which
+correspond to those in that Vocabulary. Some short dialogues are
+subjoined to the vocabulary.
+
+The orthography adopted is that of the _English_ language; it being the
+most useful to such of our navigators as may chance to visit Lord
+North's island or those in its vicinity. It is only necessary to state
+particularly, that _ay_ is to be pronounced like _aye_, or _ah-ee_; _g_,
+always hard, as in _go_; _ng_, in the middle of a word, as it is at the
+end; as, for example, in the English word _hanger_, and not as in the
+word anger, (ang-ger;) and _zh_ is to be pronounced like _s_ in
+_pleasure_, or the French _j_.
+
+It is proper to remark, that the words of the language here given, not
+having been furnished by _natives_ of the island, are to be received
+rather as approximations than as perfectly exact specimens of the
+language; but the comparisons made with kindred dialects lead us to
+believe, that they are as exact as are usually obtained from similar
+sources. Two years' residence in the island strongly impressed the
+language in the memory of the unfortunate captives.
+
+     And, mah.
+
+     Arm. (_See_ Hand.)
+
+     BACK, tukkalekŽ.
+
+     BAD, tuhmahŽ.
+
+     Bamboo, sheel, _or_ shil.[6]
+
+     BEARD, koosum. (_See_ Hair.)
+
+     BELLY, mishŽee-um.
+
+     Belt, (worn by the men,) tapŽpah.
+
+     Big, yennup.
+
+     Bird, karŽrum.
+
+     BLACK, wayzerŽris, (wah-ee-zerris.)
+
+     Boat, prow, (prah-oo.)
+
+     BONE, cheel.
+
+     BOY. (_See_ Man.)
+
+     Brass, mullebahŽdee.
+
+     Breast (of a female,) toot.[7]
+
+     Brother, bizŽzheem, _or_ bizŽzhim.
+
+     Canoe, (_the same as_ Boat.)
+
+     CHILD, (_of two or three years old_,) lahŽbo.
+
+     Clouds, kotcho.
+
+     Cocoa-nut, (_when ripe_,) kahrahŽpah; (_when very young_,) soob;
+     (_when the husk is so hard as to require breaking with a stone_,)
+     chou, _or_ chah-oo.
+
+     Cold, makkrazmŽ.
+
+     Come, (_verb, the same as to go_,) moŽrahbeeto.
+
+     Copper, (_the same as_ Brass.)
+
+     Cord, (small line) kreel.
+
+     Darkness, klo-wayzerŽris.
+
+     DAY, yahro, (_the same as_ Sun.)
+
+     DEAD, pooŽruk.
+
+     Dirt, yuhburŽ.
+
+     Drink, (_verb_,) limŽmah.
+
+     DUST. (_See_ Dirt.)
+
+     Eat, mukŽkah.
+
+     FATHER, wurŽteemum; (_used also for_ Friend.)
+
+     FINGERS, kayŽmuk, (_the same as_ Hand.)
+
+     FIRE, yah, _or_ yahf.
+
+     Fish, eeŽkah.
+
+     Fish-hook, kah-oo eekah.
+
+     Fishing net, shibboŽ.
+
+     Fly, (_the insect_,) lahng.
+
+     Foot, petchemŽ; (_applied to the_ foot, leg, _and_ thigh.)
+
+     Friend. (_See_ Father.)
+
+     GIRL, pahŽchik vay-eeŽvee; (_literally_, a little woman.)
+
+     Go. (_See_ Come.)
+
+     GOOD, yissung.
+
+     GOD, yarris. (_They had images of twelve gods._)
+
+     GRASS, wawŽree.
+
+     HAIR, (_of the head_,) chim. (_See_ Beard.)
+
+     HAND, kayŽmuk. (_See_ Fingers.)
+
+     HEAD, mitchŽeemum.
+
+     HERE, atidŽdee, _or_ ettidŽdee.
+
+     HOUSE. (_See_ Hut.)
+
+     Hungry, surmahŽ.
+
+     Hut, _or_ house, yim.
+
+     I, (myself,) nang.
+
+     Iron, pahng-ul; _also_ pishoo.
+
+     Iron hoop, cheeŽpah; (i. e. _pieces of iron hoops, of which they
+     make knives, &c._)
+
+     Kill, (_verb_,) mahŽtee.
+
+     Large. (_See_ Big.)
+
+     Laugh, (_verb_,) meeŽmee.
+
+     LEAF, (_of a cocoa-nut tree_,) trillah.
+
+     Leg. (_See_ Foot.)
+
+     LIGHTNING, visseegŽ.
+
+     Little. (_See_ Small.)
+
+     Lizard, peelelŽ.
+
+     MAN, mahŽree, _or_ mah.
+
+     Many, peeŽpee.
+
+     MILK, toot. (_See_ Breast.)
+
+     My, mine; e. g. _my cocoa-nut_, kahrahŽpah ah nang.
+
+     Moon, mukŽkum.
+
+     Mother, mishŽerum.
+
+     Mouse. (_See_ Rat.)
+
+     Musquetoe, lahm.
+
+     Near to, yah petehŽto, _or_ petetto.
+
+     Night, neeboŽ; (_also_ by night.)
+
+     No, taw, _or_ tah-oo.
+
+     Numerals. (_See the list at the end of this vocabulary._)
+
+     Oar. (_See_ Paddle.)
+
+     Old, (i. e. from twenty years upwards,) mahzooŽ-ee; very old,
+     mahzoo-ee ah va; _also_, butchee butch chim, _literally_, the hair
+     is white.
+
+     Paddle, vettel.
+
+     People, peeŽpee ah mahŽree; _literally_, many men.
+
+     Rain, (it rains,) oot; it does not rain, taw oot.
+
+     Rat, tumŽmeeum.
+
+     Reef (of rocks,) ahrahŽ-oo.
+
+     Rope, tahŽree. (_See_ Cord.)
+
+     Sand, (or shoal in the sea,) pee. _This word means simply the
+     sand._
+
+     Sea, (salt water,) taht.
+
+     Shark, po.
+
+     Ship, wawŽwee.
+
+     Short, yuhmoatŽ, _or_ yah moatŽ.
+
+     Sick, makkahŽkes; I am not sick, nang tay makkahŽkes.
+
+     Sister, meeŽang-um.
+
+     Sleep, musŽsee, _or_ mummah teedŽee.
+
+     Small, pahŽchik; very small, (as a grain of sand,)
+     pahchik-gitchee-gee.
+
+     Son, (or daughter,) lahŽbo. (_See_ Child.)
+
+     Stars, vish.
+
+     STONE, vahs.
+
+     Storm, peeŽpee oot; i. e. much rain.
+
+     Strong, (in good health,) yuhkaylŽ.
+
+     Sun, yahŽro.
+
+     TahbooŽ, _the religious interdiction called_ tahboo, _which is
+     common in the islands of the Pacific ocean, and which is also used
+     in Lord North's island._
+
+     Talk, (_verb_,) teeŽtree; e. g. teeŽtree Inglish, talk English;
+     teeŽtree ToŽbee, talk ToŽbee, or the language of the island.
+
+     Tattoo, (_verb_,) verŽree-verŽ-ree.
+
+     There, a-turŽnah.
+
+     Thou, _or_ you, gur.
+
+     Thunder, pah; pah zah teeŽtree, it thunders; _literally_, the
+     thunder speaks. _When it thunders, they say_, Yarris teeŽtree, God
+     is speaking.
+
+     To-morrow, wawŽrah-zooŽrah.
+
+     Tree. (_See_ Wood.)
+
+     Turtle, wahŽree.
+
+     WATER, (fresh,) tahŽroo.
+
+     ----, (salt,) taht.
+
+     Whale, kahs.
+
+     What; (what is that,) mahtahŽmen ah menno.
+
+     WHITE, butchŽee butch.
+
+     Why, bah.
+
+     WIND, yang.
+
+     Woman, vay-eeŽvee; a young woman, werŽree-wedg vay-eeŽvee.
+
+     Wood, (trees,) tummutchŽee; taburŽrah eekŽah, the stem _or_ trunk.
+
+     Yellow, arrangŽ.
+
+     Yes, eeŽlah.
+
+     Yesterday, rollo; yesterday night, rollo neeboŽ.
+
+     You, _or_ thou, gur.
+
+
+NUMERALS
+
+  One,       yaht
+  Two,       guhlooŽ
+  Three,     yah
+  Four,      vahn
+  Five,      neem
+  Six,       yah-woarŽ
+  Seven,     yah-veeshŽ
+  Eight,     yah-wahŽ
+  Nine,      yah-tooŽ
+  Ten,       yah-saikŽ (sake)
+  Eleven,    sa-kum ah sooŽ
+  Twelve,    sa-kum ah goo-oŽ
+  Thirteen,  sa-kum ah sa-rooŽ
+  Fourteen,  sa-kum ah vahŽoo
+  Fifteen,   sa-kum ah leemoŽ
+  Sixteen,   sa-kum ah wahrooŽ
+  Seventeen, sa-kum ah weeshooŽ
+  Eighteen,  sa-kum ah wahrewŽ
+  Nineteen,  sa-kum ah tee-oŽ
+  Twenty,    sa-kum ah gloo-oŽ
+
+  Ten,       saik
+  Twenty,    goowaikŽ
+  Thirty,    sa-reekŽ
+  Forty,     vah-eekŽ
+  Fifty,     leemaik (leemake)
+  Sixty,     woar-eekŽ
+  Seventy,   vesheekŽ
+  Eighty,    wahreckŽ
+  Ninety,    tew-weekŽ
+  Hundred,   surbung; &c.[8]
+
+The inhabitants of Lord North's island seldom count above a hundred; but
+when they wish to express a larger number they do it by a repetition of
+the syllable _saik_, (ten,) in this manner:--sakum ah saik, ah saik, ah
+saik, &c.
+
+In counting cocoa-nuts, they use the following numerals:--
+
+  One,    soo
+  Two,    goo-oŽ
+  Three,  sa-rooŽ
+  Four,   vahŽo
+  Five,   leemoŽ
+  Six,    woarroo
+  Seven,  veeshooŽ
+  Eight,  tee-oo
+  Nine,   wahrewŽ
+  Ten,    saik
+
+In counting fish they have still a different set of numbers:--
+
+  Seemul eekah, one fish
+  Gwimmul eekah, two fishes
+  Sreemul eekah, three fishes
+  Vahmul eekah, four fishes
+  Neemul eekah, five fishes
+  WawŽremul eekah, six fishes
+  Vish-ee ahmul eekah, seven fishes
+  WarŽremul eekah, eight fishes
+  Too-eeŽmul eekah, nine fishes
+  Saik eekah, ten fishes
+
+
+DIALOGUES IN THE LANGUAGE OF LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.
+
+     TeeŽmit, tay too atteeŽdee, nang verŽree-verŽree gur; mahŽree
+     ToŽbee tay verŽree-verŽree man Inglish moŽree pooruk; zahbeeŽto
+     Yarris yettahŽmen man Inglish.
+
+          Horace, come here, for I am going to tattoo you; if ToŽbee man
+          does not tattoo Englishman he will die; Yarris (God) will come
+          and Englishman will go immediately out of sight; i. e. be
+          destroyed.
+
+They perform the process of tattooing by means of a little instrument,
+made either of a thin, flat fish-bone, or of the wing bone of a large
+sea-bird. The blade of the instrument (as it may be called) is about an
+inch long; it is fixed upon a little handle, about four inches in
+length, and the whole instrument may be compared to a carpenter's adz,
+in miniature; except that the edge, instead of being straight, and
+smooth for cutting, is made into teeth for puncturing the skin. This
+little instrument is held in the left hand, with the edge or teeth
+directly over the place to be punctured, and successive blows are then
+struck upon it, with a small stick of iron-wood, resembling a drumstick,
+and of about two pounds' weight, until the coloring matter is
+sufficiently pricked into the skin.[9]
+
+Before commencing the operation they mix the coloring liquid (before
+described, page 102) in a cocoa-nut shell. They then compel you to lie
+down upon the ground in such a position that the part of the body which
+is to be tattooed shall lie uppermost. After this, with a slender,
+flexible stick dipped in the liquid, they mark out upon the body the
+figures that are to be imprinted in the skin; then they dip the teeth of
+the tattooing instrument in the liquid, and by successive strokes, as
+above mentioned, prick it into the skin, till it is completed to their
+taste. During the operation you are surrounded by men, women, and
+children, all singing a kind of chorus or song adapted to the occasion;
+and if any complaint escapes you, from the severe treatment of the
+operators, (of whom there are generally two,) the whole company strikes
+up a louder strain, apparently as if rejoicing. The spirited wood cut
+accompanying this volume gives a very correct representation of this
+important ceremony.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+After captain Barnard and Rollins escaped from the island, the natives
+would often ask of Holden and Nute where they thought _Peeter Inglish_
+(their name for the captain) was;[10] they were answered, that he was on
+his passage to England. They would then say,--
+
+     Ah! Peeter Inglish taw borobeeto Inglish; Peeter Inglish yepeeŽlif
+     tang ah nee mahŽree ah ToŽbee ah pahng-ul; Peeter Inglish moŽree
+     pooŽruk woar ah taht; Peeter Inglish teeŽtree teeŽtree mahŽree
+     ToŽbee peeŽpee peeŽpee ah pahng-ul, peeŽpee ah legoŽ, peeŽpee ah
+     mullebahŽdee; shaik, man Inglish yepeeŽlif tuhmahŽ; mahŽree ah
+     ToŽbee zah so zah teeŽtree Yarris, waurwa ah Inglish cher prow tay
+     beeto woar Inglish.
+
+          Ah! the captain will never get to England; the captain was a
+          thief; he had not given ToŽbee man any iron, and he would die
+          at sea; the captain talked, and talked with ToŽbee men, (that
+          they should have) much iron, great many clothes, and much
+          brass; for shame! Englishmen (are) all thieves and bad men;
+          ToŽbee men (are) very angry; (we) will speak to God, and he
+          will make the ship founder at sea, and the captain never will
+          arrive in England.
+
+Whenever Holden or Nute expressed a wish to go to England, the natives
+would say to them,--
+
+     Gur zah beeto Inglish bah? Taw ah mukŽkah woar Inglish; gur zah
+     beeto Inglish, gur moŽree pooŽruk; mahŽree Inglish mukŽkah ketchŽee
+     etchŽee, omah ah yahpuk gur mumŽmee teeŽdee ah ToŽbee, yevvers
+     mahŽree ToŽbee yissung ah mukkah.
+
+          What do you (wish to) go to England for? There is nothing to
+          eat in England; if you go to England you will die; Englishmen
+          eat rats and snails and filth; if you stay in ToŽbee you will
+          live; ToŽbee men have very good (food) to eat.
+
+
+_Dialogue between Horace Holden and his master Pahrahbooah._
+
+     _H._ Pahrahbooah, gur zah wosheeto ah nang woar ah prow, nang zah
+     beeto Inglish; nang zah mumŽmah teeŽdee ah ToŽbee zah pooruk, taw
+     ah mukŽkah woar ToŽbee; woar Inglish peeŽpee ah mukŽkah, peeŽpee,
+     peeŽpee; gur zah wosheeto ah nang woar ah prow nang zah lee ah gur
+     peeŽpee ah pahng-ul, peeŽpee ah legoŽ, peeŽpee ah mullebahŽdee; gur
+     tay wosheeto ah nang zah pooŽruk woar ah ToŽbee, gur taw ah pishoo.
+
+          _H._ Pahrahbooah, if you will put me on board of a ship I will
+          go to England; if I remain at ToŽbee (Lord North's) I shall
+          die, for there is nothing to eat on ToŽbee; in England, much
+          food, much, much; and if you will put me on board of a ship, I
+          will give you much iron, many clothes, and much brass; if you
+          do not put me (on board) I shall die on ToŽbee, and you (will
+          get) no iron.
+
+     _P._ Hah, nang tay wosheeto ah gur; gur teeŽtree tuhmah; gur tang
+     ah nee nang ah pahng-ul; Peeter Inglish yepeeŽlif, gur yepeeŽlif,
+     mahŽree ah Inglish yepeeŽlif, senah-messenŽ; tuhmah man Inglish;
+     gur mummah teeŽdee woar ToŽbee, zah pooruk ah ToŽbee.
+
+          _P._ Ah! I will not let you go; you talk bad; you will not
+          give me any iron; Peeter Inglish is a thief, you are a thief,
+          all Englishmen (are) thieves and liars; Englishmen (are) bad
+          men; you (are) to stay on ToŽbee, to die on ToŽbee.
+
+
+_Another Dialogue between the same persons._
+
+     _P._ TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto Inglish gur zahnee mahŽree ToŽbee ah
+     pahng-ul, yennup wayŽsa teberëeŽkah yennup ah tepoŽee ah wausŽsa,
+     ah legoŽ, kah-oo eekah, zis ah pishooŽ ah teet ah tuvŽvatif, ah
+     mullebahŽdee, zah beeto ToŽbee zah lee wurŽteemum ah gur?
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you go to England will you give the men of
+          ToŽbee iron of a large size, as big as a stick of wood, and
+          big axes, and knives, and cloth, and fish-hooks, an anvil and
+          hammer, and needles, a trunk, and brass, and then come back to
+          ToŽbee and give them to your father?
+
+     _H._ EeŽlah, nang zah beeto Inglish nang zahnee mahree ToŽbee ah
+     pahng-ul yennup, ah tepoŽ-ee, ah wausŽsa, ah legoŽ, kah-oo eekah,
+     zis ah pishooŽ, ah teet, ah tuvŽvatif, ah mullebahŽdee, zah beeto
+     ToŽbee, zah lee wurŽteemum ah nang.
+
+          _H._ Yes, I will go to England, and I will give to the men of
+          ToŽbee iron of a large size, and big axes, and knives, and
+          cloth, and fish-hooks, an anvil, and needles, and trunks, and
+          brass, and then come back to ToŽbee and give them to my
+          father.
+
+     _P._ Gur zah beeto Inglish gur dee mumŽmah teeŽdee woar Inglish,
+     taw borobeeŽto ToŽbee, gur zah yuh-woon; tuhmah taw muhpeer klo
+     dung-ah-rang-us.
+
+          _P._ If you go to England you will stop (sleep) there, and not
+          return to ToŽbee; this (will be) bad and not friendly, and you
+          will be a bad man.
+
+     _H._ Nang zah beeto Inglish, nang dak mumŽmah teedee woar Inglish,
+     nang zah beeto ToŽbee.
+
+          _H._ If I go to England I will not stop (sleep) there, but
+          return to ToŽbee immediately.
+
+     _P._ Gur too-ay-goŽrah beeto Inglish, gur moŽree pooruk woar ah
+     taht, gur tay beeto ToŽbee.
+
+          _P._ You do not know the way to England; you will die (or be
+          lost) at sea, and not come to ToŽbee.
+
+     _H._ Hah! nang yegoŽrah beeto Inglish, taw moŽree pooruk woar ah
+     taht.
+
+          _H._ Aye, I do know the way to England; I shall not die (or be
+          lost) at sea.
+
+     _P._ Gur ahnee ah prow woar Inglish, peeŽpee ah pahng-ul, ah legoŽ,
+     kahrahpah, ah vay-eeŽvee peeŽpee, ah mahree peeŽpee, ah lahŽbo?
+
+          _P._ Have you got ships in England, and a great deal of iron,
+          and cloths and cocoa-nuts, and many men, women, and children?
+
+     _H._ Eelah, nang yuhwoŽ ah prow woar Inglish, peeŽpee ah pahng-ul,
+     ah legoŽ, kahrahpah ah vay-eeŽvee, peeŽpee ah mahŽree, peeŽpee ah
+     lahŽbo.
+
+          _H._ Yes, I have got ships in England, much iron, and cloths,
+          and cocoa-nuts, and women, and a great many men and children.
+
+     _P._ Gur mukkah woar Inglish peeŽpee?
+
+          _P._ Do you eat in England a plenty?
+
+     _H._ Eelah, nang mukkah woar Inglish peeŽpee.
+
+          _H._ Yes, in England I eat a plenty, (or much.)
+
+     _P._ TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto Inglish wosheeŽto ah pahng-ul wosheeŽto
+     ah legoŽ, ah mullebahŽdee, ah tepo-ee, ah kah-oo eekah, moŽree
+     ToŽbee zah lee mahŽree ToŽbee, gur muhpeer, gur yissung ah mahŽree,
+     muhpeer muhpeer.
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you go to England, and fetch us iron, and
+          cloths, and brass, and axes, and fish-hooks, to ToŽbee, and
+          give them to ToŽbee men, you (will be) our friend, a very
+          good man, a very great friend; (_literally_, a friend, a
+          friend.)
+
+     _H._ Eelah, nang zah beeto Inglish, nang wosheeto ah pahng-ul,
+     wosheeto ah legoŽ, ah mullebahŽdee, ah tepo-ee, ah kah-oo eekah,
+     woar ToŽbee zah lee mahŽree ToŽbee.
+
+          _H._ Yes, (if) I go to England I will fetch you iron, and
+          fetch cloths and brass, and axes and fish-hooks, to ToŽbee,
+          and give them to the people of ToŽbee.
+
+     _P._ TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto Inglish gur tay beeto ToŽbee, mahŽree
+     ToŽbee zah teeŽtree Yarris, gur moree pooruk.
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you go to England and do not come back to
+          ToŽbee, the men of ToŽbee will talk to God and you will die.
+
+     _H._ Nang zah beeto Inglish, nang de mummah teeŽdee, ah turt zah
+     beeto ToŽbee.
+
+          _H._ I will go to England and stop a short time, (i. e. sleep
+          there,) and shall return to ToŽbee.
+
+     _P._ TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto venne Yarris, gur tay beeto, gur moŽree
+     pooruk.
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you do not go to YarrisŽ house, (i. e. the
+          place of worship,) you will die.
+
+     _H._ Tur pay; nang zah beeto.
+
+          _H._ Wait a minute; I will go.
+
+     Verrah mahtah gur?
+
+          What is your name?
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[6] No bamboo grows on Lord North's island, but it frequently drifts
+ashore, and the natives make knives of it.
+
+[7] Used also by the Pelew Islanders.
+
+[8] _Numerals of the Caroline Islands, from the Missionary Voyage to the
+Southern Pacific Ocean, 4to, London, 1799._
+
+  One,    iota
+  Two,    rua
+  Three,  toloo
+  Four,   tia
+  Five,   leema
+  Six,    honoo
+  Seven,  fizoo
+  Eight,  wartow,
+  Nine,   shievo
+  Ten,    segga
+
+[9] Tattooing instruments may be seen in the valuable East India museum,
+at Salem; and perhaps in some of the museums in Boston.
+
+[10] What the import of this name _Peeter_ was, we are unable to
+determine. They gave the same appellation to a character of great
+celebrity in their history, whose entire name was _Peeter Kart_; and
+who, according to their traditions, came from the island of Ternate,
+many years ago, and gave them their religion and such simple arts as
+they possessed. They said he was of a copper color, like themselves.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Transcriber's Notes:
+
+The transcriber made these changes to the text to correct obvious
+errors:
+
+  1. The author was inconsistent in his use of accents with some of the
+     words in the language of Lord North's island. This inconsistency
+     remains as originally published.
+  2. Some of the last words of the native's dialogue was moved to
+     the previous page for readibility.  This occured on the following
+     pages:
+            130 text moved to page 129
+            131 text moved to page 130
+            133 text moved to page 132
+  3. The illustration "Escape to Britannia" has been moved from between
+     page 114 and 115 to page 113.
+
+End of Transcriber's Notes]
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative of the Shipwreck,
+Captivity and Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute, by Horace Holden
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SHIPWRECK ***
+
+***** This file should be named 32012-8.txt or 32012-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/0/1/32012/
+
+Produced by Richard J. Shiffer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/32012-8.zip b/32012-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cb4eced
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012-8.zip
diff --git a/32012-h.zip b/32012-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2be9878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012-h.zip
diff --git a/32012-h/32012-h.htm b/32012-h/32012-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e37261f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012-h/32012-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,3399 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>
+    A Narrative of the Shipwreck, Captivity and Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute, by Horace Holden.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+    body                 {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    p                    {margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 0em;
+                          text-align: justify;}
+    /*  Author  ---------------------------------------------- */
+    p.author             {text-align: right; margin-right: 10%;}
+    /* Letter  ----------------------------------------------- */
+    p.ltr-date           {text-align: right; margin-right: 5%; margin-bottom: -0.5em;}
+    /* Text Blocks  ------------------------------------------ */
+    blockquote           {text-align: justify; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    blockquote.english   {font-size: 1.0em;}
+    pre                  {font-size: 0.9em;}
+    pre.note             {font-size: 1.0em;}
+    .note, .noteBox      {margin-left: 10%;
+                          margin-right: 10%;
+                          font-size: 0.9em;}
+    .noteBox             {border-style: dashed;
+                          border-width: thin;
+                          padding-left: 1em;
+                          padding-right: 1em}
+    div.trans-note       {
+      	                  margin: 10%;
+      	                  padding: 1.0em;
+      	                  font-size: 0.9em;
+      	                  background-color: #E6F0F0;
+      	                  color: inherit;
+                          }
+    /* Headers  ---------------------------------------------- */
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6    {text-align: center; clear: both; font-weight: normal;}
+    h1                   {letter-spacing: 0.1em;}
+    /* Horizontal Rules  ------------------------------------- */
+    hr                   {width: 65%;
+                          margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;
+                          margin-top: 2.0em; margin-bottom: 2.0em;
+                          clear: both;}
+    hr.full              {width: 100%;}
+    hr.short             {width: 20%;}
+    hr.tiny              {width: 10%;}
+    hr.tight             {margin-top: 1.0em; margin-bottom: 1.0em;}
+    /* General Formatting  ---------------------------------- */
+    .sc			 {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .smcap               {font-variant: small-caps;}
+    .allsc               {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
+    .lowercase           {text-transform: lowercase;}
+    .spacious            {letter-spacing: 0.25em;}
+    span.pagenum         {position: absolute;
+                          right: 1%;
+                          color: gray; background-color: inherit;
+                          letter-spacing:normal;
+                          text-indent: 0em; text-align:right;
+                          font-style: normal;
+                          font-variant:normal;
+                          font-weight: normal;
+                          font-size: 8pt;}
+    p.center             {text-align: center;}
+    p.hang               {text-indent: -.6em; padding-left: .6em;}
+    p.heading            {text-align: center; font-weight: bold;}
+    .center              {text-align: center;}
+    .caption             {font-weight: bold;}
+    .chapter-summary p   {text-indent: -1em; padding-left: 1em;
+                          margin: 1em auto 2em auto;
+                          font-size: 0.9em;
+                          width: 85%;}
+    span.ralign          {position: absolute; right:5%; top: auto; font-size: 0.9em;}
+    /* Footnotes  -------------------------------------------- */
+    .footnotes           {border: none;}
+    .footnote .label     {float:left; text-align:left; width:2em;}
+    .fnanchor            {font-size: smaller; text-decoration: none;
+                          font-style: normal; font-variant:normal;
+                          font-weight: normal; vertical-align: 0.25em;}
+    .footnote            {font-size: 0.9em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;}
+    /* Figures ---------------------------------------------- */
+    .figure, .figcenter, .figright, .figleft , .figletter
+                         {padding: 1em;
+                          margin: 0;
+                          text-align: center;
+                          font-size: 0.8em;}
+    .figure img, .figcenter img, .figright img, .figleft img, .figletter img
+                         {border: none;}
+    .figure p, .figcenter p, .figright p, .figleft p
+                         {margin: 0;
+                          text-indent: 1em;}
+    .figcenter           {margin: auto;
+                          clear: both;}
+    .figright            {float: right;}
+    .figleft             {float: left;}
+    .figletter           {float: left;
+                          margin-top: -.1in;
+                          margin-bottom: -.1in;}
+    /* Tables  ---------------------------------------------- */
+    .center table        {margin-right: auto; margin-left: auto; text-align: left;}
+    table                {margin-top: 1em;   /* space above the table */
+	                  caption-side: top; /* or bottom! */
+	                  empty-cells: show; /* usual default is hide */
+                          border-spacing: 0.0em 0.0em;
+                          font-size: 90%;}
+    td                   {padding-left: 0.5em; padding-right: 0.5em;}
+     /* Links  ------------------------------------------------ */
+    a:link               {color: blue; background-color: inherit; text-decoration: none}
+    link                 {color: blue; background-color: inherit; text-decoration: none}
+    a:visited            {color: blue; background-color: inherit; text-decoration: none}
+    a:hover              {color: red; background-color: inherit}
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative of the Shipwreck, Captivity and
+Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute, by Horace Holden
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Narrative of the Shipwreck, Captivity and Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute
+       Who were cast away in the American ship Mentor, on the
+              Pelew Islands, in the year 1832; and for two years
+              afterwards were subjected to unheard of sufferings among
+              the barbarous inhabitants of Lord North's island
+
+Author: Horace Holden
+
+Release Date: April 16, 2010 [EBook #32012]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SHIPWRECK ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Richard J. Shiffer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<div class="trans-note">
+<p class="heading">Transcriber's Note</p>
+<p>Every effort has been made to replicate this text as
+faithfully as possible, including obsolete and variant spellings and other
+inconsistencies.  Text that has been changed to correct an obvious error
+is noted at the <a href="#END">end</a> of this ebook.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h1>A NARRATIVE</h1>
+<h5>OF THE</h5>
+<h2 class="spacious">SHIPWRECK,</h2>
+<h3 class="spacious">CAPTIVITY AND SUFFERINGS</h3>
+<h5>OF</h5>
+<h3>HORACE HOLDEN AND BENJ. H. NUTE;</h3>
+<h5>WHO WERE CAST AWAY IN THE</h5>
+<h2>AMERICAN SHIP MENTOR,</h2>
+<h5>ON THE</h5>
+<h2 class="spacious">PELEW ISLANDS,</h2>
+<h3>IN THE YEAR 1832;</h3>
+
+<h4><i>AND FOR TWO YEARS AFTERWARDS WERE SUBJECTED TO<br />
+UNHEARD OF SUFFERINGS AMONG THE BARBAROUS<br />
+INHABITANTS OF</i></h4>
+
+<h3>LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.</h3>
+
+<p><br /></p>
+
+<hr class="tiny tight" />
+
+<h3>BY HORACE HOLDEN.</h3>
+
+<hr class="tiny tight" />
+
+<p><br /></p>
+
+<h3>BOSTON:<br />
+<small>RUSSELL, SHATTUCK, AND CO.<br />
+1836.</small></h3>
+
+<p><br /></p>
+
+<hr class="tight" />
+
+<h3 class="sc">entered according to act of congress, in the year 1836,<br />
+By HORACE HOLDEN.<br />
+in the clerk's office of the district court of massachusetts.</h3>
+
+<hr class="tight" />
+
+<p><br /></p>
+
+<h5>STEREOTYPED BY<br />
+ SHEPARD, OLIVER, AND CO.</h5>
+
+<hr />
+
+<h4>TO</h4>
+
+<h3>JOHN PICKERING, ESQ.</h3>
+
+<h4>Of Boston,</h4>
+
+<h5>AND TO</h5>
+
+<h3>WILLIAM R. RODMAN, ESQ.</h3>
+
+<h4>Of New Bedford,</h4>
+
+<p class="center">To whom the author is under the greatest<br />
+obligations for their countenance and assistance,<br />
+this little work is gratefully<br />
+<span class="spacious">INSCRIBED</span></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/i002.png" width="500" height="303" alt="DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS OF TATTOOING." title="" />
+<span class="caption">DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS OF TATTOOING.</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="PREFACE" id="PREFACE"></a>PREFACE.</h2>
+
+
+<p>The islands now known by geographers under the general name of
+<i>Polynesia</i>, have for some time past attracted the attention of the
+scientific and commercial world. Few opportunities, however, occur of
+obtaining information respecting any of them except those which are
+resorted to for commercial purposes. With a view, therefore, to the
+collecting of all the necessary materials for the history of their soil,
+climate, productions, and other particulars, especially of such of them
+as have not already been visited by the civilized people of Europe and
+America, it is desirable to preserve all authentic accounts of them,
+even of those which are of inferior importance.</p>
+
+<p>The following unpretending Narrative contains such an account of one of
+them, commonly called <i>Lord North's Island</i>, but sometimes known by the
+name of <i>Nevil's Island</i> and <i>Johnston's Island</i>. It is situated in
+about lat. 3° 2&frac34;' N., and, according to the most correct
+calculations, about long. 131° 4&frac14;' E.</p>
+
+<p>This island has been stated, in geographical works of authority, to be
+uninhabited; but Horsburg's India Directory (vol. ii. p. 497, edit. of
+1827) correctly says it is inhabited, and that the natives "will
+sometimes come off to ships passing near." And it will accordingly be
+found, by the present Narrative, that it has a population of between
+three and four hundred inhabitants, as nearly as could be estimated by
+the American seamen, whose captivity and sufferings are the subject of
+this work; the island itself being, according to their judgment also,
+about three quarters of a mile long and half a mile in breadth.</p>
+
+<p>The materials of this Narrative were furnished by Horace Holden, one of
+the seamen above mentioned, who, with his companion, Benjamin Nute, was
+detained as a captive by the islanders for two years; during which time
+he and his companion acquired the language so far as to converse in it
+with ease. This afforded them the means of knowing and observing many
+things which would escape the mere passing voyager; and whatever
+statements are here made, the editor has every reason to believe may be
+entirely relied upon.</p>
+
+<p>In order to complete the little collection of facts in relation to this
+people&mdash;who may justly be called a new people, as no white man has ever
+before been upon their territory&mdash;a specimen of their language is added
+to the Narrative. This has been made under many disadvantages; but no
+small labor has<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[Pg viii]</a></span> been bestowed upon it, in order to render it of use, so
+far as was practicable, in elucidating the affinity of these islanders
+to others in that quarter of the world. It is now universally agreed
+among the learned, that language affords the surest test of the
+affinities of nations; and it is greatly to be desired that more
+attention should be bestowed upon this subject by the intelligent
+navigators of the United States, and especially by the scientific young
+men of our navy, who, under the permission of the government, would have
+the most ample means of augmenting the stores of general science, while
+at the same time they would confer honor upon their country.</p>
+
+<p>The editor forbears to add any thing further in relation to the contents
+of this little volume. But he cannot dismiss the work without again
+expressing the high sense of gratitude felt by the two seamen in
+question, to the benevolent individuals of their own country, and
+others, who have relieved their sufferings; and this he subjoins in an
+extract from a note on that subject by H. Holden:&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>"In addition to the gentlemen mentioned in the Narrative, we are
+under great obligations to Mr. Stephen Oliphant and his son, and
+their clerk, of New York, who were residents at Canton when we
+arrived there. Mr. Oliphant kindly furnished us with a room, food,
+and other necessaries, and gave us our passage from Canton to New
+York in his ship called the Morrison, commanded by captain
+Lavender, from whom also we experienced every attention.</p>
+
+<p>"The respected American missionary at Canton, Mr. Edwin Stevens,
+rendered us many friendly services; and from the English physician,
+who was formerly in the East India Company's service there, but
+whose name I do not recollect, we received every attention and
+medical aid that could have been bestowed on his nearest friends.</p>
+
+<p>"We are also much indebted to Mr. Bradford and Mr. Robert E.
+Apthorp, both of Boston, for their many acts of kindness. To the
+latter gentleman, then a resident at Canton, I cannot sufficiently
+express my obligations; he interested himself much in obtaining
+money, clothing, and other necessaries for us, to make our
+situation comfortable during our stay in Canton and on our passage
+home.</p>
+
+<p>"To the many friends whom we have found since our return to our own
+country we can never be sufficiently grateful. Among these I cannot
+omit to mention Mr. J. N. Reynolds, author of the interesting
+Account of the Voyage of the Potomac, who has taken the most lively
+interest in our case, and Mr. Joseph P. Bradley, of Boston, to
+whose untiring zeal and benevolence I feel myself to be indebted
+more than I am able to express.</p>
+
+<p class="author">HORACE HOLDEN"</p>
+</blockquote>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="CONTENTS" id="CONTENTS"></a>CONTENTS.</h2>
+<hr class="short" />
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+<p>Equipment and departure of the ship Mentor from the port of New Bedford,
+Massachusetts.&mdash;The ship's company.&mdash;Arrival at Fayal.&mdash;Passage down the
+Cape de Verd islands, and round the cape of Good Hope, to the Indian
+ocean.&mdash;Cruising among the islands, and arrival at the port of Coupang,
+in Timor.&mdash;A violent storm.&mdash;The ship strikes on a coral reef off the
+Pelew islands.&mdash;Alarm and distressing situation of the ship's company,
+and sudden loss of eleven of their number.&mdash;The survivors preserved upon
+a dry part of the reef<span class="ralign">13</span></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+
+<p>The situation of the survivors of the ship's company upon the reef
+during the night.&mdash;A canoe filled with savage natives approaches the
+reef; intercourse with them; and description of their persons and
+terrific appearance.&mdash;Their pilfering of the articles saved, and
+plundering of the ship.&mdash;Several canoes arrive.&mdash;Mr. Nute's resolute
+conduct towards the natives.&mdash;The ship's company pursue their course, in
+their boat, towards an island, on which they land after severe suffering
+<span class="ralign">29</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+
+<p>A canoe, with two natives, approaches the island.&mdash;Communication opened
+with them.&mdash;A great number of canoes,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_x" id="Page_x">[Pg x]</a></span> filled with armed natives,
+suddenly arrive; rough treatment of the captain by one of the
+chiefs.&mdash;They all arrive at the harbor of the island, which proved to be
+one of the Pelew islands.&mdash;Description of the island and its
+inhabitants.&mdash;Consultation of the chiefs respecting the ship's
+company.&mdash;Result of the consultation<span class="ralign">41</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+
+<p>An extraordinary and unexpected meeting with a person not a
+native.&mdash;Happy result of the meeting.&mdash;Acquisition of the Pelew
+language.&mdash;Dissensions between two portions of the natives.&mdash;Three of
+the ship's company separated and carried to a place remote from the
+rest.&mdash;Attempt to construct a boat, in order to leave the island.&mdash;The
+natives agree to release them all for a compensation.&mdash;Solemnities
+observed by the natives on the occasion.&mdash;Tools used in making the boat;
+transportation of timber, &amp;c.&mdash;The plan abandoned, and a canoe
+substituted for the boat.&mdash;Another festival<span class="ralign">55</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+
+<p>The natives become anxious to aid the ship's company in leaving the
+island.&mdash;Terms on which they agreed to release them.&mdash;Departure from the
+Pelew islands.&mdash;Necessity of returning the same night.&mdash;Detention a
+month longer; and final departure<span class="ralign">68</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+<p>Regret at having undertaken the voyage in boats.&mdash;Storm, and damage in
+consequence of it.&mdash;Loss of the canoe and the provisions on
+board.&mdash;Danger of perishing from famine.&mdash;On the fifteenth day, when
+nearly exhausted with fatigue and hunger, they discover a small
+island.&mdash;Approach of eighteen canoes filled with natives, who make
+prisoners of them all.&mdash;Cruelty of the natives; and return with their
+prisoners<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xi" id="Page_xi">[Pg xi]</a></span> to the island.&mdash;Reception there.&mdash;The prisoners distributed
+among the captors<span class="ralign">74</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+<p>The island, to which they were carried, proves to be Lord North's
+island, called by the natives <i>ToŽbee</i>.&mdash;Account of the island and its
+inhabitants.&mdash;Their manners and customs<span class="ralign">81</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+<p>A ship discovered at a small distance from the island.&mdash;The natives
+prepare to go on board of her.&mdash;Captain Barnard and Bartlet Rollins,
+after being severely beaten, are allowed to go with the natives in their
+canoes, and thus effect their escape; the rest of the Mentor's people
+are still forcibly detained on the island.&mdash;Their hopes of being taken
+on board of the same ship are suddenly blasted.&mdash;Their despondency on
+that disappointment.&mdash;Return of the natives from the ship; their rage,
+and quarrels about the division of the articles procured on board of
+her.&mdash;They threaten to wreak their vengeance on the Mentor's people that
+remained with them.&mdash;Their cruel treatment of them.&mdash;A storm destroys
+the cocoa-nut trees and causes a scarcity of food<span class="ralign">95</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+<p>The natives compel the Mentor's people to be tattooed.&mdash;Description of
+that painful operation.&mdash;They also oblige them to pluck their beards,
+&amp;c.&mdash;Another vessel passes by the island; and, afterwards, a third comes
+in sight and remains for three days; the Mentor's people are closely
+guarded at these times.&mdash;The melancholy fate of William Sedon; and the
+barbarous murder of Peter Andrews.&mdash;Attack on H. Holden, who is
+protected by one of the natives, and escapes.&mdash;B. Nute and others are
+protected by the female natives from the fury of the men.&mdash;Death of one
+of the Pelew chiefs.&mdash;Another<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_xii" id="Page_xii">[Pg xii]</a></span> of the Pelew people is detected in
+stealing, and is punished in their manner.&mdash;Death of Milton Hewlet and
+Charles C. Bouket; leaving now only B. Nute, H. Holden, and the other
+Pelew chief, named <i>Kobak</i>, who all remained in a feeble and helpless
+condition.&mdash;Filthy practices of the natives.&mdash;Friendship of the
+surviving Pelew chief<span class="ralign">101</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X.</a></p>
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+
+<p>The feeble and exhausted condition of the survivors, Nute and
+Holden.&mdash;The natives consent to release them from labor, but refuse them
+food; and they obtain permission to leave the island in the first
+vessel, for a compensation to be made to the natives.&mdash;They crawl about
+from place to place, subsisting upon leaves, and occasionally begging a
+little food of the natives, for two months.&mdash;Their sudden joy at hearing
+of a vessel coming towards the island.&mdash;It proves to be the British
+barque Britannia, captain Short, bound to Canton.&mdash;They are taken on
+board the Britannia, November 27, 1834, and treated with the kindest
+attention.&mdash;Their joy and gratitude at this happy termination of their
+sufferings.&mdash;They gradually recover their health so far as to take
+passage for America, in the ship Morrison, bound for New York, where
+they arrive May 5, 1835.&mdash;Acknowledgments for their kind reception at
+New York and Boston<span class="ralign">111</span></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="NARRATIVE_c" id="NARRATIVE_c"></a>NARRATIVE, &amp;c.</h2>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>CHAPTER I.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>Equipment and departure of the ship Mentor from the port of New
+Bedford, Massachusetts.&mdash;The ship's company.&mdash;Arrival at
+Fayal.&mdash;Passage down the Cape de Verd islands, and round the cape
+of Good Hope, to the Indian ocean.&mdash;Cruising among the islands, and
+arrival at the port of Coupang, in Timor.&mdash;A violent storm.&mdash;The
+ship strikes on a coral reef off the Pelew islands.&mdash;Alarm and
+distressing situation of the ship's company, and sudden loss of
+eleven of their number.&mdash;The survivors preserved upon a dry part of
+the reef.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">I was</span> born in the town of Hillsborough, in the state of New Hampshire,
+on the 21st of July, 1810. My father's name was Phineas Holden. My
+parents were in moderate circumstances, and derived their chief support
+from a small farm. From the time to which my earliest recollections
+extend, until I was about ten years of age, our little<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span> circle,
+consisting of our parents, their three sons and two daughters, enjoyed a
+large share of the pleasures of a New England home. We were all
+accustomed to labor, but our exertions to secure a respectable
+maintenance were richly rewarded by each other's approving smiles, and
+by that contentment, without which blessings, however great or numerous,
+are bestowed upon us in vain.</p>
+
+<p>But, in early life, and in the midst of our enjoyments, we were called
+upon to experience a loss which nothing on earth can supply. My father,
+after a painful sickness of long continuance, died, and left us with no
+other earthly protector than our affectionate mother; who, had her
+ability and means been adequate to our support, or equal to her maternal
+fondness and anxiety, would have saved us from every hardship, and
+supplied all our reasonable desires. But, having no means of support
+except our own industry, we were at that tender age thrown upon the
+world, and compelled to provide for ourselves as Providence might best
+enable<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span> us. I labored at different occupations until the age of
+twenty-one; when, finding myself unable, by reason of an impaired
+constitution, to do more than provide for myself, and feeling desirous
+to contribute my share towards the maintenance of our surviving parent,
+I resolved upon making the experiment of a voyage at sea.</p>
+
+<p>I accordingly left the place of my nativity, sundered the many ties that
+bound me to home and friends, and, in July, 1831, entered on board the
+ship Mentor, at the port of New Bedford, Massachusetts, for a whaling
+voyage to the Indian ocean. The ship was owned by William R. Rodman,
+Esquire, an eminent merchant of that place, to whose benevolence, since
+my return home, I acknowledge myself to be deeply indebted. We sailed on
+the day of my enlistment; and I soon found myself upon the bosom of the
+great deep, and at the mercy of an element to which I had been but
+little accustomed.</p>
+
+<p>The whole ship's company of the Mentor consisted of twenty-two; namely,
+Edward<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span> C. Barnard, captain; Thomas M. Colesworthy, first mate; Peter
+O'Connor, second mate; Benjamin F. Haskell, David Jenkins, and Jacob
+Fisher, boat-steerers; Peter Andrews, steward; John Mayo, cook; and
+Horatio Davis, Bartlet Rollins, William Jones, Thomas Taylor, Lewis
+Bergoin, Charles C. Bouket, Calvin Alden, Milton Hulet, William Sedon,
+James Meder, James Blackmore, John Baily, Benjamin H. Nute, (my
+companion in suffering,) and myself, seamen.</p>
+
+<p>After leaving port, nothing remarkable occurred during the first part of
+our voyage. Having succeeded in obtaining a small quantity of oil, we
+touched at Fayal, one of the Azores, or Western islands, to leave the
+oil and replenish our stores. We left Fayal on the following day. Our
+course was down the Cape de Verd islands; and, without any accident
+worth relating, we passed round the cape of Good Hope, through the
+straits of Madagascar, and found ourselves in the Indian ocean.</p>
+
+<p>We continued to cruise among the small<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span> islands for some time; but being
+unsuccessful in the object of our voyage, it was deemed advisable to
+make for Java. We ran the whole length of the island of Java, passing
+through the straits of Sandal-Wood Island, to the island of Timor, and
+touched at the port of Coupang, where we remained about five days, took
+in wood and water, and replenished our small stores. After leaving that
+place we attempted to pass through the straits of Timor, with a view of
+gaining the Pacific ocean; but owing to adverse winds, and the strong
+currents setting against us, we were compelled to abandon the
+undertaking; and accordingly altered our course. We intended to have
+touched at Ternate, the principal of the Moluccas or Spice islands; but
+we passed it, running down the island of Morty, (or Mortay) to its
+furthermost point. Seeing no port at which we could stop, we altered our
+course, intending to make for some of the Ladrone islands, which we knew
+to be in possession of the Spanish.</p>
+
+<p>I must here observe, that soon after leaving<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span> the island of Mortay,
+there came on a violent storm, which lasted the whole of three days and
+nights. During all this time we were unable to take an observation. This
+led to the melancholy disaster, which was the commencement of
+misfortunes and sufferings, too great to be adequately conceived of by
+any but those who experienced them. The violence of the storm compelled
+us to take in all the sails except the top-sail, (which was close
+reefed,) foresail, and foretop-mast stay-sail.</p>
+
+<p>We were sailing in this manner, not apprehending danger, when, about
+eleven o'clock at night, on the 21st of May, 1832, just at the time of
+relieving the watch, the ship struck with great violence upon what we
+afterwards found to be the coral reef extending to the northward and
+eastward of the Pelew islands. The ship ran directly upon the rocks, and
+struck three times in quick succession, the waves dashing over and
+around us with tremendous violence.</p>
+
+<p>At this awful moment I was in my berth, in the steerage. When the ship
+struck the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span> third time, so great was the shock that I was thrown from my
+berth against the opposite side of the steerage; but, soon recovering
+myself, I rushed upon deck. There all was confusion, horror and dismay.
+The ship, immediately after striking the third time, swung round so as
+to bring her starboard side to the windward, and was in a moment thrown
+upon her beam ends. While in this awful condition, with the waves
+continually breaking over us, threatening to overwhelm us in a watery
+grave, or dash us in pieces against the rocks, the captain came upon
+deck, and inquired of the second mate, "Where are we?" The reply was, "I
+don't know, but I think there is land to leeward." There was no time for
+deliberation; it seemed that the immediate destruction of the ship was
+inevitable.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of this confusion I heard the mate give orders for lowering
+the larboard quarter boat. His directions were immediately complied
+with, and ten of the crew threw themselves into it, thinking it more
+safe thus to commit themselves to the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span> mercy of the waves, than to
+remain on board with the prospect of a certain and speedy termination of
+their existence. But there are reasons which force upon the mind the
+painful conviction, that their departure from the ship at that time
+proved fatal to them all. As the oars were fastened to the sides of the
+boat, some one asked for a knife or hatchet, with which to cut them
+loose. The request was complied with; and, quitting their hold upon the
+ship, they parted from us, and we never saw them more!</p>
+
+<p>As some doubts have existed in the minds of those interested in the fate
+of our shipmates who took to the boat in the manner just described, it
+is deemed advisable here to state my reasons for entertaining the
+opinion above expressed. Far would it be from me to desire to extinguish
+any well-founded hopes of their having survived; but a knowledge of the
+following facts renders it too certain, that they must all have
+perished, soon after their departure from the ship. The next morning the
+remains of a boat in every respect similar to that in which they<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>
+embarked, were distinctly seen on the rocks, at the distance of about
+fifty yards from the ship, bottom up, and with her sides stove in. The
+water being clear and shallow, we could see that she was held there by a
+harpoon and lance, which constituted a part of the fishing implements,
+or crafts, in the boat when she left. These were apparently stuck into
+the crevices of the coral rock (of which the whole reef is composed)
+either by accident or design; and the presumption is, that she became
+fast in that place, and that the waves swept that portion of our
+companions in suffering into a watery grave. But this, though a
+melancholy subject of reflection, is not without some circumstances of
+consolation; for, admitting that they thus met their fate, they were
+saved from that extremity of suffering which some of the ship's crew
+were destined to experience. Were such a death, or the pains of
+captivity endured by my associates and myself, to be the only
+alternatives, I have doubted whether I should not prefer the former. To
+be far from kindred and friends, among a people<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span> but one grade above the
+most ferocious beasts, sick at heart, and deprived of necessary food,
+stripped of our clothing, and subjected to unheard-of severities,&mdash;to
+endure all this, was to purchase a continuance of life at a dear rate.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after the departure of the first boat, the captain, thinking it
+impossible for the ship to hold together till morning, ordered his own
+boat to be let down. This could be effected only by the united exertions
+of the whole of the remaining part of the crew. Some of the men, and
+myself among the rest, had resolved upon remaining on the ship to the
+last; and, considering it impossible for a boat to live, we earnestly
+expostulated with the captain, for the purpose of persuading him not to
+hazard the experiment. But he seemed to think it best to make it, and
+with great earnestness entreated the men to assist him in lowering his
+boat. As this was a time when but little attention could be paid to the
+distinctions usually kept up on board, I suggested that it might be well
+to cut away the masts, believing<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> that this would relieve the ship, and
+cause her to lie easier upon the rock. This was the more necessary on
+account of her position being such as to render it next to impossible to
+let down the boat. The proposal was acceded to; and, seizing an axe, I
+assisted in cutting away the masts and rigging. This, to some extent,
+had the desired effect; and we were enabled, at length, by great
+exertion, to lower the boat. The captain, Charles C. Bouket, William
+Sedon, and William Jones, immediately placed themselves in it, and
+commenced preparing to leave us. In compliance with his request, a rope
+was fastened round the waist of the captain, so that should the boat be
+destroyed, as there was reason to apprehend she would be, there might be
+some chance of rescuing him from the waves. They were furnished with the
+necessary nautical instruments, log-book, a bag of clothing, a small
+quantity of bread in a tin tureen, and a keg of water. The boat was at
+this time suspended by her falls, and, with a view of letting themselves
+down, the captain stood<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> in the stern, and Bouket in the forward part of
+the boat, both having hold of the falls. Sedon still held on by the
+boat's lashing. Jones had nothing in his hands. At this conjuncture, a
+tremendous sea broke into the boat, and dashed it in pieces;&mdash;so entire
+was the destruction, that not a fragment was afterwards seen. Jones was
+soon after seen floating in the water apparently dead. Sedon, in
+consequence of having hold of the boat's fastenings, saved himself by
+climbing into the ship. Bouket, being an expert swimmer, on finding
+himself in the sea, swam round to the leeward side of the ship, caught
+hold of some part of the rigging, and thus escaped. The captain was
+drifted away to the distance of nearly one hundred and fifty yards. It
+was with the utmost difficulty that we retained our hold on the rope
+which had been fastened to him; but at length we succeeded in drawing
+him in. On hearing his cries for assistance, forgetting our own danger,
+we redoubled our exertions, and soon drew him on board. He was much
+exhausted, but fortunately had received no fatal injury.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>After the failure of this attempt, and having in so short a time lost
+one half our number, it was agreed upon, after due consultation to
+remain upon the wreck till daylight should reveal to us more fully our
+situation. In this state of suspense and suffering, we clung to the
+rigging, and with much difficulty kept ourselves from being washed away.
+Our situation and prospects during that awful night were such, that no
+ray of hope was permitted to penetrate the dreary prospect around us;
+our thoughts and feelings, wrought up to the highest degree of
+excitement by the horrors of our situation, continually visited the
+homes we had quitted,&mdash;probably forever,&mdash;and offered up prayers for the
+dear friends we had left behind. Every succeeding wave that dashed over
+us threatened to sweep us into an untried eternity; and while we
+impatiently awaited approaching day, we committed our spirits to Him who
+alone could control the raging elements.</p>
+
+<p>At daybreak, we discovered that a part of the reef, apparently about
+three miles off<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span> to the leeward, was dry; and this, though but of small
+consequence, afforded us some comfort. In a short time we discovered
+land at the distance of twenty or thirty miles, in an eastwardly
+direction. This, though we were ignorant of the character of the
+inhabitants&mdash;if indeed it should turn out to be the residence of human
+beings&mdash;presented to our minds the possibility of escape; and without
+any delay we prepared, as well as we could, to abandon the vessel. There
+remained but one boat, and that was in a poor condition for conveying
+us, eleven in number, so great a distance. But, as no choice was left
+us, the boat was soon prepared; and when the sun was about two hours
+high, we had completed our arrangements. We took into the boat one small
+chest of bread, some water, a quantity of wearing apparel, a canister of
+gunpowder, one musket, a brace of pistols, three cutlasses, and a
+tinder-box. In this frail bark, and with these poor means of subsistence
+and defence, with little to rely upon but the mercy of Providence, we
+took leave of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> ship; not without feelings of deep sorrow, and with
+small hopes of improving our forlorn condition.</p>
+
+<p>On leaving the ship we steered directly for the reef above mentioned,
+and without much difficulty landed and drew up our boat. This proved to
+be, as we had previously conjectured, a part of the reef upon which we
+had been wrecked; and we soon ascertained that the portion of the rock
+above water was but about sixteen rods long, and quite narrow, but
+sufficiently large to afford us a secure footing for the little time we
+had to stay upon it. It was our first, and almost our only object, to
+remain here until we could render our arrangements more perfect, and
+either put to sea with less hazard, or make our passage to the land,
+which was still distinctly visible. As yet but little time had been
+afforded us for calm reflection; and it was now a question of serious
+importance, whether it would be most prudent to encounter the billows in
+the crazy boat which was our chief dependence, upon the open sea, with
+our scanty means of subsistence,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span> or to throw ourselves into the hands,
+and upon the mercy of whatever race of beings might chance to inhabit
+the island. In favor of the former plan it was suggested that we might
+be seen, and taken up by some vessel cruising in those seas, and thus
+saved from captivity or death among a barbarous people; and, on the
+other hand, it was maintained, that a chance among the savages of those
+islands would be preferable to the risk of going to sea in a boat which
+was in all respects unseaworthy, and with only a few pounds of bread,
+and but little water, for our subsistence.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>The situation of the survivors of the ship's company upon the reef
+during the night.&mdash;A canoe filled with savage natives approaches
+the reef; intercourse with them; and description of their persons
+and terrific appearance.&mdash;Their pilfering of the articles saved,
+and plundering of the ship.&mdash;Several canoes arrive.&mdash;Mr. Nute's
+resolute conduct towards the natives.&mdash;The ship's company pursue
+their course, in their boat, towards an island, on which they land
+after severe suffering.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">Happily</span>, by the goodness of the allwise Disposer of events, the
+unfortunate can avail themselves of a thousand sources of comfort,
+which, by those in prosperous circumstances, are either overlooked or
+neglected. We were upon a barren rock, in the midst of a waste of
+waters, far from kindred and friends, and the abodes of civilized man;
+the ship which had been our home, and on board of which we had embarked
+with high hopes, lay within sight, a useless wreck; still we were
+enabled to enjoy a moment of relief, if not of actual pleasure, derived
+from an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span> event, which, though trifling in itself, is worthy of being
+recorded.</p>
+
+<p>We succeeded in taking an eel, a few crabs, and a small quantity of
+snails. Having our fire-works with us, we collected a sufficient number
+of sticks, with a few pieces of drift-wood which had lodged upon the
+rock, to make a fire; with this we cooked our fish and snails; and, with
+a small allowance of bread, we made what we then thought a sumptuous
+repast! After we had finished our meal, we began to prepare for the
+night. We erected a tent with some of our clothes and pieces of canvas,
+at a little distance from the boat; and, when night came on, a part of
+our number kept watch, and the rest soon lost all consciousness of their
+misfortunes in sleep. About midnight those who had watched took their
+turn at resting; and in the morning we found ourselves considerably
+refreshed; though an increased activity of our minds served only to
+bring home a more vivid picture of the horrors of the previous night,
+and of our present condition.</p>
+
+<p>Providence, it would seem, had ordained<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> that we should not long remain
+undetermined as to the course to be adopted; for before sunrise we
+discovered a canoe within a short distance of us, containing twenty-two
+of the inhabitants of the neighboring island. They approached to within
+pistol-shot of where we stood, and there lay on their oars for some
+time, looking at us, and manifesting no small degree of fear. Thinking
+it best to be on friendly terms with them, we attached a shirt to one of
+our oars, and hoisted it as a token of a wish, on our part, to regard
+and treat them as friends. This had the desired effect; and they
+immediately rowed up to the rock. Manifesting great pleasure, they left
+their canoe and rushed towards the place where the principal part of our
+boat's crew were standing, bringing with them cocoa-nuts, and a small
+quantity of bread made of the cocoa-nut boiled in a liquor extracted
+from the trunk of the tree. At that time, I was standing near the tent,
+at a little distance from my companions, and was an anxious spectator of
+the scene. Their appearance excited my astonishment,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span> and I was filled
+with horror by the sight of beings apparently human, and yet almost
+destitute of the ordinary marks of humanity. They were entirely naked.
+Each one was armed with a spear and tomahawk; some had battle-axes. They
+were fantastically tattooed on different parts of their bodies. Their
+hair, naturally coarse and black, like that of the Indians of America,
+was very long, and hung loosely over their shoulders, giving them a
+singular and frightful appearance. Their teeth were entirely black;
+rendered so, as we afterwards found, by chewing what they call
+"<i>abooak</i>."<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> The reader can judge of our feelings on finding ourselves
+in the hands of beings of this description. Our confidence in the
+honesty of our visiters did not improve on further acquaintance.</p>
+
+<p>No sooner had they landed, than they commenced their depredations upon
+the few articles, which at that time constituted all our earthly riches.
+The nautical instruments,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span> the musket, and a part of our clothing, they
+immediately appropriated to their own benefit. Fortunately a part of our
+clothing, the powder, and the cutlasses we had succeeded in concealing
+in a crevice of the rock. Taking with them their booty, they
+precipitately got into their canoe, and, beckoning to us, evidently with
+a view of inducing us to follow them, they steered directly for the
+wreck. Their first appearance, and this strong manifestation of their
+thievish disposition, so far from inclining us to cultivate their
+acquaintance any further, had given us an irresistible inclination to
+avoid them. Our minds were not long in coming to the conclusion, that an
+open sea, with Heaven to protect us, would be far preferable to a chance
+among beings like those. Accordingly, with the least possible delay, we
+launched our boat, and putting into it such things of value as we had
+saved, once more, surrounded by new difficulties and dangers, committed
+ourselves to the mercy of the waves.</p>
+
+<p>The island before mentioned being now<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span> distinctly visible, we steered in
+a direction towards it; though we found it necessary to go a somewhat
+circuitous course, in order to avoid the reef. By the time we had
+succeeded in getting into deep water, the natives had been to the ship,
+and were returning with the five muskets which we had left on board.
+They soon passed us with great rapidity, and evidently with the
+intention of escaping with their booty unharmed. The cause of their
+precipitancy will soon be explained.</p>
+
+<p>Just at this time there came in sight a number of canoes, perhaps
+thirty, filled with natives, who seemed no less intent upon plunder than
+those with whom we had already formed a disagreeable acquaintance. Their
+language was to us entirely unintelligible, but we could gather from
+their somewhat significant gestures, that they most of all desired to
+possess themselves of fire-arms. They beckoned to us to go with them,
+and seemed quite anxious to avail themselves of our assistance; but we
+were not less so to escape; and with the hope of being able to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span> do so,
+we continued to row towards the island. Some of them remained near us,
+while the rest made for the ship. At length, all, except those in one
+canoe, left us, and joined their companions. These seemed particularly
+fond of our company, partly on account, as we afterwards learned, of
+their suspecting that we had something of value concealed about us, and
+partly for the purpose of making us their prisoners, and in that way
+gaining some advantage over the others. After a while they offered, with
+an appearance of friendship, to render us some assistance by towing our
+boat; and after some deliberation we concluded to throw them a line.
+This greatly facilitated our progress, as their canoe, being made very
+light, skimmed over the water with incredible swiftness. No sooner was
+this arrangement completed than a chief, and one other of the natives,
+left their canoe and took their station with us; the chief with a
+somewhat offensive familiarity seating himself in the stern of the boat,
+near the captain. We were not long in doubt concerning the motive<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span> which
+had led them to this act of condescension. Our bread was contained in a
+small chest, which had been placed in the bottom of the boat; this
+seemed to have excited their curiosity to the highest pitch, as they
+kept their eyes almost constantly upon it, and endeavored to persuade
+the captain to give them a chance to examine its contents. He declined
+gratifying them, thinking it better to keep their anxiety alive, rather
+than to expose to them the comparative worthlessness of the little that
+remained with us, of either the comforts or necessaries of life.</p>
+
+<p>Probably owing to this show of resistance on our part, when we had
+approached to within five or six miles of the island, at a signal given
+by the chief, the sail of their canoe was suddenly dropped; and, seizing
+our powder canister, he jumped overboard and swam to the canoe. His
+companion, following the example of the thievish chief, seized a bundle
+of clothing and was making off with it; whereupon Mr. Nute, who had not
+yet become entirely reconciled to the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span> fashion of going without clothes,
+like our new acquaintances, and conceiving that it might be well to
+insist upon having the rights of property respected, caught hold of the
+bundle and retained it. Upon this they immediately hauled us alongside,
+and seized upon our oars; here again we had occasion to offer some
+resistance to their supposed right to plunder us, and we succeeded in
+keeping possession of these; the only remaining means of saving
+ourselves from premature death and a watery grave.</p>
+
+<p>They had by this time become so exasperated, that we considered it
+altogether desirable to get ourselves out of the reach of their war
+clubs, spears, and battle-axes; and we took measures accordingly. We
+were still held fast to their canoe, and so completely within their
+reach that it required not a little courage to make any attempt to leave
+them; but Mr. Nute, whose resolution had been wrought up by the previous
+contest, took a knife and deliberately cut the line. Our intention was
+to throw ourselves astern, and then, by tacking directly about,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span> and
+steering in the wind's eye, to escape from them, or at least to give
+them, for a time, some better employment than that of robbing their poor
+and suffering victims. This we succeeded in accomplishing; not however
+without the expense of much toil, and some blows, which they dealt out
+at parting, with so much severity, that we shall not soon lose the
+recollection of their barbarous conduct towards us. Mr. Nute, by his
+intrepidity, seemed to have rendered himself an object of their
+particular dislike; they beat him unmercifully, for his resolution in
+retaining the bundle of clothes, and sundering the only cord that bound
+us to our tormentors.</p>
+
+<p>Having but three oars, our progress was by no means as rapid as we could
+have desired; but perceiving that in going against the wind we had the
+advantage of our pursuers, and knowing that our only safety was in
+flight, we exerted our utmost strength, and soon had the satisfaction of
+leaving them at a safe distance from us. They seemed determined not to
+part with us,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span> and continued to pursue us till about four o'clock, P. M.
+It was with the greatest difficulty that we kept clear of them; at times
+it seemed impossible; and in this situation we could fully realize the
+force of the scriptural sentiment, "all that a man hath he will give for
+his life." Finding them too near us, and evidently intent upon taking
+vengeance for the crime we had committed in attempting to escape, though
+our wardrobe had been reduced to a few necessary articles of clothing,
+we resorted to the expedient of parting even with these, by casting one
+thing at a time upon the water, rightly judging that they might be
+detained in picking them up, and hoping by this management to keep our
+distance from them.</p>
+
+<p>After they left us, we continued our course, which was directly into the
+open sea, until about sunset, when we discovered land ahead, apparently
+at the distance of forty miles. We continued to row on till about three
+o'clock in the morning, when we found that we were in shoal water, and
+near breakers. We contrived to throw the bight<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span> of a rope over a point
+of rock which was about eight feet under water, and we there remained
+until daylight. We then let go our hold, and pulled for land. At about
+four o'clock in the afternoon we succeeded in landing on a small island
+distant from the main land about half a mile, and drew our boat upon the
+beach. By this time our strength had become much exhausted, and we were
+suffering beyond description from the want of water. Our first efforts
+were made to find some means for quenching our thirst; and, to our
+inexpressible joy, we soon found a spring, which, in that extremity of
+our sufferings, was of more value than a mine of gold. Poor Sedon was
+left lying in the boat in a state of complete prostration. We carried
+him some water, and he soon revived.</p>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> In Keate's Account of the Pelew Islands this word is
+written <i>pook</i>.&mdash;<i>Edit.</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>CHAPTER III.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>A canoe, with two natives, approaches the island.&mdash;Communication
+opened with them.&mdash;A great number of canoes, filled with armed
+natives, suddenly arrive; rough treatment of the captain by one of
+the chiefs.&mdash;They all arrive at the harbor of the island, which
+proved to be one of the Pelew islands.&mdash;Description of the island
+and its inhabitants.&mdash;Consultation of the chiefs respecting the
+ship's company.&mdash;Result of the consultation.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">Having</span> satisfied our most pressing wants, we next set ourselves at work
+to obtain food. We had with us a part of the bread brought from the
+wreck, and the preparation given us by the natives composed of the
+cocoa-nut pulverized and mixed with the sweet liquor extracted from the
+tree. Putting these together into a bucket-full of water, we made out
+the materials for a supper, which, though not of a kind to suit the
+delicate palate, was devoured with thankfulness and a good relish.
+Feeling refreshed and invigorated by our meal, we gathered ourselves
+into a group on the beach, and passed our moments<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span> of relaxation in
+conversing upon the melancholy vicissitudes through which we had passed,
+and the gloomy prospect which was at that unpromising moment spread out
+before us. Should we find it possible to procure the means of
+subsistence, it was thought best to remain where we were for a day or
+two, not knowing what reception we should meet with, were we to throw
+ourselves into the hands of the inhabitants of the main island, and
+feeling an unconquerable reluctance to come in contact with beings
+scarce less ferocious than beasts of prey. But fortune having commenced
+making us the sport of painful incidents, soon subjected us to another
+annoyance.</p>
+
+<p>A canoe containing two living beings, in the form of men, in a state of
+nakedness, was seen, from where we sat, putting off from a point of land
+which projected into the sea a small distance below us. They had
+evidently discovered us, and were approaching the spot where we were,
+for the purpose of making themselves acquainted with us and our
+condition. When within hailing distance<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span> they stopped, and seemed afraid
+to come nearer. Thinking it best to be on friendly terms with them, we
+beckoned to have them approach. This seemed to please them; and, to
+manifest a friendly disposition, they held up a fish. To show them that
+we were inclined to reciprocate any acts of kindness, to the extent of
+our ability, we held up a crab which we had caught. Upon this they
+immediately came near to where we stood. We presented to each one a
+jackknife, and indicated by signs, that they were at liberty to take any
+thing we had. They appeared highly gratified, and their conduct was
+inoffensive. In a short time they returned to their canoe, and made
+signs to us to follow them; we thought best to do so, and accordingly
+soon placed our effects in the boat, and followed them towards a sort of
+harbor at no great distance. In consequence of the lightness of their
+canoe and their dexterity in managing it, they were soon ahead of us,
+and, turning round a point of land, they were speedily withdrawn from
+our view.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes they returned, accompanied by a large number of
+canoes&mdash;the water seemed to be literally covered by this miniature
+fleet. The natives were all armed, much like those with whom we first
+became acquainted.</p>
+
+<p>This instantaneous movement was occasioned, as we afterwards learned, by
+an alarm given by the two natives who had visited us on the small
+island. Intelligence of the fact, that a boat's crew of strange looking
+beings, as we doubtless appeared to them, had landed upon their
+territory, was given by sounding a shell. This aroused the multitude,
+and caused them to come out, to satisfy their curiosity, and assist in
+conducting us safely and speedily to a place of security. A large war
+canoe made directly towards us; and, on coming alongside, the head chief
+sprung into our boat, seized the captain by the shoulder, and struck him
+several times with a war-club; in the mean while giving him to
+understand, that it was his will and pleasure to have us row, with all
+convenient despatch, to the place whence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span> they had issued. He then
+commenced swinging his club over our heads with great apparent ferocity,
+for the purpose, as it seemed, of awing us into submission; occasionally
+striking some of our number. After pretty thoroughly convincing us that
+in this case our only course was submission, he began to strip us of our
+clothing. While this was going on, his associates in arms and mischief
+kept their canoe close alongside, and, standing up, held their spears in
+a position to enable them to pierce us through in an instant, if there
+had been any occasion for so doing.</p>
+
+<p>We were soon in their miserable harbor; and, it being low water, we were
+compelled to leave our boat, and wade to the tableland through the mud.
+Our appearance, as the reader will naturally conclude, was not very
+creditable to the land which gave us birth; but since our destitute and
+miserable condition was not our choice, we could do no less than be
+thankful that it was no worse; and, making the best of it, we suffered
+ourselves to be ushered into the presence of the dignitaries of the
+island, in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span> way they thought most proper. We were conducted to a
+platform, on a rise of land at a little distance from the harbor, on
+which were seated those who had power to dispose of us as they pleased.
+This platform was twelve or fifteen feet square, and was situated
+between two long buildings, called "<i>pyes</i>." These, as we afterwards
+learned, were used by the chiefs as places of carousal, and as a sort of
+harem for their women. They were constructed in a rude manner, of bamboo
+sticks, and covered with leaves. They were sixty or seventy feet in
+length, and about twenty-four in width.</p>
+
+<p>That something like a correct conception of this scene may be formed by
+the reader, it may be well to give, in this place, a brief account of
+the appearance, manners, and customs of the natives of this island. This
+was the island known to navigators as Baubelthouap, the largest of the
+group of the Pelew islands. It lies not far from the eighth degree of
+north latitude, is about one hundred and twenty miles in length, and
+contains<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span> probably not far from two thousand inhabitants.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></p>
+
+<p>The men were entirely naked. They always go armed, in the way before
+described, and carry with them a small basket, containing generally the
+whole amount of their movable property. The women wear no other clothing
+than a sort of apron (fastened to the waist by a curiously wrought
+girdle) extending nearly to the knees, and left open at the sides. The
+material of these garments (if such they can be called) is the bark of a
+tree called by them "<i>karamal</i>." This tree grows from thirty to forty
+feet high, and is two or three feet in circumference. The hair of both
+males and females is worn long; it is coarse and stiff, and of a color
+resembling that of the natives of North<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span> America. They make free use of
+the oil extracted from the cocoa-nut; with this they anoint their
+bodies, considering it the extreme of gentility to have the skin
+entirely saturated with it. Their arms, and sometimes the lower parts of
+the body and legs, are ingeniously tattooed. Their complexion is a light
+copper. Their eyes have a very singular appearance, being of a reddish
+color. Their noses were somewhat flat, but not so flat as those of the
+Africans; nor are their lips so thick. They are excessively fond of
+trinkets. It would cause a fashionable lady of America to smile, to
+observe the pains taken by those simple daughters of nature to set off
+their persons. In their ears they wear a sort of ornament made of a
+peculiar kind of grass, which they work into a tassel; this is painted
+and richly perfumed. In their noses they wear a stem of the <i>kabooa</i>
+leaf, which answers the double purpose of an ornament and a smelling
+bottle; and their arms, in addition to being tattooed in the manner
+above mentioned, are adorned with a profusion of shells. Our<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span> fair
+readers may judge how much we were amused, on finding that the
+copper-colored females of the island cut up our old shoes into
+substitutes for jewelry, and seemed highly delighted with wearing the
+shreds suspended from their ears.</p>
+
+<p>Our further acquaintance with this extraordinary people confirmed us in
+the opinion, that the ceremony of marriage is unpractised and unknown
+among them. The chiefs appropriate to themselves as many females as they
+please, and in the selection they exercise this despotism over the
+affections without regard to any other laws than those of caprice.
+Reserving a more particular account of their manners, customs and mode
+of living for another place, I content myself with observing at this
+time, that the people of these islands, generally speaking, are in the
+rudest state imaginable. It is true that some sense of propriety, and
+some regard to the decencies of life, were observable; nor did they
+appear entirely destitute of those feelings which do honor to our
+nature,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span> and which we should hardly expect to find in a people so rude
+and barbarous.</p>
+
+<p>Such were the beings among whom Providence had cast our lot; and to
+think of remaining with them to the end of life, or for any great length
+of time, was like the contemplation of imprisonment for life in the
+gloomy cells of a dungeon.</p>
+
+<p>From the rudely constructed wharf near the spot where we left our boat,
+we were conducted into the presence of a number of the chiefs, who were
+seated upon the platform above mentioned. The natives eagerly pressed
+forward to obtain a sight of us. That curiosity peculiar to the better
+portion of our race was, on this occasion, manifested by the females of
+the island. They clustered around us, and, placing their hands upon our
+flesh, seemed greatly to wonder that it should differ so much from their
+own. The fashion of wearing a skin so white as ours, seemed to them, no
+doubt, to be an offence against the taste and refinement of their
+portion of the world. To go at large without being tattooed, was to
+carry with<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span> us the palpable proofs of our vulgarity; and, to our sorrow,
+we were afterwards compelled to conform to the custom of the barbarians
+in this respect, and shall carry with us to the grave the marks of their
+well-meant, though cruel operation upon our bodies.</p>
+
+<p>Judging from appearances, our case had become a concern of great
+importance. The chiefs seemed to have had under discussion the question,
+whether we were to be treated as enemies, and subjected to the process
+of beheading upon the block of the executioner, (which was there in
+readiness before our eyes) or regarded as friends, and welcomed to their
+rude hospitalities. Unable as we were to understand a word of their
+language, or to say any thing by way of explanation or defence, the
+reader will conceive, better than we could describe, our painful
+situation. For a time we considered our case as hopeless. The women, who
+seemed to have taken an interest in our welfare, after observing, for a
+time, what was going on among the chiefs, began to utter their cries and
+lamentations, as if greatly distressed on<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span> our account. Their grief had
+the appearance of being sincere; they wept, and in a variety of ways
+expressed emotions of deep and heart-felt solicitude. Whether this was
+their manner of interceding in our behalf, to avert some impending
+calamity, or was expressive of their regret on account of our doom
+having been already sealed, it was impossible for us to determine. Nor
+did we ever know the amount of our obligations to those female strangers
+for the interest taken in our welfare. A termination was put to our
+suspense, however, in the course of an hour.</p>
+
+<p>At the close of the consultation, a large bowl was brought to us, filled
+with sweetened water, and richly ornamented with shells, so arranged as
+to form a sort of hieroglyphical characters. We drank of the contents of
+the bowl, in compliance with their request, from a richly wrought cup
+made of a cocoa-nut shell. This act of hospitality was regarded as a
+favorable indication of a friendly disposition on their part towards us;
+and our hopes were afterwards<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span> confirmed; for no sooner had we finished
+drinking, than the natives prepared to conduct us away. We afterwards
+learned, that a messenger had been despatched to a neighboring town, or
+settlement, to consult their prophetess in regard to the proper manner
+of disposing of us; and that she had directed them to send us to her. Of
+this important personage a more particular account will be given
+hereafter; suffice it, for the present, to say, that the respect paid to
+her by the natives of the island was of the most profound character, and
+her authority over them was almost unlimited.</p>
+
+<p>We were conducted, through an inconsiderable place, to the town where
+the prophetess resided. In this place there were several
+dwelling-houses, scattered about without regard to order; and, besides
+the dwelling of the prophetess, two of their long buildings, or "pyes,"
+gave it not a little importance in the estimation of these rude and
+uncultivated beings. We were halted in front of one of the "pyes," and
+directly opposite the house of the prophetess. Here,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span> again, we were
+reminded of the fact, that we were in the presence of our superiors, as
+to power, by the platform on which were placed our judges, the chiefs,
+and the block standing near them, for the purpose of execution.</p>
+
+<p>We were soon surrounded by a vast crowd of the natives, eager to see us,
+and to learn something of the nature of beings so different from
+themselves.</p>
+
+<p>A short time after our arrival, a quantity of food was brought from the
+house of the prophetess, and placed in the centre of the platform. This
+consisted of a hog's head, boiled in sea-water, highly seasoned with
+cayenne and aromatic herbs, a plentiful supply of yams, and a large bowl
+of sweetened water. This meal was abundant and delicious; and we partook
+of it with an excellent relish.</p>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> This island is not always laid down by name on our common
+maps, nor mentioned in geographical works. In the best <i>charts</i> it is
+called <i>Baubelthouap</i>. In the chart prefixed to the fifth volume of
+<i>Burney's Chronological History of the Voyages and Discoveries in the
+South Sea</i>, it is called "Panloq or Babelthoup." In the map accompanying
+the late edition of Malte Brun's Geography, (in 4to) it is carelessly
+printed <i>Banbeltbonap</i>.&mdash;<i>Edit.</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span></p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>CHAPTER IV.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>An extraordinary and unexpected meeting with a person not a
+native.&mdash;Happy result of the meeting.&mdash;Acquisition of the Pelew
+language.&mdash;Dissensions between two portions of the natives.&mdash;Three
+of the ship's company separated and carried to a place remote from
+the rest.&mdash;Attempt to construct a boat, in order to leave the
+island.&mdash;The natives agree to release them all for a
+compensation.&mdash;Solemnities observed by the natives on the
+occasion.&mdash;Tools used in making the boat; transportation of timber,
+&amp;c.&mdash;The plan abandoned, and a canoe substituted for the
+boat.&mdash;Another festival.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">An</span> interesting incident now occurred. Just at the time when the servant
+of the prophetess brought out the materials for our repast, we observed,
+at a little distance, a singular looking being approaching us. His
+appearance was that of a man of sixty. His hair was long and gray,
+unlike that of the natives. His legs, arms, and breast were tattooed.
+His step was quick and firm; his motions indicating that he felt himself
+a person of not a little importance. His teeth were entirely gone, and
+his mouth<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span> was black with the use of "kabooa." Judge of our emotions on
+hearing this strange being address us in broken English! His first
+exclamation was&mdash;"My God, you are Englishmen!" He immediately said, "You
+are safe now;" but he gave us to understand, that it was next to a
+miracle that we had escaped being killed on the water.</p>
+
+<p>This person was by birth an Englishman, and had been on the island about
+twenty-nine years. He told us that he had been a hatter by trade, and
+that his name was Charles Washington. He had been a private in the
+British naval service, on board the Lion man-of-war. Cruising in those
+seas, he had, while on duty, been guilty of some trifling offence; and,
+apprehending that he should be severely punished for it, had left the
+ship, and taken up his residence upon the island. He seemed to be
+contented with his situation, and had no desire to return to his native
+country. He had attained to great celebrity, and was the sixth chief
+among them. His authority seemed great, and he exercised it with
+exemplary discretion.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Observing the provisions before us, he told us that they were for our
+use, and desired us to partake of whatever we preferred. Seeing that we
+were likely to be somewhat annoyed by the crowd of young persons who had
+collected around us, he swung his battle-axe over their heads, and
+giving them to understand that we belonged to <i>him</i>, immediately caused
+them to disperse.</p>
+
+<p>Arrangements were soon made for our accommodation. A part of one of the
+"pyes" was appropriated to our use, and we were furnished with mats, and
+other things for our comfort and convenience. Here we remained for about
+a month, and were regularly supplied by the natives with a sufficiency
+of provisions of various kinds, such as hogs, goats, fish, yams,
+cocoa-nuts, bread-fruit, preserved almonds, and occasionally with sweet
+potatoes.</p>
+
+<p>A change seemed now to have come over us. We were, it is true, amongst a
+rude and barbarous people, cut off from all intercourse with the rest of
+the world, and deprived of many things which we had been<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span> accustomed to
+regard as essential to our happiness; but even then we found many
+reasons for being grateful to the Disposer of events. Our actual wants
+were supplied; and the natives soon evinced a disposition to consider us
+friends, and treat us as such. To the latest day of our lives we shall
+remember some of them with heartfelt respect and affection; and, most of
+all, regret our inability to requite them for the favors which they
+voluntarily bestowed upon us. Especially should we rejoice to revisit
+that lonely spot of earth, and carry with us, to those children of
+nature, the means of civilization, and the blessings of Christian faith
+and Christian morality. And should the government of enlightened America
+ever see proper to extend to them some proof of its regard, it would
+afford us unspeakable pleasure to have it in our power to communicate to
+them the exalted principles, which might incline this highly favored
+nation to the performance of so noble a deed.</p>
+
+<p>Finding it important to be able to converse with the natives, we
+improved every opportunity<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span> to become acquainted with their language.
+Having but little to occupy our attention, it was not long before we had
+acquired a tolerable knowledge of it; and we found our situation much
+more pleasant as we became familiar with it. Our great object was, as
+the reader will naturally suppose, to contrive some way of escape. Our
+only means of accomplishing this was by friendly and amicable
+negotiation, and to make them understand our wishes, and convince them
+that it would be for their interest to aid us in returning to our native
+land, were essential to our success.</p>
+
+<p>We had not long been with them before we became acquainted with the
+fact, that upon the opposite end of the island there was another tribe,
+and that the two divisions of the inhabitants were not on the most
+friendly terms with each other. Intelligence had in some way been
+communicated to those who lived remote from the spot where fortune had
+thrown us, that we were desirous of leaving the island; and, probably
+with a view of gaining some advantage,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span> they sent to us a message,
+informing us of their willingness to assist in constructing a boat
+sufficiently large to convey us across the water. The persons
+commissioned to make this proposal, and to persuade us to go to them,
+were two Englishmen, who, as we afterwards learned, had been on the
+island for several years, and were left there by English vessels. The
+particulars of their history we were unable to obtain.</p>
+
+<p>An offer of that kind, coming as it did from their enemies, and being in
+itself calculated to offend the pride of those into whose hands we had
+fallen, greatly excited their feelings of animosity; and, in consequence
+of our having manifested some desire to satisfy our own minds on the
+subject, we were closely watched. On the whole, however, we had no
+reason to regret this state of things; for on finding that their
+neighbors were disposed to assist us, a spirit of emulation was aroused
+among them, and for a time we had some hopes that the excited energies
+of this tiny nation would lead to the performance of some exploit,
+which, in the end, might<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span> place at our disposal the means of
+deliverance.</p>
+
+<p>Our maintenance had by this time become so great a tax upon their
+resources, that it was found expedient to cause some of our number to be
+removed to a settlement about a mile distant. Mr. Nute, Mr. Rollins, and
+myself were accordingly selected, and under a strong escort taken to the
+place. This did not please us, as we preferred remaining with our
+companions; but either expostulation or resistance would have involved
+us in worse difficulties, and we submitted. In our new situation we were
+well supplied with provisions, and kindly treated. We were allowed to
+visit our friends at the other town, and spent our time as agreeably as
+could be expected under the circumstances.</p>
+
+<p>Previously to this, some steps had been taken towards constructing a
+sort of boat or vessel to convey us home. Finding the natives disposed
+to part with us, for a stipulated consideration, and to render us any
+assistance in their power, we left no means unemployed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span> to induce them
+to exert themselves to the utmost; and, to their credit be it said, it
+was more owing to their inability than to their want of inclination that
+we were not entirely successful. An account of their proceedings cannot
+fail of being interesting.</p>
+
+<p>After much deliberation, and many consultations upon the momentous
+subject, it was agreed to commence operations. Their prophetess had been
+duly consulted, and the assistance of their divinity had been implored
+with great formality. Before they ventured upon the undertaking, it was
+deemed advisable to hold a festival. An event of so much importance
+could not be suffered to transpire without being duly solemnized.
+Tradition furnished no account of any thing equal to this attempt!
+Accordingly large quantities of provisions were brought from various
+parts of the island, and an immense concourse of men, women, and
+children, attended the feast. On our part we had little confidence in
+the success of the plan; but, be that as it might, we were far from
+being displeased with their efforts to carry it into<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span> execution, and
+shared with them the festivities of the occasion, with not a little
+pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>This part of the business having been duly attended to, the time had
+come for united and vigorous action; and accordingly the whole male
+population of that region repaired to the woods, to procure timber. In
+the mean time the females, animated by a spirit of emulation, betook
+themselves to the task of making mats, to serve as sails to our vessel,
+when it should be completed. In fine, the whole resources of the
+country, of every kind, were taxed to the last extremity, to accomplish
+the work.</p>
+
+<p>Considering the means they had for carrying the plan into execution, it
+is surprising that they accomplished as much as they did. The best tools
+we had were a few old inch chisels, which served as substitutes for the
+broad-axe, in manufacturing trees into planks, and afterwards fitting
+them to their places. There were a few spikes on the island, but we had
+neither auger nor gimlet.</p>
+
+<p>When news had been received that the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span> timber was ready in the woods,
+orders were given to have it brought together. Seldom had we witnessed a
+more novel scene than that presented by the natives when they brought
+from the forests the rudely prepared materials for the boat. They were
+seen coming in from all quarters with loads of timber on their
+shoulders, of every size and shape that could be conceived of, and
+causing the hills and vales to resound with their shouts.</p>
+
+<p>In due time the work of putting together the materials commenced. We
+succeeded in laying a sort of keel, and at length contrived to erect a
+kind of frame, which, though it might not be regarded as a first-rate
+specimen of naval architecture, nevertheless looked somewhat like the
+beginning of a water-craft. But when we came to the more difficult part
+of the business, that of putting on the planks, we found that not only
+our skill, but that of the whole nation, was completely baffled. We were
+compelled to abandon the undertaking; and despaired of ever being able
+to succeed in building any thing of the kind.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>During all this time the natives were sanguine in the belief that they
+should succeed, and repeatedly assured us that they could accomplish the
+work. Their sorrow and mortification, on being obliged to give it up,
+were great; for they seemed to realize, that now they must have fallen
+in our estimation, and thought that we should be anxious to avail
+ourselves of the assistance of their enemies, who, as they well knew,
+were extremely anxious to get us into their hands. The captain did not
+attempt to conceal his wish to go to the other part of the island. This
+greatly increased their dissatisfaction; and their murmurs became
+frequent and loud. After considerable expostulation, they proposed to
+make a <i>canoe</i> sufficiently large to convey us away; and, having some
+confidence in the practicability of the plan, we consented to wait and
+assist them in their endeavors to supply us with this substitute for the
+more respectable craft we had contemplated building. After duly
+consulting the old prophetess, the principal chiefs were assembled, and
+having agreed to take<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span> for the purpose the largest bread-fruit tree on
+the island, the people were called upon to meet at the spot where it
+stood, and assist in cutting it down.</p>
+
+<p>Matters of so great importance required deliberation in the operation of
+planning out the work,&mdash;but the accomplishment of an undertaking like
+that of felling so large a tree, with tools even less adapted to the
+business than the teeth of a beaver, was one that took several days. At
+length the herculean task was performed, and the tree fell! But judge of
+our feelings on finding that the trunk, which we had hoped to render so
+useful in conveying us to some place from which we could obtain a
+passage to our native land, had, in falling, become so split as to be
+good for nothing! It seemed to us that a cruel fate had ordained, that
+no labor of our hands should prosper. Another tree was selected, and
+with that we were more successful. We then commenced digging it out, and
+bringing it to a proper shape. The old chisels were now put in
+requisition; and, in twenty-eight days from the time we<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span> began, we had
+succeeded in bringing that part of our labor to a close. Of the other
+tree we made two wide planks, which we fastened to the upper edges of
+the canoe, thereby adding very considerably to its capacity. Two months
+more were consumed in fitting up our canoe with sails, and getting it
+ready for sea.</p>
+
+<p>Having proceeded thus far, it was deemed proper by the natives to have
+another festival; and, as our labors, in this instance, had been
+attended with better success, extraordinary preparations were made for a
+feast that should do honor to the occasion. An immense quantity of fish
+had been obtained; the females brought large quantities of bread-fruit,
+cocoa-nuts, and yams; and the toil of months was forgotten in the
+universal joy which then prevailed.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>CHAPTER V.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary"><p>The natives become anxious to aid the ship's company in leaving the
+island.&mdash;Terms on which they agreed to release them.&mdash;Departure
+from the Pelew islands.&mdash;Necessity of returning the same
+night.&mdash;Detention a month longer; and final departure.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">By</span> this time the natives had become nearly as anxious to part with us as
+we had ever been to leave them; and being mutually desirous to be rid of
+each other's company, we lost no time in preparing for our departure.
+Our object now was to get into the open sea, with the hope of falling in
+with some vessel on its passage to China or elsewhere, and thus be able,
+after a while, to find a conveyance to America. Provisions were
+furnished us by the natives; but we greatly needed a compass, and with
+much difficulty obtained one. Captain Wilson, who had been shipwrecked
+there many years before, left his compass with one of the chiefs, whom
+we finally succeeded in inducing to part with it.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span> It had become much
+impaired by time and improper usage, but served as a tolerable guide.<a name="FNanchor_3_3" id="FNanchor_3_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_3_3" class="fnanchor">[3]</a></p>
+
+<p>It is proper here to state the particulars of our agreement with the
+natives of this island. They had, as before related, furnished us with
+the means of subsistence, and with comfortable lodgings; and, for the
+purpose of enabling us to return home, had been at great expense in
+fitting up a craft, such as they thought would answer to convey us
+wherever we pleased to go. According to their notions, we were persons
+of sufficient consequence in the estimation of our<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span> countrymen, to
+fulfil any engagement we might make with them, and to the extent to
+which, in our necessity, we were compelled to go, in order to obtain the
+object which we had in view, should the government consider itself
+bound; and it would be no less an act of justice than of humanity, to
+secure the friendship and confidence of these islanders; so that, should
+others unfortunately fall into their hands, their lives and property
+might be respected. It is also important, that those who engage in
+commercial pursuits should have every protection extended to them. It
+would cost the government but a mere trifle to secure an amicable
+understanding with these islanders; and it is but reasonable to hope
+that no time will be lost in making the attempt.</p>
+
+<p>Situated as we were, we did not feel ourselves at liberty to expostulate
+against the obvious unreasonableness of their demands. We were, in
+truth, indebted to them for our maintenance while among them, and for
+the assistance they rendered us in fitting up our craft; and, as a
+suitable requital for these<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span> favors, and to remunerate them for their
+hospitality, we solemnly assured them, that, should fortune so far
+prosper us, as to enable us once more to reach our native country, we
+would send to them two hundred muskets, ten casks of powder, with a
+corresponding quantity of balls and flints. Besides this, we gave them
+assurances of having several articles of ornament, such as beads, belts,
+combs, and trinkets of various kinds.</p>
+
+<p>On the 27th of October, 1832, we set sail, having the boat in which we
+had escaped from the ship, and which we had repaired as well as we were
+able, and the canoe which had been constructed by the natives especially
+for our use. It was agreed, that three of our number, viz. Davis, Meder,
+and Alden, should remain on the island as hostages, and that three of
+the natives (two chiefs, and one of the common class) should accompany
+us, to see that the agreement made with them should be faithfully
+executed. Fearing that the natives residing on the other part of the
+island might come upon us and prevent our going, we took our<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span> departure
+in the night. We soon found that our boats leaked so badly that it would
+be next to madness to proceed, and we returned in the course of the
+night. Our unexpected return gave great offence; but we insisted that to
+go to sea in that condition would be certain destruction. They at length
+consented to assist in repairing the canoe and boat, and to suffer us to
+remain long enough to complete our arrangements more to our mind.</p>
+
+<p>We were detained by these operations about a month, and then again took
+our leave of the spot where we had remained so long against our will;
+though we would not conceal the fact, that the rude kindness of the
+natives had so entirely overbalanced their faults, that, on parting with
+them, we experienced emotions of regret, and were quite overpowered with
+a sense of our obligations to them for the many favors which they had
+bestowed upon us. They had regarded and treated us as beings of a higher
+order than themselves; and our conduct had inspired them with a
+veneration and confidence<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span> almost unbounded. As a proof of this, three
+of their number were committed to our care, and were entirely willing to
+place themselves at our disposal.</p>
+
+<p>Seven of our number now took the canoe, viz., Bouket, Sedon, Andrews,
+Hulet, and the three natives. Captain Barnard, Rollins, Nute, and myself
+preferred the ship's boat. We were accompanied on our passage the first
+day by a large number of the natives. At night, as we had then succeeded
+in getting beyond the reef, they left us, and we continued our course.</p>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_3_3" id="Footnote_3_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3_3"><span class="label">[3]</span></a> The Englishman before mentioned, Charles Washington, told
+us that this compass was left there about <i>thirty</i> years before, which
+was the time when captain <i>James</i> Wilson, of the ship Duff, was there.
+But from circumstances it appeared that he was mistaken as to the time,
+and that it was one which had belonged to captain <i>Henry</i> Wilson, who
+was shipwrecked there in the Antelope, in 1783, and of whose voyage and
+disasters a most interesting and well-known account was published by Mr.
+Keate. Its preservation for about fifty years is certainly
+remarkable.&mdash;<i>Edit.</i><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>CHAPTER VI.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>Regret at having undertaken the voyage in boats.&mdash;Storm, and damage
+in consequence of it.&mdash;Loss of the canoe and the provisions on
+board.&mdash;Danger of perishing from famine.&mdash;On the fifteenth day,
+when nearly exhausted with fatigue and hunger, they discover a
+small island.&mdash;Approach of eighteen canoes filled with natives, who
+make prisoners of them all.&mdash;Cruelty of the natives; and return
+with their prisoners to the island.&mdash;Reception there.&mdash;The
+prisoners distributed among the captors.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">We</span> had not proceeded far before we had reasons for regretting, that we
+had entered upon the perilous undertaking of navigating the waters of
+that region in boats so poorly adapted to the purposes we had in view.
+There came on a violent storm of rain, the wind blowing hard, and the
+waves threatening to swallow us each moment of the night. To our dismay,
+the rudder of the canoe, owing to the imperfect manner in which it had
+been constructed, was unshipped, and for a time the destruction of those
+on board seemed inevitable. Fortunately we<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span> continued to keep company.
+By great exertion we made out to replace the rudder in the morning, and
+then proceeded. In the course of the day the rudder was again unshipped;
+but, with less difficulty than before, we succeeded in fastening it to
+its place with ropes, so that it answered tolerably well as a substitute
+for a better one. Happy would it have been for us, if this had been the
+worst of the disasters of our voyage. Our mast next went by the board;
+and during the whole of the next night, we lay drifting at the mercy of
+the winds and waves. In the mean time the canoe sprung a leak, and we
+found it impossible to bail out the water as fast as it came in. In this
+extremity we lost no time in shifting all our lading into one end of the
+canoe; and by tearing up our old clothes, and stuffing them into the
+crack, we at length stopped the leak. In this sad plight we continued
+on, meeting with no very serious accident till the fifth day from the
+time of leaving the island; when, just at the setting of the sun, owing
+to some mismanagement, a light puff of wind capsized<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span> the canoe!
+Fortunately no one was drowned. All but three swam to our boat; those
+who remained continued through the night to cling to the canoe. With
+great difficulty we kept our boat from being stove in pieces by coming
+in contact with the canoe. During all this time it rained very hard, and
+never had we experienced a more dismal night. In the morning we tried to
+get the canoe right side up; but finding that impossible, we concluded
+to abandon it entirely. We took from it a few cocoa-nuts, and, as our
+last resort, all took refuge in the boat. We saved the compass, and did
+not so much regret the loss of the canoe, as it had cost us already an
+incalculable amount of anxiety, toil, and suffering.</p>
+
+<p>But new difficulties now stared us in the face. Most of our provisions
+had been lost by the upsetting of the canoe, and we had but a very small
+quantity of water. It was therefore deemed expedient to divide among us
+the means of subsistence remaining. We had four cocoa-nuts for each
+person, and a few pieces over, which were distributed<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span> equally. At this
+time no objects were seen, except a few sea birds. We continued in this
+condition for nine days and nights, with actual starvation before us, as
+the most probable end of our anxieties and sufferings. We were about
+settling down into a state of confirmed despair, when, to our
+inexpressible joy, we discovered land apparently about ten miles off. We
+exerted all our remaining strength to reach it. When within six miles we
+saw, approaching us, a fleet of eighteen canoes, filled with the natives
+of the small island we were approaching.</p>
+
+<p>At first the small canoes came near us, for the purpose of ascertaining
+who and what we were. The appearance of these natives was such as to
+excite at once our astonishment and disgust. Like the inhabitants of the
+island we had left, they were entirely naked; and, as our subsequent
+experience proved, they were infinitely more barbarous and cruel. Very
+soon the large canoes came up, when the wretches commenced their
+outrages. They attacked us with brutal ferocity, knocking us overboard
+with their<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span> clubs, in the mean time making the most frightful grimaces,
+and yelling like so many incarnate devils. They fell upon our boat and
+immediately destroyed it, breaking it into splinters, and taking the
+fragments into their canoes. While this was going on we were swimming
+from one canoe to another, entreating them by signs to spare our lives
+and permit us to get into their canoes. This they for a long time
+refused, beating us most unmercifully, whenever we caught hold of any
+thing to save ourselves from sinking.</p>
+
+<p>After they had demolished our boat, and kept us in that condition for
+some time, they allowed us to get on board. They then compelled us to
+row towards the land. They stripped us of all our clothing immediately
+after we were taken in; and the reader may form some idea of our
+distress in this condition, under a burning sun, from the fact, that
+before night our shoulders were blistered, by being thus exposed to the
+heat.</p>
+
+<p>On approaching land we discovered no habitation; but after going round a
+point<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span> of the island, we saw near the beach a row of small and badly
+constructed huts. We were compelled to jump from the canoes into the
+water and wade to the shore. By this time the beach was lined with women
+and children, who caused the air to resound with the most horrid yells
+and screams. Their gestures and violent contortions of countenance
+resembled the frantic ravings of Bedlamites.</p>
+
+<p>The reception we met with on land was no more agreeable than that upon
+the water. Judging from the treatment we had received from the females
+of the island which we had left, it was hoped that the gentler sex would
+extend to us some proof of their commiseration; but in this we were
+sadly disappointed. If possible, they were more cruel than their inhuman
+lords and masters. We were soon separated from each other, and dragged
+about from place to place; our brutal captors, in the mean time,
+contending with each other to see who should have us as his property.
+Frequent contests of this kind occurred; in one of which, during the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>
+first day, I was knocked down. The question of ownership was at length
+settled, and we were retained by those into whose hands we had at first
+fallen. Some of us were taken to their house of worship, called by them
+Verre-Yarris&mdash;literally, God's house, where they went through with some
+of their religious ceremonies, and we received a few mouthfuls of food,
+which was the first we had tasted through the day.</p>
+
+<p>It was my good fortune to be retained by one who, compared with the
+other natives, was humane. His name was <i>Pahrahbooah</i>; the female head
+of the family was called Nahkit; and they had four children. I went by
+the name of <i>TeeŽmit</i>; and Benjamin Nute by the name of <i>Rollo</i>. The
+captain was also fortunate in falling into the hands of a friend of my
+master, who treated him with comparative kindness. He was valued the
+more highly also on account of being a large, fleshy man&mdash;they judging
+of these things by the size and appearance.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>CHAPTER VII.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>The island, to which they were carried, proves to be Lord North's
+island, called by the natives <i>ToŽbee</i>.&mdash;Account of the island and
+its inhabitants.&mdash;Their manners and customs.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">It</span> may now be proper in this place to give some account of the place
+where our unhappy lot was cast, and of its rude and miserable
+inhabitants. It will be impossible to convey a correct idea of their
+ignorance, poverty, and degradation; but some conception may be formed,
+by imagining what the condition of beings must necessarily be, when
+wholly separated from the rest of their species, stripped of all the
+refinements of life, and deprived of all means and opportunities for
+improvement.</p>
+
+<p>We were now upon the small piece of land called by the natives <i>ToŽbee</i>,
+but known to navigators by the name of <i>Lord North's Island</i>, situated
+between the third and fourth degrees of north latitude, and in longitude
+one hundred and thirty-one degrees twenty<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span> minutes east. It is also
+known by the name of <i>Nevil's Island</i> and <i>Johnston's Island</i>; and it
+has been hitherto considered by navigators and others as uninhabited.
+This is not surprising; as we were told by the natives, that no white
+man had ever visited the place; though it seemed, from the pieces of
+iron in their possession, and from other circumstances, that they had
+had some communication with the Spaniards and Portuguese in that quarter
+of the world.<a name="FNanchor_4_4" id="FNanchor_4_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_4_4" class="fnanchor">[4]</a> Like many other islands in those seas, this is
+surrounded by a coral reef, which is from an eighth to one half of a
+mile wide; but outside of the reef the water is apparently fathomless,
+the water being as blue as it is in the middle of the ocean; and the
+largest vessels may in many places approach within a quarter of a mile
+of the beach. The whole island rises so little above the level of the
+sea, that the swell often rolls up to a<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span> considerable distance inland.
+It is about three quarters of a mile in length, and not far from half a
+mile in width. There were upon it three villages, situated on the
+shores, and containing, in all, between three and four hundred souls, at
+the time when we were taken there; but the number was considerably
+diminished by famine and disease before we left.</p>
+
+<p>The inhabitants are in a state of entire barbarism and ignorance. The
+men wear a sort of girdle or belt made of the bark of a tree. This is
+girded round the loins so as to leave one end to hang loose behind, the
+other is brought forward and fastened to the belt in front. This is
+their only clothing. The females, after arriving at the age of
+womanhood, wear an apron made of the leaves of a plant, by them called
+<i>kurremung</i>, split into fine strips and plaited. This extends from the
+loins nearly to the knees. Some few wear rings upon their wrists made of
+white shells, and some had this kind of ornament made of turtle-shell.
+In their ears, which are always bored, they sometimes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span> wear a leaf; and
+round their necks a necklace made of the shell of the cocoa-nut, and a
+small white shell, called <i>keem</i> shell. The children go entirely naked.
+The complexion of these islanders is a light copper color; much lighter
+than the Malays, or the Pelew islanders; which last, however, they
+resemble in the breadth of their faces, high cheek bones, and broad
+flattened noses. They do not color their teeth, by chewing any thing, as
+many of those islanders do; but their teeth are so strong that they can
+husk a cocoa-nut with them instantly.</p>
+
+<p>Their principal food is the cocoa-nut. They occasionally succeed in
+procuring fish, though the supply obtained during our residence there
+was exceedingly small. Their fish-hooks are made of turtle-shell, and
+not well contrived for the purpose; but we could not induce them to use
+our hooks, till they had heated them and altered their form so that they
+would not hold the fish. They did this, because they said that Yarris
+(God) would be angry with them, if they used our hooks without preparing
+them according to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span> their fashion. Sometimes they are so fortunate as to
+obtain a sea-turtle; five only were taken during the two years we were
+there. The turtle, I may add, has something of a sacred character with
+them. They also raise small quantities of a vegetable somewhat
+resembling the yam; but while we were with them they were unsuccessful
+in cultivating it. These constitute the slender means of their support;
+and they are thus barely kept from actual death by famine, but on the
+very verge of starvation. When any one of them begins to fail, for want
+of food, so that his death is pretty certain, they inhumanly turn him
+off from among them, to starve to death.</p>
+
+<p>Their religion is such as might be expected among a people in their
+condition. Their place of worship is a rudely constructed building, or
+hut, about fifty feet long and thirty wide. In the centre, suspended
+from the roof, is a sort of altar, into which they suppose their deity
+comes to hold converse with the priest. Rudely carved images are placed
+in different parts of the building, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span> are supposed to personate their
+divinity. As nearly as could be ascertained by us, they supposed that
+the object of their worship was of like passions with themselves,
+capricious and revengeful. During the time we were with them, they
+attributed to his displeasure their want of success in taking fish as
+they had done in former times, and the unfruitfulness of their
+bread-fruit and cocoa trees.</p>
+
+<p>Their religious ceremonies are singular. In the commencement the priest
+walks round the altar and takes from it a mat devoted to the purpose,
+which is laid upon the ground. He then seats himself upon it, and begins
+to hoot, in the mean time throwing himself into a variety of attitudes,
+for the purpose of calling down the divinity into the altar. At
+intervals the congregation sing, but immediately stop when the priest
+breaks out in his devotions. By the side of the altar is always placed a
+large bowl, and six cocoa-nuts. After the incantation is gone through,
+and the divinity is supposed to be present, the bowl is turned up, and
+four of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span> the nuts are broken and put in it, two being reserved for the
+exclusive use of a priest by them called also "<i>yarris</i>." As soon as the
+nuts are broken, one of the company begins to shout, and, rushing to the
+centre, seizes the bowl, and drinks of the milk of the nut, generally
+spilling a considerable part of it upon the ground. After this a few
+pieces are thrown to the images, and the remainder are eaten by the
+priests. This closes the ceremony; after which they indulge in any
+recreations that chance to please them best.</p>
+
+<p>While we were on the island several earthquakes happened, and some of
+them pretty severe. On those occasions the natives were much terrified;
+they would not let their children speak a word; and they said among
+themselves&mdash;<i>zahbeeŽtoo Yarris</i>, <i>ToŽbee yettahŽmen</i>, that is, Yarris
+(God) is coming and To'bee (the name of the island) will sink. They were
+also very much alarmed at thunder and lightning; and used to say at such
+times, <i>Yarris teeŽtree</i>, God is talking. I do not know how they would
+be affected by an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span> eclipse, as none happened, that I noticed, while we
+remained there.</p>
+
+<p>I will here mention some other things in respect to their customs and
+usages, as they now occur to me.</p>
+
+<p>Their implements of war are spears and clubs; they have no bows and
+arrows. Their spears are made of the wood of the cocoa-nut trees; the
+points of them are set with rows of sharks' teeth; and, being at the
+same time very heavy and from ten to twenty feet long, are formidable
+weapons.</p>
+
+<p>Their canoes are made of logs which drift to their island from other
+places, there being no trees on it large enough for that purpose; they
+are hollowed out with great labor, and are of very clumsy workmanship;
+to prevent their oversetting, they are fitted up with outriggers, like
+those of the Pelew islanders. A sketch of one is given in the
+accompanying engraving.</p>
+
+<p>They kindle their fires, as they informed me, by rubbing two pieces of
+wood together, as is common in the islands of the Pacific ocean; and
+they cook their turtle or<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span> other meat, (when they are so fortunate as to
+have any,) as well as their vegetables, by covering them with heated
+stones. I should state, however, that during the whole time we staid
+among them, fire was always preserved in some part of the island, so
+that there was no necessity for kindling it in the manner here
+mentioned.</p>
+
+<p>Like other savage people, they reckon time by moons; I could not learn
+that they ever reckoned by any other period, except, indeed, when
+speaking of two or three days.</p>
+
+<p>They take pride in their hair, and are particularly careful about it,
+washing and cleansing it almost every day. They do not color it,
+however, as the natives of some islands are said to do; but they moisten
+it with the juice pressed out from the cocoa-nut, which gives it a very
+glossy appearance; and it is frequently so long as to reach down to
+their waist.</p>
+
+<p>Their mode of salutation is, to clasp each other in their arms, and
+touch their noses together, as is practised in many other islands.</p>
+
+<p>We found no musical instruments of any<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span> kind among them. They sometimes,
+on particular occasions, would sing or bawl out something like a rude
+tune; but we could not understand it. We frequently tried to teach them
+to whistle, and their awkward attempts to do it amused us; but they
+never were able to learn how it was done.</p>
+
+<p>In their names, I could not find that they had any thing like a family
+name, but only a single one, (corresponding to our christian names,) as
+is the case, I believe, throughout the islands of the Pacific. I could
+not learn, that the names were significant either of animals or other
+objects, as the Indian names of America are, and I never found any two
+persons of the same name. The names of the members of the family with
+which I lived were as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>PahrahbooŽah, the father of the family.</p>
+
+<p>Nah'kit, the mother.</p>
+
+<p>BuhwurŽtimar, the eldest child, a son, ten or twelve years old.</p>
+
+<p>KobawŽut, the second, a daughter.</p>
+
+<p>KobahnooŽuk, the third, a daughter.</p>
+
+<p>WahŽrebo, the fourth, a son.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The children do not address their parents by any word corresponding to
+father or mother, papa or mamma, but by their names. Their parents treat
+them on the footing of equality; they are generally well behaved, and
+are never punished, except occasionally when impatient for their food.</p>
+
+<p>Their language appears to be different from those of the other islands
+in that quarter; we found that the three natives of the Pelew islands,
+that accompanied us, could not understand any thing they said; though I
+observed afterwards, occasionally, a resemblance in two or three words.
+The reader will, however, be enabled to judge for himself, by means of a
+short vocabulary of common words which will be found at the end of this
+narrative. I may add, that the Pelew chiefs had never heard of Lord
+North's island; but they are acquainted with the <i>Caroline</i> islands.</p>
+
+<p>A detail of all that befell us would serve only to give pain to the
+benevolent, or at most to show how much human beings can endure. I shall
+attempt but little more than<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span> to describe the sufferings of a day;
+observing once for all, that for the term of two long years we
+experienced the same privations, and were subjected to the same brutal
+treatment; life, during all that time, being no better than the constant
+succession of the most acute sufferings.</p>
+
+<p>This island, unlike the Pelews, is one of the most horrible and wretched
+on the face of the globe. The only product of its soil worth mentioning
+is the cocoa-tree; and those are of so dwarfish and miserable a growth
+as to bear but very few nuts. These few, however, constitute the food of
+the inhabitants, with the exception of a species of fish caught
+occasionally near the shore. The only animals or creeping things known
+on the island are lizards and mice, and, during our stay there, scarcely
+a solitary sea-fowl was known to have alighted on the island, and but
+few fish were taken by the natives.</p>
+
+<p>The character of the inhabitants much resembles that of the island
+itself. Cowardly and servile, yet most barbarous and cruel, they
+combine, in their habits, tempers, and<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span> dispositions, the most
+disgusting and loathsome features that disgrace humanity. And, what may
+be regarded as remarkable, the female portion of the inhabitants
+outstrip the men in cruelty and savage depravity; so much so, that we
+were frequently indebted to the tender mercies of the men for escapes
+from death at the hands of the women. The indolence of the natives,
+which not even the fear of starvation itself can rouse to exertion,
+prevents their undertaking the least toil, although a little labor, well
+applied, might be made to render them infinitely more comfortable.<a name="FNanchor_5_5" id="FNanchor_5_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_5_5" class="fnanchor">[5]</a></p>
+
+<p>Strange as it may appear, it is nevertheless true, that, notwithstanding
+they are in this miserable condition, with no prospect of its ever being
+improved, they are of the opinion that they are highly favored. This can
+be accounted for in no other way than by the fact, that they are
+entirely ignorant of all that lies beyond the narrow limits of their<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>
+observation. They know nothing of any other portion of the globe, than
+the mere speck of barren land upon which by some accident they were
+thrown, and where they remain, to drag out a wretched existence. Their
+traditions do not extend further back than to about a hundred years;
+and, to their simple minds, it seems like a splendid effort of mind to
+be able to relate, with tolerable accuracy, the time-hallowed stories
+told them by their parents. Whether they could in any way be improved by
+instruction, is a question which it would be difficult to answer. They
+seem to be doomed to remain, as one of the last links in the chain that
+connects our race with the mere animal part of the creation.</p>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_4_4" id="Footnote_4_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4_4"><span class="label">[4]</span></a> They occasionally wore a kind of broad hat, called by them
+<i>shappo</i>, and sometimes <i>shambaráro</i>; which are evidently derived from
+the Portuguese <i>chapeo</i> (or possibly the French <i>chapeau</i>) and the
+Spanish <i>sombrero</i>.&mdash;<i>Edit.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_5_5" id="Footnote_5_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5_5"><span class="label">[5]</span></a> Some of these remarks are taken from the New York Sun of
+May 30, 1835; for which paper the substance of them was furnished by Mr.
+Nute and myself.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p></div>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>CHAPTER VIII.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>A ship discovered at a small distance from the island.&mdash;The natives
+prepare to go on board of her.&mdash;Captain Barnard and Bartlet
+Rollins, after being severely beaten, are allowed to go with the
+natives in their canoes, and thus effect their escape; the rest of
+the Mentor's people are still forcibly detained on the
+island.&mdash;Their hopes of being taken on board of the same ship are
+suddenly blasted.&mdash;Their despondency on that
+disappointment.&mdash;Return of the natives from the ship; their rage,
+and quarrels about the division of the articles procured on board
+of her.&mdash;They threaten to wreak their vengeance on the Mentor's
+people that remained with them.&mdash;Their cruel treatment of them.&mdash;A
+storm destroys the cocoa-nut trees and causes a scarcity of food.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">We</span> were captured and taken to the island December 6, 1832; and on the
+third day of February, 1833, two months wanting three days, captain
+Barnard and Bartlet Rollins effected their escape. Compared with the
+remainder of our captivity, our privations and sufferings up to that
+time were less severe. But at no time did we have sufficient food to
+satisfy the cravings of hunger! The very crumbs that fall from an<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>
+ordinary table would have been to us a luxury; the swine of America are
+better fed than we were, on the most fortunate day of our residence upon
+that island.</p>
+
+<p>It was on the day above mentioned that a ship was discovered a short
+distance from the island, and the natives immediately collected, and
+prepared to go to it, in order to obtain iron, or some other articles of
+value. Hope once more visited us. To escape was, of course, our strong
+desire and intention. Accordingly, when the canoes put off we attempted
+to go. Our savage masters interposed their authority, and by menaces and
+blows prevented us. Many of us were severely beaten, and all but two
+were detained by the brutal force of the savages. At length captain
+Barnard and Rollins, after being severely beaten, were allowed to
+accompany the natives to the ship, and succeeded in effecting their
+escape. Trusting to the humanity of the captain and crew, we for some
+time confidently expected, that they would contrive some way of enabling
+us to join them. They were in sight about<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span> three hours; at one time they
+were so near that we could distinctly see the hands on board; but judge
+of our feelings when we saw the vessel pursuing her course! Our
+expectations were all blasted in a moment, and our minds, which had been
+gladdened by the hope of once more enjoying the society of civilized
+beings, of once more reaching the shores of our beloved country, sunk
+back into a state of despair; we wept like children.</p>
+
+<p>The natives, when they returned from the vessel, brought with them a
+small quantity of iron hoops, and a few articles of some little value,
+but they were highly dissatisfied with the amount received, and greatly
+enraged. The division of the property caused much difficulty, and they
+quarrelled about it for several days. Those of us who remained, though
+innocent, were the greatest sufferers. They held us accountable for the
+conduct of those who had left, and vented the malignity of their
+unfeeling hearts upon us. We were given to understand, that now our doom
+was fixed; that we<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span> should remain with them, and die the victims of our
+tormentors! Alas! it was but too true, that such was to be the fate of
+all but two of our number! We were destined to see one after another of
+our fellow-sufferers sink under the constantly increasing severity of
+the burdens imposed upon them, and perish either from actual starvation,
+or by the blows of the savages.</p>
+
+<p>After the departure of the captain and Rollins, we were treated with
+much greater severity than we had been before. Generally we were aroused
+from our broken slumbers about sunrise, and compelled to go to work; we
+were usually employed in cultivating a species of vegetable somewhat
+resembling the yam, and called by them "<i>koreï</i>." This root is raised in
+beds of mud, which are prepared by digging out the sand, and filling the
+place with mould. The whole of this labor was performed with the hands.
+We were compelled day after day to stand in the mud from morning till
+night, and to turn up the mud with our hands. Frequently we were
+required to do this without<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span> receiving a morsel of food till about noon,
+and sometimes we were left without any thing to eat till night. At best
+we could get no more than a small piece of cocoa-nut, hardly a common
+sized mouthful, at a time, and if, either from exhaustion or any other
+cause, we neglected to perform the required amount of labor, our
+pittance of food was withheld altogether.</p>
+
+<p>From this plain and unexaggerated account it will be seen, that our
+condition at best was bad enough; but a misfortune befell us which
+rendered it still worse. About four months from the time of our landing
+on that dreary spot, there was a violent storm, which came very near
+sweeping away the whole of the means of support which remained for the
+miserable inhabitants. The wind blew down many of the best cocoa trees,
+and materially injured the fruit on such as were left standing. Besides
+this, the low places in which they raised the root, by them called
+"<i>korei</i>," were mostly filled with sand, and famine stared us all in the
+face.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They attributed this misfortune to the anger of their god, and did not
+fail to use such means as they thought best calculated to appease him;
+and the calamity greatly added to our sufferings. Besides subjecting us
+to still more severe deprivations, we were compelled (though hardly able
+to drag our limbs from place to place) to labor in repairing the damage
+done by the storm. We were employed for months in carrying in our arms
+and on our shoulders pieces of the coral rock, in order to form a sort
+of seawall to prevent the waves from washing away the trees; and this
+drudgery, considering that we were naked, under a burning sun, and
+reduced to nothing but skin and bones, was too severe to admit of any
+thing like an adequate description. Our flesh, or, to speak more
+properly, our skin&mdash;for flesh we had none&mdash;was frequently so torn by the
+sharp corners of the rock, and scorched by the sun, as to resemble more
+that of the rhinoceros than of human beings.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>CHAPTER IX.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>The natives compel the Mentor's people to be tattooed.&mdash;Description
+of that painful operation.&mdash;They also oblige them to pluck their
+beards, &amp;c.&mdash;Another vessel passes by the island; and, afterwards,
+a third comes in sight and remains for three days; the Mentor's
+people are closely guarded at these times.&mdash;The melancholy fate of
+William Sedon; and the barbarous murder of Peter Andrews.&mdash;Attack
+on H. Holden, who is protected by one of the natives, and
+escapes.&mdash;B. Nute and others are protected by the female natives
+from the fury of the men.&mdash;Death of one of the Pelew
+chiefs.&mdash;Another of the Pelew people is detected in stealing, and
+is punished in their manner.&mdash;Death of Milton Hewlet and Charles C.
+Bouket; leaving now only B. Nute, H. Holden, and the other Pelew
+chief, named <i>Kobak</i>, who all remained in a feeble and helpless
+condition.&mdash;Filthy practices of the natives.&mdash;Friendship of the
+surviving Pelew chief.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">A new</span> trial now awaited us. The barbarous beings among whom our lot had
+been cast, deemed it important that we should be <i>tattooed</i>, and we were
+compelled to submit to the distressing operation. We expostulated
+against it&mdash;we entreated&mdash;we begged to be spared this additional
+affliction; but our entreaties were of no use. Those savages<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span> were not
+to be moved, and we were compelled to submit; and that the reader may
+form some idea of the painful process, I will here give a brief account
+of it.</p>
+
+<p>We were in the first place securely bound down to the ground, and there
+held fast by our tormentors. They then proceeded to draw with a sharp
+stick the figures designed to be imprinted on the skin. This done, the
+skin was thickly punctured with a little instrument made of sharpened
+fish bones, and somewhat resembling a carpenter's adz in miniature, but
+having teeth, instead of a smooth, sharp edge. This instrument was held
+within an inch or two of the flesh, and struck into it rapidly with a
+piece of wood, applied to it in such a manner as to cause it to rebound
+at every stroke. In this way our breasts and arms were prepared; and
+subsequently the ink, which was made of a vegetable found on the island
+called by them the "<i>savvan</i>," was applied. The operation caused such an
+inflammation of our bodies, that only a portion could be done at one
+time; and as soon as<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span> the inflammation abated another portion was done,
+as fast as we could bear it, till our bodies were covered. It was
+effectually done; for to this day the figures remain as distinct as they
+were when first imprinted, and the marks will be carried by us to the
+grave. They were exceedingly anxious to perform the operation upon our
+faces; but this we would not submit to, telling them that sooner than
+have it done we would die in resisting them. Among themselves, the
+oldest people had the greatest quantity of tattooing, and the younger
+class less.</p>
+
+<p>Besides the operation of <i>tattooing</i>, they compelled us to pluck the
+hair from different parts of the body, and to pluck our beards about
+every ten days, which was extremely painful; and at every successive
+operation the beard grew out harder and stiffer.</p>
+
+<p>About seventeen days after the captain and Rollins left, we saw a vessel
+to the windward; but the natives did not attempt to visit it. Five
+months afterwards another came in sight, and remained for three days
+near the island. At one time we could distinctly<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span> see the men on board;
+but we were kept on shore and closely guarded. Several canoes visited
+the ship, and brought back a few pieces of iron, fish-hooks, glass
+bottles, &amp;c. We tried, but in vain, to escape. It seemed to us, that we
+were doomed to remain on that dreary spot, to wear out our remaining
+strength in hopeless bondage, and to submit to the control of brutal
+masters, whose tender mercies were cruelties. Death, in any form, would
+have been a relief, and often did we see moments when it would have been
+welcomed as the best of friends! To some of our companions it did come,
+though dreadful in the manner, yet as a not unwelcome alternative.</p>
+
+<p>About a year after we first arrived at the island, William Sedon became
+so reduced as to deprive us of all hopes of his recovery. He looked like
+a skeleton; and, at last, was so entirely exhausted by hunger, as to be
+unable to walk, or even to rise from the ground. He continued, however,
+to crawl from place to place, until all his remaining strength was
+nearly gone, when the inhuman<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span> monsters placed him in an old canoe, and
+sent him adrift on the ocean! Gladly would his unhappy shipmates have
+extended to him the last sad offices of friendship; that poor
+consolation was denied both him and us! My heart bleeds at the
+recollection of our separation and his melancholy fate&mdash;when we saw him
+anxiously turn his languid eyes towards those who were doomed still to
+linger on the borders of the grave! Our sighs were breathed almost in
+silence, and our tears were shed in vain!</p>
+
+<p>It may be observed here, that it is not their custom to deposit the
+bodies of any of their dead in the earth, except very young children.
+The bodies of grown people, after death, are laid in a canoe and
+committed to the ocean.</p>
+
+<p>It was soon our lot to part with another of our companions, Peter
+Andrews. He was accused by the natives of some trifling offence, and put
+to death. The savages knocked him down with their clubs, and then
+despatched him in the most cruel and most shocking manner. I was at this
+time<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span> at a distance from the place where he was killed. My master was
+absent; and upon my hearing a noise in the direction of the place where
+the foul business was transacted, and suspecting that all was not right,
+I started to see what was going on. I was near the beach when I saw a
+number of the savages coming towards the spot where I stood, dragging
+along the lifeless and mangled body of our comrade! One of them
+approached me behind, and knocked me down with his club. The body of
+Andrews was thrown into the sea, and it seemed to be their determination
+to destroy the whole of us. I warded off the blows aimed at me as well
+as I could, and recovering myself, ran towards the hut of my master. He
+had not yet returned; but, fortunately, an old man, who had previously
+shown some regard for me, and who was the particular friend of my
+master, happened at that moment to be passing; and seizing the man who
+had pursued me, held him fast. I escaped and ran into the hut, and
+crawled up through an aperture in the floor into the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span> chamber under the
+roof. I seized an old box and covered up the hole through which I had
+ascended; but this was not sufficient to detain, for any great length of
+time, the wretches who were thirsting for my blood. They soon succeeded
+in displacing the box, and one of them seized me; but just as he was
+pulling me from my place of refuge, my master returned with several of
+his friends, and rescued me from the clutches of my enemies.</p>
+
+<p>In the mean time Nute and the rest of our companions were at the
+"<i>Tahboo</i>," a place of public resort, where, for the only time, the
+females rendered our people any assistance. They concealed the men under
+some mats, and kept them there till the fury of the natives had in a
+measure subsided.</p>
+
+<p>We were next called upon to part with one of the Pelew <i>chiefs</i> who had
+come with us. He died of absolute starvation, and, according to custom,
+was committed to the waves in an old canoe. In a short time after this,
+the Pelew private (who had also come with us) was detected in the crime
+of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span> taking a few cocoa-nuts without leave; for which offence he had his
+hands tied behind him, and was put into a canoe and sent adrift; which
+was their usual method of punishment for offences of different kinds.</p>
+
+<p>About a year and seven months from the commencement of our captivity
+Milton Hewlet died, and, like the others, was, according to the custom
+of the natives, committed to the ocean. A short time afterwards Charles
+C. Bouket, having become so reduced by his sufferings as to be unable to
+help himself, was (horrible to relate!) placed in a canoe, while still
+alive, and committed to the mercy of the ocean. Thus did one after
+another of our companions sink under the weight of their sufferings, and
+perish without any alleviation of their wretchedness. Nute and myself,
+with our friend <i>Kobac</i>, the other Pelew chief, were all that remained;
+and we were constantly expecting that the next hour would end our
+existence.</p>
+
+<p>The idea of death, however, had now become familiar; and often did we
+desire the release from suffering which that alone could<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span> afford.
+Nothing, as it now appears to us, but the kind interposition of
+Providence, could have continued our lives, and have given us the power
+of endurance to hold out so long as we did. We were frequently so
+reduced as to be unable to walk, and were forced to drag ourselves on
+our hands and knees to some place where we could lie down under the
+shade of a bush, and take rest. But the small comfort to be obtained in
+this way was greatly lessened by the annoyance of musquetoes, which
+could attack us with impunity in our helpless and feeble condition.
+Besides this, our flesh had so fallen away, that on lying down, our
+bones would actually pierce through the skin, giving us the most severe
+pain. After we were tattooed, the parts operated upon were, for a long
+time, running sores; and when exposed to the sun, the pain was
+excruciating.</p>
+
+<p>It has been already said, that the natives were indolent, filthy and
+degraded, but the half has not been told; and some things which we
+witnessed cannot be related. The intercourse of the sexes was
+unrestrained by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span> any law; and the decencies of life were almost entirely
+neglected. Instead of taking pains to keep clean, they seemed to be not
+unwilling to have their heads overrun with vermin; and however
+incredible it may seem, it is a disgusting truth, that they are
+accustomed to eat them; and particular care seems to be taken to keep
+those loathsome animals in the heads of the children. But I forbear any
+further particulars.</p>
+
+<p>I have already said, that only two of the crew of the Mentor, namely,
+Nute and myself, remained alive, with the exception of captain Barnard
+and Rollins, who had fortunately escaped. The Pelew chief had become
+strongly attached to us, and we take pleasure in stating the fact, that
+his faithfulness and affection had greatly endeared him to us. He seemed
+more like a brother than a barbarian; and most gladly would we have
+saved him from those sufferings which, no doubt, before this time, have
+terminated his life. Alas! it was not in our power to administer to his
+relief; and when we last saw him he was but just alive.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>CHAPTER X.</h2>
+
+<div class="chapter-summary">
+<p>The feeble and exhausted condition of the survivors, Nute and
+Holden.&mdash;The natives consent to release them from labor, but refuse
+them food; and they obtain permission to leave the island in the
+first vessel, for a compensation to be made to the natives.&mdash;They
+crawl about from place to place, subsisting upon leaves, and
+occasionally begging a little food of the natives, for two
+months.&mdash;Their sudden joy at hearing of a vessel coming towards the
+island.&mdash;It proves to be the British barque Britannia, captain
+Short, bound to Canton.&mdash;They are taken on board the Britannia,
+November 27, 1834, and treated with the kindest attention.&mdash;Their
+joy and gratitude at this happy termination of their
+sufferings.&mdash;They gradually recover their health so far as to take
+passage for America, in the ship Morrison, bound for New York,
+where they arrive May 5, 1835.&mdash;Acknowledgments for their kind
+reception at New York and Boston.</p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="sc">Having</span> thus briefly related the story of our captivity and sufferings,
+it only remains to give an account of our escape from this barbarous
+people. We continued to survive the horrible sufferings to which we were
+constantly subjected, and to serve our tyrannical masters, in despite of
+our agonies<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span> of body and mind, till the beginning of the autumn of 1834;
+at which time we had become so emaciated, feeble, and sickly, that we
+found it impossible any longer even to attempt to labor. By this time we
+had acquired a sufficient knowledge of their tongue to converse fluently
+with the natives, and we informed our masters, that our feeble condition
+rendered it impossible for us to attempt to do any thing more. We also
+reasoned the matter with them, telling them that death was our
+inevitable doom, unless we were allowed to relax our labor; that if we
+died we could be of no service to them, but if allowed a respite, and we
+lived, and could be put on board a vessel, they should be liberally
+rewarded.</p>
+
+<p>With much difficulty we at length persuaded our masters to allow us to
+quit labor, and obtained from them a promise to be put on board the
+first vessel that should come to the island. But, at the same time, they
+informed us, that if we ceased to work, they should cease to furnish the
+miserable allowance of cocoa-nut on which we had before<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span> subsisted, and
+that we must either labor or starve. We deemed death as welcome in one
+shape as in another, and relinquished our labors and our pittance of
+food together.</p>
+
+<p>We were thus literally turned out to die! We crawled from place to
+place, subsisting upon leaves, and now and then begging of the natives a
+morsel of cocoa-nut. In this way we contrived to live for about two
+months, when the joyful intelligence was brought to us that a vessel was
+in sight, and was coming near the island! Hope once more revisited our
+despairing hearts, and seemed to inspire us with renewed strength and
+animation.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
+<img src="images/i115.png" width="500" height="301" alt="ESCAPE TO THE BRITANNIA." title="" />
+<span class="caption">ESCAPE TO THE BRITANNIA.</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>After taxing our exhausted powers to the utmost, we persuaded the
+natives to prepare for visiting the vessel; and throwing our emaciated
+bodies into their canoes, we made for the ship with all possible
+despatch. The vessel proved to be the British barque Britannia, captain
+Short, bound to Canton. Our reception on board is faithfully described
+in the following certificate given by captain<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span> Short, the original of
+which is still in my possession:</p>
+
+
+<blockquote>
+<p class="ltr-date"><span class="smcap">Lintin</span>, 29th December, 1834.</p>
+
+<p>"This is to certify, that on the 27th day of November, 1834, off
+the small island commonly called Lord North's by the English,
+situated in latitude 3° 3' north, and longitude 131° 20' east, on
+board the British barque Britannia, bound to Canton river, we
+observed about ten or eleven canoes, containing upwards of one
+hundred men, approaching the vessel, in a calm, or nearly so, with
+the intention of coming alongside. But having the small complement
+of thirteen men, it was considered most prudent to keep them off,
+which was effected by firing a few six pound shots in a contrary
+direction from the boats, some of which were then within
+pistol-shot. At the same time hearing cries in our own language,
+begging to be taken on board, the boat was despatched away to know
+the cause. The boat returned to the ship, and reported an American
+on board one of them. She was<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span> then sent back, having strict
+orders to act with caution, and the man got from the canoe into the
+sea, and was taken up by the ship's boat, and brought on board. He
+then stated in what manner he came there, and said he had another
+of his countrymen in another canoe. I said if we could get some of
+the boats dispersed, that every assistance should be rendered for
+the liberty of the other man. Accordingly they did so, all but
+three. The ship's boat was then despatched in search, and soon
+found the other man. He was brought on board, but in a most
+deplorable condition with fever, from the effects of a miserable
+subsistence. These two poor fellows were quite naked, under a
+burning sun. They appeared to bear all the marks of their long
+servitude, and I should suppose two or three days would have been
+the end of the last man taken on board, but from this act of
+Providence. It appears that these men were wrecked in the ship
+Mentor, on the Pelew islands, and were proceeding with their
+commander to some Dutch settlement, in one of the Pelew island<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>
+canoes, when they got to the afore-mentioned island, and were
+detained by the natives; and that captain Edward C. Barnard had got
+on board some ship, and reached Canton river shortly after their
+detention at the island; which has been confirmed by the different
+masters now at the port of Lintin.</p>
+
+<p>"The statement given in to me by the two men runs thus:&mdash;That they
+were wrecked May 21st, 1832, on the Pelew islands, and detained on
+Lord North's island 6th December, 1832. The two men's names are
+Benjamin H. Nute and Horace Holden. I should thank any ship master
+now in port, acquainted with the circumstance, to confirm it by his
+signature, in order to make some provision for those men, should
+they require it. But from the disposition and liberality of those
+American gentlemen coming forward, that are already acquainted with
+the circumstance, perhaps it will be unnecessary. At the same time
+I shall be very willing to draw up any form, or in any other way
+that I may forward their views, according to the opinion of their
+American friends. I should<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span> hope that every vessel passing in the
+direction of the afore-mentioned island, passing any of their
+boats, will give them a trifle. I gave them what articles those two
+men thought most beneficial, and should have held a closer
+communication with them had I been better manned and armed.</p>
+
+<p class="author">
+<span class="smcap">Henry Short</span>, Barque Britannia."</p>
+</blockquote>
+
+<p>Never shall we find words to express our joy at once more finding
+ourselves in the company of civilized men! Nor can we be too grateful to
+captain Short, and his officers and crew, for their kind attentions
+during our passage to Lintin. Every thing in their power was done to
+restore our health and strength, and to render us comfortable. On
+arriving at Lintin we found ourselves sufficiently recovered to be able
+to pass up the river to Canton. We remained there, at the factories,
+under medical treatment, until the ship Morrison, of New York, was ready
+to sail; when we took passage in her for our native country, and arrived
+in New York on the 5th day of May, 1835.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In New York we found many kind friends, who took a lively interest in
+our behalf. We would particularly acknowledge a debt of gratitude which
+we owe to Mr. John Munson, who opened his hospitable dwelling for our
+reception, and with whom we tarried for several weeks. Assisted by the
+humane and philanthropic citizens of New York, we have been enabled to
+reach Boston. Here Providence has raised us up warm friends, through
+whose assistance we have been rendered as comfortable as could under any
+circumstances have been expected.</p>
+
+<p>In compliance with the solicitations of many respectable gentlemen, the
+foregoing narrative is submitted to the public, with the hope that it
+may not be entirely uninteresting, and not without use. Every statement
+may be relied upon as strictly true; and it is believed, that, simple
+and unadorned as is our story, it may serve to afford some information
+of a little spot hitherto supposed to be uninhabited, and to present to
+view of the curious and intelligent some knowledge of a portion of our
+race among whom no white man has ever before lived.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>To captain Barnard the author of the statements in this narrative is
+under great obligations for his uniformly kind treatment previous to the
+loss of the Mentor, and during the whole time we were together. We have
+no reason to doubt, that he did all in his power to obtain our release
+from captivity at the time when he was himself so fortunate as to
+escape; and not the least blame is to be imputed to him on account of
+the disasters that befell us.</p>
+
+<p>Of the twenty-two persons who composed the ship's company of the Mentor
+when she sailed from New Bedford, only <i>four</i> have returned. It has been
+reported, that one of the three who was left at the Pelew islands
+escaped a few months since. If such be the case only two remain there;
+and it is hoped that some measures will soon be adopted, either by the
+government or by humane individuals, to rescue them from their painful
+and distressing situation.</p>
+
+<p>I cannot close this narrative without expressing the most heart-felt
+gratitude to that kind Providence which has sustained us under<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span> trials
+and sufferings the most severe, and returned us to our homes and
+friends. And may those who have been to us friends indeed, find an ample
+reward for their generosity, in the consciousness of having been
+influenced by those sentiments and feelings which best adorn and dignify
+the human character!</p>
+
+<p>
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, November, 1835.</span></span><br />
+<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr />
+<h2><a name="APPENDIX" id="APPENDIX"></a>APPENDIX.</h2>
+
+<h3>VOCABULARY<br />
+<span class="sc lowercase">OF THE LANGUAGE OF LORD NORTH'S ISLAND</span>.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The language of the inhabitants of Lord North's island appears to be a
+new and hitherto unknown dialect of the Polynesian family of languages.
+According to the preceding Narrative, it was wholly unintelligible to
+the <i>Pelew</i> chiefs who accompanied the crew of the Mentor when they were
+made captives. To judge by the <i>numerals</i>, and a few other words, which
+have been collected by travellers, it has a near affinity to the
+dialects of the neighboring <i>Caroline</i> islands.</p>
+
+<p>In the selection of words for the following vocabulary, we have
+principally followed the list of English words in Keate's Account of the
+Pelew Islands, but have added several from the Empress Catherine's
+Vocabulary; distinguishing by <span class="smcap">small capitals</span> all the words which
+correspond to those in that Vocabulary. Some short dialogues are
+subjoined to the vocabulary.</p>
+
+<p>The orthography adopted is that of the <i>English</i> language; it being the
+most useful to such of our navigators as may chance to visit Lord
+North's island or those in its vicinity. It is only necessary to state
+particularly, that <i>ay</i> is to be pronounced like <i>aye</i>, or <i>ah-ee</i>; <i>g</i>,
+always<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span> hard, as in <i>go</i>; <i>ng</i>, in the middle of a word, as it is at the
+end; as, for example, in the English word <i>hanger</i>, and not as in the
+word anger, (ang-ger;) and <i>zh</i> is to be pronounced like <i>s</i> in
+<i>pleasure</i>, or the French <i>j</i>.</p>
+
+<p>It is proper to remark, that the words of the language here given, not
+having been furnished by <i>natives</i> of the island, are to be received
+rather as approximations than as perfectly exact specimens of the
+language; but the comparisons made with kindred dialects lead us to
+believe, that they are as exact as are usually obtained from similar
+sources. Two years' residence in the island strongly impressed the
+language in the memory of the unfortunate captives.</p>
+
+<blockquote>
+<p>And, mah.</p>
+
+<p>Arm. (<i>See</i> Hand.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Back</span>, tukkalekŽ.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Bad</span>, tuhmahŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Bamboo, sheel, <i>or</i> shil.<a name="FNanchor_6_6" id="FNanchor_6_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_6_6" class="fnanchor">[6]</a></p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Beard</span>, koosum. (<i>See</i> Hair.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Belly</span>, mishŽee-um.</p>
+
+<p>Belt, (worn by the men,) tapŽpah.</p>
+
+<p>Big, yennup.</p>
+
+<p>Bird, karŽrum.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Black</span>, wayzerŽris, (wah-ee-zerris.)</p>
+
+<p>Boat, prow, (prah-oo.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Bone</span>, cheel.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Boy.</span> (<i>See</i> Man.)</p>
+
+<p>Brass, mullebahŽdee.</p>
+
+<p>Breast (of a female,) toot.<a name="FNanchor_7_7" id="FNanchor_7_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_7_7" class="fnanchor">[7]</a></p>
+
+<p>Brother, bizŽzheem, <i>or</i> bizŽzhim.</p>
+
+<p>Canoe, (<i>the same as</i> Boat.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Child</span>, (<i>of two or three years old</i>,) lahŽbo.</p>
+
+<p>Clouds, kotcho.</p>
+
+<p>Cocoa-nut, (<i>when ripe</i>,) kahrahŽpah; (<i>when very young</i>,) soob;
+(<i>when the husk is so hard as to require<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span> breaking with a stone</i>,)
+chou, <i>or</i> chah-oo.</p>
+
+<p>Cold, makkrazmŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Come, (<i>verb, the same as to go</i>,) moŽrahbeeto.</p>
+
+<p>Copper, (<i>the same as</i> Brass.)</p>
+
+<p>Cord, (small line) kreel.</p>
+
+<p>Darkness, klo-wayzerŽris.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Day</span>, yahro, (<i>the same as</i> Sun.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dead</span>, pooŽruk.</p>
+
+<p>Dirt, yuhburŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Drink, (<i>verb</i>,) limŽmah.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Dust.</span> (<i>See</i> Dirt.)</p>
+
+<p>Eat, mukŽkah.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Father</span>, wurŽteemum; (<i>used also for</i> Friend.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Fingers</span>, kayŽmuk, (<i>the same as</i> Hand.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Fire</span>, yah, <i>or</i> yahf.</p>
+
+<p>Fish, eeŽkah.</p>
+
+<p>Fish-hook, kah-oo eekah.</p>
+
+<p>Fishing net, shibboŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Fly, (<i>the insect</i>,) lahng.</p>
+
+<p>Foot, petchemŽ; (<i>applied to the</i> foot, leg, <i>and</i> thigh.)</p>
+
+<p>Friend. (<i>See</i> Father.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Girl</span>, pahŽchik vay-eeŽvee; (<i>literally</i>, a little woman.)</p>
+
+<p>Go. (<i>See</i> Come.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Good</span>, yissung.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">God</span>, yarris. (<i>They had images of twelve gods.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Grass</span>, wawŽree.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Hair</span>, (<i>of the head</i>,) chim. (<i>See</i> Beard.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Hand</span>, kayŽmuk. (<i>See</i> Fingers.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Head</span>, mitchŽeemum.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Here</span>, atidŽdee, <i>or</i> ettidŽdee.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">House.</span> (<i>See</i> Hut.)</p>
+
+<p>Hungry, surmahŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Hut, <i>or</i> house, yim.</p>
+
+<p>I, (myself,) nang.</p>
+
+<p>Iron, pahng-ul; <i>also</i> pishoo.</p>
+
+<p>Iron hoop, cheeŽpah; (i. e. <i>pieces of iron hoops, of which they
+make knives, &amp;c.</i>)</p>
+
+<p>Kill, (<i>verb</i>,) mahŽtee.</p>
+
+<p>Large. (<i>See</i> Big.)</p>
+
+<p>Laugh, (<i>verb</i>,) meeŽmee.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Leaf</span>, (<i>of a cocoa-nut tree</i>,) trillah.</p>
+
+<p>Leg. (<i>See</i> Foot.)</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Lightning</span>, visseegŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Little. (<i>See</i> Small.)</p>
+
+<p>Lizard, peelelŽ.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Man</span>, mahŽree, <i>or</i> mah.</p>
+
+<p>Many, peeŽpee.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Milk</span>, toot. (<i>See</i> Breast.)</p>
+
+<p>My, mine; e. g. <i>my cocoa-nut</i>, kahrahŽpah ah nang.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Moon, mukŽkum.</p>
+
+<p>Mother, mishŽerum.</p>
+
+<p>Mouse. (<i>See</i> Rat.)</p>
+
+<p>Musquetoe, lahm.</p>
+
+<p>Near to, yah petehŽto, <i>or</i> petetto.</p>
+
+<p>Night, neeboŽ; (<i>also</i> by night.)</p>
+
+<p>No, taw, <i>or</i> tah-oo.</p>
+
+<p>Numerals. (<i>See the list at the end of this vocabulary.</i>)</p>
+
+<p>Oar. (<i>See</i> Paddle.)</p>
+
+<p>Old, (i. e. from twenty years upwards,) mahzooŽ-ee; very old,
+mahzoo-ee ah va; <i>also</i>, butchee butch chim, <i>literally</i>, the hair
+is white.</p>
+
+<p>Paddle, vettel.</p>
+
+<p>People, peeŽpee ah mahŽree; <i>literally</i>, many men.</p>
+
+<p>Rain, (it rains,) oot; it does not rain, taw oot.</p>
+
+<p>Rat, tumŽmeeum.</p>
+
+<p>Reef (of rocks,) ahrahŽ-oo.</p>
+
+<p>Rope, tahŽree. (<i>See</i> Cord.)</p>
+
+<p>Sand, (or shoal in the sea,) pee. <i>This word means simply the
+sand.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sea, (salt water,) taht.</p>
+
+<p>Shark, po.</p>
+
+<p>Ship, wawŽwee.</p>
+
+<p>Short, yuhmoatŽ, <i>or</i> yah moatŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Sick, makkahŽkes; I am not sick, nang tay makkahŽkes.</p>
+
+<p>Sister, meeŽang-um.</p>
+
+<p>Sleep, musŽsee, <i>or</i> mummah teedŽee.</p>
+
+<p>Small, pahŽchik; very small, (as a grain of sand,)
+pahchik-gitchee-gee.</p>
+
+<p>Son, (or daughter,) lahŽbo. (<i>See</i> Child.)</p>
+
+<p>Stars, vish.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Stone</span>, vahs.</p>
+
+<p>Storm, peeŽpee oot; i. e. much rain.</p>
+
+<p>Strong, (in good health,) yuhkaylŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Sun, yahŽro.</p>
+
+<p>TahbooŽ, <i>the religious interdiction called</i> tahboo, <i>which is
+common in the islands of the Pacific ocean, and which is also used
+in Lord North's island.</i></p>
+
+<p>Talk, (<i>verb</i>,) teeŽtree; e. g. teeŽtree Inglish, talk English;
+teeŽtree ToŽbee, talk<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span> ToŽbee, or the language of the island.</p>
+
+<p>Tattoo, (<i>verb</i>,) verŽree-verŽ-ree.</p>
+
+<p>There, a-turŽnah.</p>
+
+<p>Thou, <i>or</i> you, gur.</p>
+
+<p>Thunder, pah; pah zah teeŽtree, it thunders; <i>literally</i>, the
+thunder speaks. <i>When it thunders, they say</i>, Yarris teeŽtree, God
+is speaking.</p>
+
+<p>To-morrow, wawŽrah-zooŽrah.</p>
+
+<p>Tree. (<i>See</i> Wood.)</p>
+
+<p>Turtle, wahŽree.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Water</span>, (fresh,) tahŽroo.</p>
+
+<p>&mdash;&mdash;, (salt,) taht.</p>
+
+<p>Whale, kahs.</p>
+
+<p>What; (what is that,) mahtahŽmen ah menno.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">White</span>, butchŽee butch.</p>
+
+<p>Why, bah.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Wind</span>, yang.</p>
+
+<p>Woman, vay-eeŽvee; a young woman, werŽree-wedg vay-eeŽvee.</p>
+
+<p>Wood, (trees,) tummutchŽee; taburŽrah eekŽah, the stem <i>or</i> trunk.</p>
+
+<p>Yellow, arrangŽ.</p>
+
+<p>Yes, eeŽlah.</p>
+
+<p>Yesterday, rollo; yesterday night, rollo neeboŽ.</p>
+
+<p>You, <i>or</i> thou, gur.</p>
+</blockquote>
+
+
+<h3>NUMERALS</h3>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table  summary="numerals">
+<tr><td align="left">One,</td><td align="left">yaht</td><td align="left">Eleven,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah sooŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Two,</td><td align="left">guhlooŽ</td><td align="left">Twelve,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah goo-oŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Three,</td><td align="left">yah</td><td align="left">Thirteen,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah sa-rooŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Four,</td><td align="left">vahn</td><td align="left">Fourteen,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah vahŽoo</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Five,</td><td align="left">neem</td><td align="left">Fifteen,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah leemoŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Six,</td><td align="left">yah-woarŽ</td><td align="left">Sixteen,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah wahrooŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Seven,</td><td align="left">yah-veeshŽ</td><td align="left">Seventeen,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah weeshooŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Eight,</td><td align="left">yah-wahŽ</td><td align="left">Eighteen,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah wahrewŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Nine,</td><td align="left">yah-tooŽ</td><td align="left">Nineteen,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah tee-oŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Ten,</td><td align="left">yah-saikŽ (sake)</td><td align="left">Twenty,</td><td align="left">sa-kum ah gloo-oŽ<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Ten,</td><td align="left">saik</td><td align="left">Sixty,</td><td align="left">woar-eekŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Twenty,</td><td align="left">goowaikŽ</td><td align="left">Seventy,</td><td align="left">vesheekŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Thirty,</td><td align="left">sa-reekŽ</td><td align="left">Eighty,</td><td align="left">wahreckŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Forty,</td><td align="left">vah-eekŽ</td><td align="left">Ninety,</td><td align="left">tew-weekŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Fifty,</td><td align="left">leemaik (leemake)</td><td align="left">Hundred,</td><td align="left">surbung; &amp;c.<a name="FNanchor_8_8" id="FNanchor_8_8"></a><a href="#Footnote_8_8" class="fnanchor">[8]</a></td></tr>
+
+</table></div>
+
+<p>The inhabitants of Lord North's island seldom count above a hundred; but
+when they wish to express a larger number they do it by a repetition of
+the syllable <i>saik</i>, (ten,) in this manner:&mdash;sakum ah saik, ah saik, ah
+saik, &amp;c.</p>
+
+<p>In counting cocoa-nuts, they use the following numerals:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table  summary="counting cocoa-nuts">
+<tr><td align="left">One,</td><td align="left">soo</td><td align="left">Six,</td><td align="left">woarroo</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Two,</td><td align="left">goo-oŽ</td><td align="left">Seven,</td><td align="left">veeshooŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Three,</td><td align="left">sa-rooŽ</td><td align="left">Eight,</td><td align="left">tee-oo</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Four,</td><td align="left">vahŽo</td><td align="left">Nine,</td><td align="left">wahrewŽ</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Five,</td><td align="left">leemoŽ</td><td align="left">Ten,</td><td align="left">saik</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<p>In counting fish they have still a different set of numbers:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table  summary="counting fishes">
+<tr><td align="left">Seemul eekah, one fish</td><td align="left">Vahmul eekah, four fishes</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Gwimmul eekah, two fishes</td><td align="left">Neemul eekah, five fishes</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Sreemul eekah, three fishes</td><td align="left">WawŽremul eekah, six fishes<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span></td></tr>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Vish-ee ahmul eekah, seven fishes</td><td align="left">Too-eeŽmul eekah, nine fishes</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">WarŽremul eekah, eight fishes</td><td align="left">Saik eekah, ten fishes</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<hr class="tiny" />
+
+<h3>DIALOGUES IN THE LANGUAGE OF LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.</h3>
+
+<blockquote><p>TeeŽmit, tay too atteeŽdee, nang verŽree-verŽree gur; mahŽree
+ToŽbee tay verŽree-verŽree man Inglish moŽree pooruk; zahbeeŽto
+Yarris yettahŽmen man Inglish.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p>Horace, come here, for I am going to tattoo you; if ToŽbee man
+does not tattoo Englishman he will die; Yarris (God) will come
+and Englishman will go immediately out of sight; i. e. be
+destroyed.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<p>They perform the process of tattooing by means of a little instrument,
+made either of a thin, flat fish-bone, or of the wing bone of a large
+sea-bird. The blade of the instrument (as it may be called) is about an
+inch long; it is fixed upon a little handle, about four inches in
+length, and the whole instrument may be compared to a carpenter's adz,
+in miniature; except that the edge, instead of being straight, and
+smooth for cutting, is made into teeth for puncturing the skin. This
+little instrument is held in the left hand, with the edge or teeth
+directly over the place to be punctured, and successive blows are then
+struck upon it, with a small stick of iron-wood, resembling a drumstick,
+and of about two pounds' weight,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span> until the coloring matter is
+sufficiently pricked into the skin.<a name="FNanchor_9_9" id="FNanchor_9_9"></a><a href="#Footnote_9_9" class="fnanchor">[9]</a></p>
+
+<p>Before commencing the operation they mix the coloring liquid (before
+described, page 102) in a cocoa-nut shell. They then compel you to lie
+down upon the ground in such a position that the part of the body which
+is to be tattooed shall lie uppermost. After this, with a slender,
+flexible stick dipped in the liquid, they mark out upon the body the
+figures that are to be imprinted in the skin; then they dip the teeth of
+the tattooing instrument in the liquid, and by successive strokes, as
+above mentioned, prick it into the skin, till it is completed to their
+taste. During the operation you are surrounded by men, women, and
+children, all singing a kind of chorus or song adapted to the occasion;
+and if any complaint escapes you, from the severe treatment of the
+operators, (of whom there are generally two,) the whole company strikes
+up a louder strain, apparently as if rejoicing. The spirited wood cut
+accompanying this volume gives a very correct representation of this
+important ceremony.</p>
+
+<hr class="short" />
+
+<p>After captain Barnard and Rollins escaped from the island, the natives
+would often ask of Holden and Nute where they thought <i>Peeter Inglish</i>
+(their name for the captain) was;<a name="FNanchor_10_10" id="FNanchor_10_10"></a><a href="#Footnote_10_10" class="fnanchor">[10]</a> they were answered, that he was on
+his passage to England. They would then say,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>Ah! Peeter Inglish taw borobeeto Inglish; Peeter Inglish yepeeŽlif
+tang ah nee mahŽree ah ToŽbee ah pahng-ul; Peeter Inglish moŽree
+pooŽruk woar ah taht; Peeter Inglish teeŽtree teeŽtree mahŽree
+ToŽbee peeŽpee peeŽpee ah pahng-ul, peeŽpee ah legoŽ, peeŽpee ah
+mullebahŽdee; shaik, man Inglish yepeeŽlif tuhmahŽ; mahŽree ah
+ToŽbee zah so zah teeŽtree Yarris, waurwa ah Inglish cher prow tay
+beeto woar Inglish.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p>Ah! the captain will never get to England; the captain was a
+thief; he had not given ToŽbee man any iron, and he would die
+at sea; the captain talked, and talked with ToŽbee men, (that
+they should have) much iron, great many clothes, and much
+brass; for shame! Englishmen (are) all thieves and bad men;
+ToŽbee men (are) very angry; (we) will speak to God, and he
+will make the ship founder at sea, and the captain never will
+arrive in England.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<p>Whenever Holden or Nute expressed a wish to go to England, the natives
+would say to them,&mdash;</p>
+
+<blockquote><p>Gur zah beeto Inglish bah? Taw ah mukŽkah woar Inglish; gur zah
+beeto Inglish, gur moŽree pooŽruk; mahŽree Inglish mukŽkah ketchŽee
+etchŽee, omah ah yahpuk gur mumŽmee teeŽdee ah ToŽbee, yevvers
+mahŽree ToŽbee yissung ah mukkah.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p>What do you (wish to) go to England for? There is nothing to
+eat in England; if you go to England you will die; Englishmen
+eat rats and snails and filth; if you stay in ToŽbee you<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span> will
+live; ToŽbee men have very good (food) to eat.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+
+<h4><i>Dialogue between Horace Holden and his master Pahrahbooah.</i></h4>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Pahrahbooah, gur zah wosheeto ah nang woar ah prow, nang zah
+beeto Inglish; nang zah mumŽmah teeŽdee ah ToŽbee zah pooruk, taw
+ah mukŽkah woar ToŽbee; woar Inglish peeŽpee ah mukŽkah, peeŽpee,
+peeŽpee; gur zah wosheeto ah nang woar ah prow nang zah lee ah gur
+peeŽpee ah pahng-ul, peeŽpee ah legoŽ, peeŽpee ah mullebahŽdee; gur
+tay wosheeto ah nang zah pooŽruk woar ah ToŽbee, gur taw ah pishoo.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> Pahrahbooah, if you will put me on board of a ship I will
+go to England; if I remain at ToŽbee (Lord North's) I shall
+die, for there is nothing to eat on ToŽbee; in England, much
+food, much, much; and if you will put me on board of a ship, I
+will give you much iron, many clothes, and much brass; if you
+do not put me (on board) I shall die on ToŽbee, and you (will
+get) no iron.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> Hah, nang tay wosheeto ah gur; gur teeŽtree tuhmah; gur tang
+ah nee nang ah pahng-ul; Peeter Inglish yepeeŽlif, gur yepeeŽlif,
+mahŽree ah Inglish yepeeŽlif, senah-messenŽ; tuhmah man Inglish;
+gur mummah teeŽdee woar ToŽbee, zah pooruk ah ToŽbee.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> Ah! I will not let you go; you talk bad; you will not
+give me any iron; Peeter Inglish is a thief, you are a thief,
+all Englishmen (are) thieves and liars; Englishmen (are) bad
+men; you (are) to stay on ToŽbee, to die on ToŽbee.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<h4><i>Another Dialogue between the same persons.</i></h4>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto Inglish gur zahnee mahŽree ToŽbee ah
+pahng-ul, yennup wayŽsa teberëeŽkah yennup ah tepoŽee ah wausŽsa,
+ah legoŽ, kah-oo eekah, zis ah pishooŽ ah teet ah tuvŽvatif, ah
+mullebahŽdee, zah beeto ToŽbee zah lee wurŽteemum ah gur?</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> Horace, if you go to England will you give the men of
+ToŽbee iron of a large size, as big as a stick of wood, and
+big axes, and knives, and cloth, and fish-hooks, an anvil and
+hammer, and needles, a trunk, and brass, and then come back to
+ToŽbee and give them to your father?</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> EeŽlah, nang zah beeto Inglish nang zahnee mahree ToŽbee ah
+pahng-ul yennup, ah tepoŽ-ee, ah wausŽsa, ah legoŽ, kah-oo eekah,
+zis ah pishooŽ, ah teet, ah tuvŽvatif, ah mullebahŽdee, zah beeto
+ToŽbee, zah lee wurŽteemum ah nang.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> Yes, I will go to England, and I will give to the men of
+ToŽbee iron of a large size, and big axes, and knives, and
+cloth, and fish-hooks, an anvil, and needles, and trunks, and
+brass, and then come back to ToŽbee and give them to my
+father.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> Gur zah beeto Inglish gur dee mumŽmah teeŽdee woar Inglish,
+taw borobeeŽto ToŽbee, gur zah yuh-woon; tuhmah taw muhpeer klo
+dung-ah-rang-us.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> If you go to England you will stop (sleep) there, and not
+return to ToŽbee; this (will be) bad and not friendly, and you
+will be a bad man.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Nang zah beeto Inglish, nang dak mumŽmah teedee woar Inglish,
+nang zah beeto ToŽbee.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p>
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> If I go to England I will not stop (sleep) there, but
+return to ToŽbee immediately.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> Gur too-ay-goŽrah beeto Inglish, gur moŽree pooruk woar ah
+taht, gur tay beeto ToŽbee.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> You do not know the way to England; you will die (or be
+lost) at sea, and not come to ToŽbee.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Hah! nang yegoŽrah beeto Inglish, taw moŽree pooruk woar ah
+taht.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> Aye, I do know the way to England; I shall not die (or be
+lost) at sea.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> Gur ahnee ah prow woar Inglish, peeŽpee ah pahng-ul, ah legoŽ,
+kahrahpah, ah vay-eeŽvee peeŽpee, ah mahree peeŽpee, ah lahŽbo?</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> Have you got ships in England, and a great deal of iron,
+and cloths and cocoa-nuts, and many men, women, and children?</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Eelah, nang yuhwoŽ ah prow woar Inglish, peeŽpee ah pahng-ul,
+ah legoŽ, kahrahpah ah vay-eeŽvee, peeŽpee ah mahŽree, peeŽpee ah
+lahŽbo.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> Yes, I have got ships in England, much iron, and cloths,
+and cocoa-nuts, and women, and a great many men and children.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> Gur mukkah woar Inglish peeŽpee?</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> Do you eat in England a plenty?</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Eelah, nang mukkah woar Inglish peeŽpee.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> Yes, in England I eat a plenty, (or much.)</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto Inglish wosheeŽto ah pahng-ul wosheeŽto
+ah legoŽ, ah mullebahŽdee, ah tepo-ee, ah kah-oo eekah, moŽree
+ToŽbee zah lee mahŽree ToŽbee, gur muhpeer, gur yissung ah mahŽree,
+muhpeer muhpeer.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> Horace, if you go to England, and fetch us iron, and
+cloths, and brass, and axes, and fish-hooks, to ToŽbee, and
+give them to ToŽbee men, you (will be) our<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span> friend, a very
+good man, a very great friend; (<i>literally</i>, a friend, a
+friend.)</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Eelah, nang zah beeto Inglish, nang wosheeto ah pahng-ul,
+wosheeto ah legoŽ, ah mullebahŽdee, ah tepo-ee, ah kah-oo eekah,
+woar ToŽbee zah lee mahŽree ToŽbee.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> Yes, (if) I go to England I will fetch you iron, and
+fetch cloths and brass, and axes and fish-hooks, to ToŽbee,
+and give them to the people of ToŽbee.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto Inglish gur tay beeto ToŽbee, mahŽree
+ToŽbee zah teeŽtree Yarris, gur moree pooruk.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> Horace, if you go to England and do not come back to
+ToŽbee, the men of ToŽbee will talk to God and you will die.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Nang zah beeto Inglish, nang de mummah teeŽdee, ah turt zah
+beeto ToŽbee.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> I will go to England and stop a short time, (i. e. sleep
+there,) and shall return to ToŽbee.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>P.</i> TeeŽmit, gur zah beeto venne Yarris, gur tay beeto, gur moŽree
+pooruk.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>P.</i> Horace, if you do not go to YarrisŽ house, (i. e. the
+place of worship,) you will die.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p><i>H.</i> Tur pay; nang zah beeto.</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p><i>H.</i> Wait a minute; I will go.</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+<blockquote><p>Verrah mahtah gur?</p>
+
+<blockquote class="english"><p>What is your name?</p></blockquote></blockquote>
+
+
+<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_6_6" id="Footnote_6_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6_6"><span class="label">[6]</span></a> No bamboo grows on Lord North's island, but it frequently
+drifts ashore, and the natives make knives of it.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_7_7" id="Footnote_7_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7_7"><span class="label">[7]</span></a> Used also by the Pelew Islanders.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_8_8" id="Footnote_8_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8_8"><span class="label">[8]</span></a> <i>Numerals of the Caroline Islands, from the Missionary
+Voyage to the Southern Pacific Ocean, 4to, London, 1799.</i></p>
+
+<div class="center">
+<table  summary="Numerals of the Caroline Islands">
+<tr><td align="left">One,</td><td align="left">iota</td><td align="left">Six,</td><td align="left">honoo</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Two,</td><td align="left">rua</td><td align="left">Seven,</td><td align="left">fizoo</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Three,</td><td align="left">toloo</td><td align="left">Eight,</td><td align="left">wartow,</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Four,</td><td align="left">tia</td><td align="left">Nine,</td><td align="left">shievo</td></tr>
+<tr><td align="left">Five,</td><td align="left">leema</td><td align="left">Ten,</td><td align="left">segga</td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+</div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_9_9" id="Footnote_9_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9_9"><span class="label">[9]</span></a> Tattooing instruments may be seen in the valuable East
+India museum, at Salem; and perhaps in some of the museums in Boston.</p></div>
+
+<div class="footnote"><p><a name="Footnote_10_10" id="Footnote_10_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10_10"><span class="label">[10]</span></a> What the import of this name <i>Peeter</i> was, we are unable
+to determine. They gave the same appellation to a character of great
+celebrity in their history, whose entire name was <i>Peeter Kart</i>; and
+who, according to their traditions, came from the island of Ternate,
+many years ago, and gave them their religion and such simple arts as
+they possessed. They said he was of a copper color, like themselves.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<hr />
+
+<div class="trans-note">
+<a name="END" id="END"></a>
+<p class="heading">Transcriber's Notes</p>
+
+<p>1. The author was inconsistent in his use of accents with some of the
+words in the language of Lord North's island. This inconsistency
+remains as originally published.</p>
+<p>2. Some of the last words of the native's dialogue was moved to
+the previous page for readibility.  This occured on the following
+pages:</p>
+
+<pre class="note">
+130 text moved to page 129
+131 text moved to page 130
+133 text moved to page 132
+</pre>
+
+<p>3. The illustration "Escape to Britannia" has been moved from between
+page 114 and 115 to page 113.</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="full" />
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative of the Shipwreck,
+Captivity and Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute, by Horace Holden
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SHIPWRECK ***
+
+***** This file should be named 32012-h.htm or 32012-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/0/1/32012/
+
+Produced by Richard J. Shiffer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/32012-h/images/i002.png b/32012-h/images/i002.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea942ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012-h/images/i002.png
diff --git a/32012-h/images/i115.png b/32012-h/images/i115.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..08b5622
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012-h/images/i115.png
diff --git a/32012.txt b/32012.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..466927a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3235 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative of the Shipwreck, Captivity and
+Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute, by Horace Holden
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: A Narrative of the Shipwreck, Captivity and Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute
+       Who were cast away in the American ship Mentor, on the
+       Pelew Islands, in the year 1832; and for two years
+       afterwards were subjected to unheard of sufferings among
+       the barbarous inhabitants of Lord North's island
+
+Author: Horace Holden
+
+Release Date: April 16, 2010 [EBook #32012]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SHIPWRECK ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Richard J. Shiffer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+[Transcriber's Note: Every effort has been made to replicate this
+text as faithfully as possible, including obsolete and variant spellings
+and other inconsistencies. Text that has been changed to correct an
+obvious error is noted at the end of this ebook.]
+
+
+
+
+  A NARRATIVE
+
+  OF THE
+
+  SHIPWRECK,
+
+  CAPTIVITY AND SUFFERINGS
+
+  OF
+
+  HORACE HOLDEN AND BENJ. H. NUTE;
+
+  WHO WERE CAST AWAY IN THE
+
+  AMERICAN SHIP MENTOR,
+
+  ON THE
+
+  PELEW ISLANDS,
+
+  IN THE YEAR 1832;
+
+  _AND FOR TWO YEARS AFTERWARDS WERE SUBJECTED TO
+  UNHEARD OF SUFFERINGS AMONG THE BARBAROUS
+  INHABITANTS OF_
+
+  LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.
+
+
+  BY HORACE HOLDEN.
+
+
+  BOSTON:
+  RUSSELL, SHATTUCK, AND CO.
+  1836.
+
+
+
+  ENTERED ACCORDING TO ACT OF CONGRESS, IN THE YEAR 1836,
+  BY HORACE HOLDEN.
+  IN THE CLERK'S OFFICE OF THE DISTRICT COURT OF MASSACHUSETTS.
+
+
+  STEREOTYPED BY
+  SHEPARD, OLIVER, AND CO.
+
+
+
+
+  TO
+
+  JOHN PICKERING, ESQ.
+
+  Of Boston,
+
+  AND TO
+
+  WILLIAM R. RODMAN, ESQ.
+
+  Of New Bedford,
+
+  To whom the author is under the greatest obligations
+  for their countenance and assistance,
+  this little work is gratefully
+  INSCRIBED
+
+
+
+
+[Illustration: DESCRIPTION OF THE PROCESS OF TATTOOING.]
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+The islands now known by geographers under the general name of
+_Polynesia_, have for some time past attracted the attention of the
+scientific and commercial world. Few opportunities, however, occur of
+obtaining information respecting any of them except those which are
+resorted to for commercial purposes. With a view, therefore, to the
+collecting of all the necessary materials for the history of their soil,
+climate, productions, and other particulars, especially of such of them
+as have not already been visited by the civilized people of Europe and
+America, it is desirable to preserve all authentic accounts of them,
+even of those which are of inferior importance.
+
+The following unpretending Narrative contains such an account of one of
+them, commonly called _Lord North's Island_, but sometimes known by the
+name of _Nevil's Island_ and _Johnston's Island_. It is situated in
+about lat. 3 deg. 2-3/4' N., and, according to the most correct
+calculations, about long. 131 deg. 4-1/4' E.
+
+This island has been stated, in geographical works of authority, to be
+uninhabited; but Horsburg's India Directory (vol. ii. p. 497, edit. of
+1827) correctly says it is inhabited, and that the natives "will
+sometimes come off to ships passing near." And it will accordingly be
+found, by the present Narrative, that it has a population of between
+three and four hundred inhabitants, as nearly as could be estimated by
+the American seamen, whose captivity and sufferings are the subject of
+this work; the island itself being, according to their judgment also,
+about three quarters of a mile long and half a mile in breadth.
+
+The materials of this Narrative were furnished by Horace Holden, one of
+the seamen above mentioned, who, with his companion, Benjamin Nute, was
+detained as a captive by the islanders for two years; during which time
+he and his companion acquired the language so far as to converse in it
+with ease. This afforded them the means of knowing and observing many
+things which would escape the mere passing voyager; and whatever
+statements are here made, the editor has every reason to believe may be
+entirely relied upon.
+
+In order to complete the little collection of facts in relation to this
+people--who may justly be called a new people, as no white man has ever
+before been upon their territory--a specimen of their language is added
+to the Narrative. This has been made under many disadvantages; but no
+small labor has been bestowed upon it, in order to render it of use, so
+far as was practicable, in elucidating the affinity of these islanders
+to others in that quarter of the world. It is now universally agreed
+among the learned, that language affords the surest test of the
+affinities of nations; and it is greatly to be desired that more
+attention should be bestowed upon this subject by the intelligent
+navigators of the United States, and especially by the scientific young
+men of our navy, who, under the permission of the government, would have
+the most ample means of augmenting the stores of general science, while
+at the same time they would confer honor upon their country.
+
+The editor forbears to add any thing further in relation to the contents
+of this little volume. But he cannot dismiss the work without again
+expressing the high sense of gratitude felt by the two seamen in
+question, to the benevolent individuals of their own country, and
+others, who have relieved their sufferings; and this he subjoins in an
+extract from a note on that subject by H. Holden:--
+
+     "In addition to the gentlemen mentioned in the Narrative, we are
+     under great obligations to Mr. Stephen Oliphant and his son, and
+     their clerk, of New York, who were residents at Canton when we
+     arrived there. Mr. Oliphant kindly furnished us with a room, food,
+     and other necessaries, and gave us our passage from Canton to New
+     York in his ship called the Morrison, commanded by captain
+     Lavender, from whom also we experienced every attention.
+
+     "The respected American missionary at Canton, Mr. Edwin Stevens,
+     rendered us many friendly services; and from the English physician,
+     who was formerly in the East India Company's service there, but
+     whose name I do not recollect, we received every attention and
+     medical aid that could have been bestowed on his nearest friends.
+
+     "We are also much indebted to Mr. Bradford and Mr. Robert E.
+     Apthorp, both of Boston, for their many acts of kindness. To the
+     latter gentleman, then a resident at Canton, I cannot sufficiently
+     express my obligations; he interested himself much in obtaining
+     money, clothing, and other necessaries for us, to make our
+     situation comfortable during our stay in Canton and on our passage
+     home.
+
+     "To the many friends whom we have found since our return to our own
+     country we can never be sufficiently grateful. Among these I cannot
+     omit to mention Mr. J. N. Reynolds, author of the interesting
+     Account of the Voyage of the Potomac, who has taken the most lively
+     interest in our case, and Mr. Joseph P. Bradley, of Boston, to
+     whose untiring zeal and benevolence I feel myself to be indebted
+     more than I am able to express.
+
+                                                       HORACE HOLDEN"
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+Equipment and departure of the ship Mentor from the port of New
+Bedford, Massachusetts.--The ship's company.--Arrival at
+Fayal.--Passage down the Cape de Verd islands, and round the cape of
+Good Hope, to the Indian ocean.--Cruising among the islands, and
+arrival at the port of Coupang, in Timor.--A violent storm.--The ship
+strikes on a coral reef off the Pelew islands.--Alarm and distressing
+situation of the ship's company, and sudden loss of eleven of their
+number.--The survivors preserved upon a dry part of the reef
+                                                                      13
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+The situation of the survivors of the ship's company upon the reef
+during the night.--A canoe filled with savage natives approaches the
+reef; intercourse with them; and description of their persons and
+terrific appearance.--Their pilfering of the articles saved, and
+plundering of the ship.--Several canoes arrive.--Mr. Nute's resolute
+conduct towards the natives.--The ship's company pursue their course,
+in their boat, towards an island, on which they land after severe
+suffering
+                                                                      29
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+A canoe, with two natives, approaches the island.--Communication
+opened with them.--A great number of canoes, filled with armed
+natives, suddenly arrive; rough treatment of the captain by one of
+the chiefs.--They all arrive at the harbor of the island, which
+proved to be one of the Pelew islands.--Description of the island and
+its inhabitants.--Consultation of the chiefs respecting the ship's
+company.--Result of the consultation
+                                                                      41
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+An extraordinary and unexpected meeting with a person not a
+native.--Happy result of the meeting.--Acquisition of the Pelew
+language.--Dissensions between two portions of the natives.--Three of
+the ship's company separated and carried to a place remote from
+the rest.--Attempt to construct a boat, in order to leave
+the island.--The natives agree to release them all for a
+compensation.--Solemnities observed by the natives on the
+occasion.--Tools used in making the boat; transportation of timber,
+&c.--The plan abandoned, and a canoe substituted for the
+boat.--Another festival
+                                                                      55
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+The natives become anxious to aid the ship's company in leaving the
+island.--Terms on which they agreed to release them.--Departure from
+the Pelew islands.--Necessity of returning the same night.--Detention
+a month longer; and final departure
+                                                                      68
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+Regret at having undertaken the voyage in boats.--Storm, and damage
+in consequence of it.--Loss of the canoe and the provisions on
+board.--Danger of perishing from famine.--On the fifteenth day, when
+nearly exhausted with fatigue and hunger, they discover a small
+island.--Approach of eighteen canoes filled with natives, who make
+prisoners of them all.--Cruelty of the natives; and return with their
+prisoners to the island.--Reception there.--The prisoners
+distributed among the captors
+                                                                      74
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+The island, to which they were carried, proves to be Lord North's
+island, called by the natives _To'bee_.--Account of the island and
+its inhabitants.--Their manners and customs
+                                                                      81
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+A ship discovered at a small distance from the island.--The natives
+prepare to go on board of her.--Captain Barnard and Bartlet Rollins,
+after being severely beaten, are allowed to go with the natives in
+their canoes, and thus effect their escape; the rest of the Mentor's
+people are still forcibly detained on the island.--Their hopes of
+being taken on board of the same ship are suddenly blasted.--Their
+despondency on that disappointment.--Return of the natives from the
+ship; their rage, and quarrels about the division of the articles
+procured on board of her.--They threaten to wreak their vengeance on
+the Mentor's people that remained with them.--Their cruel treatment
+of them.--A storm destroys the cocoa-nut trees and causes a scarcity
+of food
+                                                                      95
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+The natives compel the Mentor's people to be tattooed.--Description
+of that painful operation.--They also oblige them to pluck their
+beards, &c.--Another vessel passes by the island; and, afterwards, a
+third comes in sight and remains for three days; the Mentor's people
+are closely guarded at these times.--The melancholy fate of William
+Sedon; and the barbarous murder of Peter Andrews.--Attack on H.
+Holden, who is protected by one of the natives, and escapes.--B. Nute
+and others are protected by the female natives from the fury of the
+men.--Death of one of the Pelew chiefs.--Another of the Pelew people
+is detected in stealing, and is punished in their manner.--Death of
+Milton Hewlet and Charles C. Bouket; leaving now only B. Nute, H.
+Holden, and the other Pelew chief, named _Kobak_, who all remained in
+a feeble and helpless condition.--Filthy practices of the
+natives.--Friendship of the surviving Pelew chief
+                                                                     101
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+The feeble and exhausted condition of the survivors, Nute and
+Holden.--The natives consent to release them from labor, but refuse
+them food; and they obtain permission to leave the island in the
+first vessel, for a compensation to be made to the natives.--They
+crawl about from place to place, subsisting upon leaves, and
+occasionally begging a little food of the natives, for two
+months.--Their sudden joy at hearing of a vessel coming towards the
+island.--It proves to be the British barque Britannia, captain Short,
+bound to Canton.--They are taken on board the Britannia, November 27,
+1834, and treated with the kindest attention.--Their joy and
+gratitude at this happy termination of their sufferings.--They
+gradually recover their health so far as to take passage for America,
+in the ship Morrison, bound for New York, where they arrive May 5,
+1835.--Acknowledgments for their kind reception at New York and
+Boston
+                                                                     111
+
+
+
+
+NARRATIVE, &c.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+     Equipment and departure of the ship Mentor from the port of New
+     Bedford, Massachusetts.--The ship's company.--Arrival at
+     Fayal.--Passage down the Cape de Verd islands, and round the cape
+     of Good Hope, to the Indian ocean.--Cruising among the islands, and
+     arrival at the port of Coupang, in Timor.--A violent storm.--The
+     ship strikes on a coral reef off the Pelew islands.--Alarm and
+     distressing situation of the ship's company, and sudden loss of
+     eleven of their number.--The survivors preserved upon a dry part of
+     the reef.
+
+
+I was born in the town of Hillsborough, in the state of New Hampshire,
+on the 21st of July, 1810. My father's name was Phineas Holden. My
+parents were in moderate circumstances, and derived their chief support
+from a small farm. From the time to which my earliest recollections
+extend, until I was about ten years of age, our little circle,
+consisting of our parents, their three sons and two daughters, enjoyed a
+large share of the pleasures of a New England home. We were all
+accustomed to labor, but our exertions to secure a respectable
+maintenance were richly rewarded by each other's approving smiles, and
+by that contentment, without which blessings, however great or numerous,
+are bestowed upon us in vain.
+
+But, in early life, and in the midst of our enjoyments, we were called
+upon to experience a loss which nothing on earth can supply. My father,
+after a painful sickness of long continuance, died, and left us with no
+other earthly protector than our affectionate mother; who, had her
+ability and means been adequate to our support, or equal to her maternal
+fondness and anxiety, would have saved us from every hardship, and
+supplied all our reasonable desires. But, having no means of support
+except our own industry, we were at that tender age thrown upon the
+world, and compelled to provide for ourselves as Providence might best
+enable us. I labored at different occupations until the age of
+twenty-one; when, finding myself unable, by reason of an impaired
+constitution, to do more than provide for myself, and feeling desirous
+to contribute my share towards the maintenance of our surviving parent,
+I resolved upon making the experiment of a voyage at sea.
+
+I accordingly left the place of my nativity, sundered the many ties that
+bound me to home and friends, and, in July, 1831, entered on board the
+ship Mentor, at the port of New Bedford, Massachusetts, for a whaling
+voyage to the Indian ocean. The ship was owned by William R. Rodman,
+Esquire, an eminent merchant of that place, to whose benevolence, since
+my return home, I acknowledge myself to be deeply indebted. We sailed on
+the day of my enlistment; and I soon found myself upon the bosom of the
+great deep, and at the mercy of an element to which I had been but
+little accustomed.
+
+The whole ship's company of the Mentor consisted of twenty-two; namely,
+Edward C. Barnard, captain; Thomas M. Colesworthy, first mate; Peter
+O'Connor, second mate; Benjamin F. Haskell, David Jenkins, and Jacob
+Fisher, boat-steerers; Peter Andrews, steward; John Mayo, cook; and
+Horatio Davis, Bartlet Rollins, William Jones, Thomas Taylor, Lewis
+Bergoin, Charles C. Bouket, Calvin Alden, Milton Hulet, William Sedon,
+James Meder, James Blackmore, John Baily, Benjamin H. Nute, (my
+companion in suffering,) and myself, seamen.
+
+After leaving port, nothing remarkable occurred during the first part of
+our voyage. Having succeeded in obtaining a small quantity of oil, we
+touched at Fayal, one of the Azores, or Western islands, to leave the
+oil and replenish our stores. We left Fayal on the following day. Our
+course was down the Cape de Verd islands; and, without any accident
+worth relating, we passed round the cape of Good Hope, through the
+straits of Madagascar, and found ourselves in the Indian ocean.
+
+We continued to cruise among the small islands for some time; but being
+unsuccessful in the object of our voyage, it was deemed advisable to
+make for Java. We ran the whole length of the island of Java, passing
+through the straits of Sandal-Wood Island, to the island of Timor, and
+touched at the port of Coupang, where we remained about five days, took
+in wood and water, and replenished our small stores. After leaving that
+place we attempted to pass through the straits of Timor, with a view of
+gaining the Pacific ocean; but owing to adverse winds, and the strong
+currents setting against us, we were compelled to abandon the
+undertaking; and accordingly altered our course. We intended to have
+touched at Ternate, the principal of the Moluccas or Spice islands; but
+we passed it, running down the island of Morty, (or Mortay) to its
+furthermost point. Seeing no port at which we could stop, we altered our
+course, intending to make for some of the Ladrone islands, which we knew
+to be in possession of the Spanish.
+
+I must here observe, that soon after leaving the island of Mortay,
+there came on a violent storm, which lasted the whole of three days and
+nights. During all this time we were unable to take an observation. This
+led to the melancholy disaster, which was the commencement of
+misfortunes and sufferings, too great to be adequately conceived of by
+any but those who experienced them. The violence of the storm compelled
+us to take in all the sails except the top-sail, (which was close
+reefed,) foresail, and foretop-mast stay-sail.
+
+We were sailing in this manner, not apprehending danger, when, about
+eleven o'clock at night, on the 21st of May, 1832, just at the time of
+relieving the watch, the ship struck with great violence upon what we
+afterwards found to be the coral reef extending to the northward and
+eastward of the Pelew islands. The ship ran directly upon the rocks, and
+struck three times in quick succession, the waves dashing over and
+around us with tremendous violence.
+
+At this awful moment I was in my berth, in the steerage. When the ship
+struck the third time, so great was the shock that I was thrown from my
+berth against the opposite side of the steerage; but, soon recovering
+myself, I rushed upon deck. There all was confusion, horror and dismay.
+The ship, immediately after striking the third time, swung round so as
+to bring her starboard side to the windward, and was in a moment thrown
+upon her beam ends. While in this awful condition, with the waves
+continually breaking over us, threatening to overwhelm us in a watery
+grave, or dash us in pieces against the rocks, the captain came upon
+deck, and inquired of the second mate, "Where are we?" The reply was, "I
+don't know, but I think there is land to leeward." There was no time for
+deliberation; it seemed that the immediate destruction of the ship was
+inevitable.
+
+In the midst of this confusion I heard the mate give orders for lowering
+the larboard quarter boat. His directions were immediately complied
+with, and ten of the crew threw themselves into it, thinking it more
+safe thus to commit themselves to the mercy of the waves, than to
+remain on board with the prospect of a certain and speedy termination of
+their existence. But there are reasons which force upon the mind the
+painful conviction, that their departure from the ship at that time
+proved fatal to them all. As the oars were fastened to the sides of the
+boat, some one asked for a knife or hatchet, with which to cut them
+loose. The request was complied with; and, quitting their hold upon the
+ship, they parted from us, and we never saw them more!
+
+As some doubts have existed in the minds of those interested in the fate
+of our shipmates who took to the boat in the manner just described, it
+is deemed advisable here to state my reasons for entertaining the
+opinion above expressed. Far would it be from me to desire to extinguish
+any well-founded hopes of their having survived; but a knowledge of the
+following facts renders it too certain, that they must all have
+perished, soon after their departure from the ship. The next morning the
+remains of a boat in every respect similar to that in which they
+embarked, were distinctly seen on the rocks, at the distance of about
+fifty yards from the ship, bottom up, and with her sides stove in. The
+water being clear and shallow, we could see that she was held there by a
+harpoon and lance, which constituted a part of the fishing implements,
+or crafts, in the boat when she left. These were apparently stuck into
+the crevices of the coral rock (of which the whole reef is composed)
+either by accident or design; and the presumption is, that she became
+fast in that place, and that the waves swept that portion of our
+companions in suffering into a watery grave. But this, though a
+melancholy subject of reflection, is not without some circumstances of
+consolation; for, admitting that they thus met their fate, they were
+saved from that extremity of suffering which some of the ship's crew
+were destined to experience. Were such a death, or the pains of
+captivity endured by my associates and myself, to be the only
+alternatives, I have doubted whether I should not prefer the former. To
+be far from kindred and friends, among a people but one grade above the
+most ferocious beasts, sick at heart, and deprived of necessary food,
+stripped of our clothing, and subjected to unheard-of severities,--to
+endure all this, was to purchase a continuance of life at a dear rate.
+
+Soon after the departure of the first boat, the captain, thinking it
+impossible for the ship to hold together till morning, ordered his own
+boat to be let down. This could be effected only by the united exertions
+of the whole of the remaining part of the crew. Some of the men, and
+myself among the rest, had resolved upon remaining on the ship to the
+last; and, considering it impossible for a boat to live, we earnestly
+expostulated with the captain, for the purpose of persuading him not to
+hazard the experiment. But he seemed to think it best to make it, and
+with great earnestness entreated the men to assist him in lowering his
+boat. As this was a time when but little attention could be paid to the
+distinctions usually kept up on board, I suggested that it might be well
+to cut away the masts, believing that this would relieve the ship, and
+cause her to lie easier upon the rock. This was the more necessary on
+account of her position being such as to render it next to impossible to
+let down the boat. The proposal was acceded to; and, seizing an axe, I
+assisted in cutting away the masts and rigging. This, to some extent,
+had the desired effect; and we were enabled, at length, by great
+exertion, to lower the boat. The captain, Charles C. Bouket, William
+Sedon, and William Jones, immediately placed themselves in it, and
+commenced preparing to leave us. In compliance with his request, a rope
+was fastened round the waist of the captain, so that should the boat be
+destroyed, as there was reason to apprehend she would be, there might be
+some chance of rescuing him from the waves. They were furnished with the
+necessary nautical instruments, log-book, a bag of clothing, a small
+quantity of bread in a tin tureen, and a keg of water. The boat was at
+this time suspended by her falls, and, with a view of letting themselves
+down, the captain stood in the stern, and Bouket in the forward part of
+the boat, both having hold of the falls. Sedon still held on by the
+boat's lashing. Jones had nothing in his hands. At this conjuncture, a
+tremendous sea broke into the boat, and dashed it in pieces;--so entire
+was the destruction, that not a fragment was afterwards seen. Jones was
+soon after seen floating in the water apparently dead. Sedon, in
+consequence of having hold of the boat's fastenings, saved himself by
+climbing into the ship. Bouket, being an expert swimmer, on finding
+himself in the sea, swam round to the leeward side of the ship, caught
+hold of some part of the rigging, and thus escaped. The captain was
+drifted away to the distance of nearly one hundred and fifty yards. It
+was with the utmost difficulty that we retained our hold on the rope
+which had been fastened to him; but at length we succeeded in drawing
+him in. On hearing his cries for assistance, forgetting our own danger,
+we redoubled our exertions, and soon drew him on board. He was much
+exhausted, but fortunately had received no fatal injury.
+
+After the failure of this attempt, and having in so short a time lost
+one half our number, it was agreed upon, after due consultation to
+remain upon the wreck till daylight should reveal to us more fully our
+situation. In this state of suspense and suffering, we clung to the
+rigging, and with much difficulty kept ourselves from being washed away.
+Our situation and prospects during that awful night were such, that no
+ray of hope was permitted to penetrate the dreary prospect around us;
+our thoughts and feelings, wrought up to the highest degree of
+excitement by the horrors of our situation, continually visited the
+homes we had quitted,--probably forever,--and offered up prayers for the
+dear friends we had left behind. Every succeeding wave that dashed over
+us threatened to sweep us into an untried eternity; and while we
+impatiently awaited approaching day, we committed our spirits to Him who
+alone could control the raging elements.
+
+At daybreak, we discovered that a part of the reef, apparently about
+three miles off to the leeward, was dry; and this, though but of small
+consequence, afforded us some comfort. In a short time we discovered
+land at the distance of twenty or thirty miles, in an eastwardly
+direction. This, though we were ignorant of the character of the
+inhabitants--if indeed it should turn out to be the residence of human
+beings--presented to our minds the possibility of escape; and without
+any delay we prepared, as well as we could, to abandon the vessel. There
+remained but one boat, and that was in a poor condition for conveying
+us, eleven in number, so great a distance. But, as no choice was left
+us, the boat was soon prepared; and when the sun was about two hours
+high, we had completed our arrangements. We took into the boat one small
+chest of bread, some water, a quantity of wearing apparel, a canister of
+gunpowder, one musket, a brace of pistols, three cutlasses, and a
+tinder-box. In this frail bark, and with these poor means of subsistence
+and defence, with little to rely upon but the mercy of Providence, we
+took leave of the ship; not without feelings of deep sorrow, and with
+small hopes of improving our forlorn condition.
+
+On leaving the ship we steered directly for the reef above mentioned,
+and without much difficulty landed and drew up our boat. This proved to
+be, as we had previously conjectured, a part of the reef upon which we
+had been wrecked; and we soon ascertained that the portion of the rock
+above water was but about sixteen rods long, and quite narrow, but
+sufficiently large to afford us a secure footing for the little time we
+had to stay upon it. It was our first, and almost our only object, to
+remain here until we could render our arrangements more perfect, and
+either put to sea with less hazard, or make our passage to the land,
+which was still distinctly visible. As yet but little time had been
+afforded us for calm reflection; and it was now a question of serious
+importance, whether it would be most prudent to encounter the billows in
+the crazy boat which was our chief dependence, upon the open sea, with
+our scanty means of subsistence, or to throw ourselves into the hands,
+and upon the mercy of whatever race of beings might chance to inhabit
+the island. In favor of the former plan it was suggested that we might
+be seen, and taken up by some vessel cruising in those seas, and thus
+saved from captivity or death among a barbarous people; and, on the
+other hand, it was maintained, that a chance among the savages of those
+islands would be preferable to the risk of going to sea in a boat which
+was in all respects unseaworthy, and with only a few pounds of bread,
+and but little water, for our subsistence.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II.
+
+     The situation of the survivors of the ship's company upon the reef
+     during the night.--A canoe filled with savage natives approaches
+     the reef; intercourse with them; and description of their persons
+     and terrific appearance.--Their pilfering of the articles saved,
+     and plundering of the ship.--Several canoes arrive.--Mr. Nute's
+     resolute conduct towards the natives.--The ship's company pursue
+     their course, in their boat, towards an island, on which they land
+     after severe suffering.
+
+
+Happily, by the goodness of the allwise Disposer of events, the
+unfortunate can avail themselves of a thousand sources of comfort,
+which, by those in prosperous circumstances, are either overlooked or
+neglected. We were upon a barren rock, in the midst of a waste of
+waters, far from kindred and friends, and the abodes of civilized man;
+the ship which had been our home, and on board of which we had embarked
+with high hopes, lay within sight, a useless wreck; still we were
+enabled to enjoy a moment of relief, if not of actual pleasure, derived
+from an event, which, though trifling in itself, is worthy of being
+recorded.
+
+We succeeded in taking an eel, a few crabs, and a small quantity of
+snails. Having our fire-works with us, we collected a sufficient number
+of sticks, with a few pieces of drift-wood which had lodged upon the
+rock, to make a fire; with this we cooked our fish and snails; and, with
+a small allowance of bread, we made what we then thought a sumptuous
+repast! After we had finished our meal, we began to prepare for the
+night. We erected a tent with some of our clothes and pieces of canvas,
+at a little distance from the boat; and, when night came on, a part of
+our number kept watch, and the rest soon lost all consciousness of their
+misfortunes in sleep. About midnight those who had watched took their
+turn at resting; and in the morning we found ourselves considerably
+refreshed; though an increased activity of our minds served only to
+bring home a more vivid picture of the horrors of the previous night,
+and of our present condition.
+
+Providence, it would seem, had ordained that we should not long remain
+undetermined as to the course to be adopted; for before sunrise we
+discovered a canoe within a short distance of us, containing twenty-two
+of the inhabitants of the neighboring island. They approached to within
+pistol-shot of where we stood, and there lay on their oars for some
+time, looking at us, and manifesting no small degree of fear. Thinking
+it best to be on friendly terms with them, we attached a shirt to one of
+our oars, and hoisted it as a token of a wish, on our part, to regard
+and treat them as friends. This had the desired effect; and they
+immediately rowed up to the rock. Manifesting great pleasure, they left
+their canoe and rushed towards the place where the principal part of our
+boat's crew were standing, bringing with them cocoa-nuts, and a small
+quantity of bread made of the cocoa-nut boiled in a liquor extracted
+from the trunk of the tree. At that time, I was standing near the tent,
+at a little distance from my companions, and was an anxious spectator of
+the scene. Their appearance excited my astonishment, and I was filled
+with horror by the sight of beings apparently human, and yet almost
+destitute of the ordinary marks of humanity. They were entirely naked.
+Each one was armed with a spear and tomahawk; some had battle-axes. They
+were fantastically tattooed on different parts of their bodies. Their
+hair, naturally coarse and black, like that of the Indians of America,
+was very long, and hung loosely over their shoulders, giving them a
+singular and frightful appearance. Their teeth were entirely black;
+rendered so, as we afterwards found, by chewing what they call
+"_abooak_."[1] The reader can judge of our feelings on finding ourselves
+in the hands of beings of this description. Our confidence in the
+honesty of our visiters did not improve on further acquaintance.
+
+No sooner had they landed, than they commenced their depredations upon
+the few articles, which at that time constituted all our earthly riches.
+The nautical instruments, the musket, and a part of our clothing, they
+immediately appropriated to their own benefit. Fortunately a part of our
+clothing, the powder, and the cutlasses we had succeeded in concealing
+in a crevice of the rock. Taking with them their booty, they
+precipitately got into their canoe, and, beckoning to us, evidently with
+a view of inducing us to follow them, they steered directly for the
+wreck. Their first appearance, and this strong manifestation of their
+thievish disposition, so far from inclining us to cultivate their
+acquaintance any further, had given us an irresistible inclination to
+avoid them. Our minds were not long in coming to the conclusion, that an
+open sea, with Heaven to protect us, would be far preferable to a chance
+among beings like those. Accordingly, with the least possible delay, we
+launched our boat, and putting into it such things of value as we had
+saved, once more, surrounded by new difficulties and dangers, committed
+ourselves to the mercy of the waves.
+
+The island before mentioned being now distinctly visible, we steered in
+a direction towards it; though we found it necessary to go a somewhat
+circuitous course, in order to avoid the reef. By the time we had
+succeeded in getting into deep water, the natives had been to the ship,
+and were returning with the five muskets which we had left on board.
+They soon passed us with great rapidity, and evidently with the
+intention of escaping with their booty unharmed. The cause of their
+precipitancy will soon be explained.
+
+Just at this time there came in sight a number of canoes, perhaps
+thirty, filled with natives, who seemed no less intent upon plunder than
+those with whom we had already formed a disagreeable acquaintance. Their
+language was to us entirely unintelligible, but we could gather from
+their somewhat significant gestures, that they most of all desired to
+possess themselves of fire-arms. They beckoned to us to go with them,
+and seemed quite anxious to avail themselves of our assistance; but we
+were not less so to escape; and with the hope of being able to do so,
+we continued to row towards the island. Some of them remained near us,
+while the rest made for the ship. At length, all, except those in one
+canoe, left us, and joined their companions. These seemed particularly
+fond of our company, partly on account, as we afterwards learned, of
+their suspecting that we had something of value concealed about us, and
+partly for the purpose of making us their prisoners, and in that way
+gaining some advantage over the others. After a while they offered, with
+an appearance of friendship, to render us some assistance by towing our
+boat; and after some deliberation we concluded to throw them a line.
+This greatly facilitated our progress, as their canoe, being made very
+light, skimmed over the water with incredible swiftness. No sooner was
+this arrangement completed than a chief, and one other of the natives,
+left their canoe and took their station with us; the chief with a
+somewhat offensive familiarity seating himself in the stern of the boat,
+near the captain. We were not long in doubt concerning the motive which
+had led them to this act of condescension. Our bread was contained in a
+small chest, which had been placed in the bottom of the boat; this
+seemed to have excited their curiosity to the highest pitch, as they
+kept their eyes almost constantly upon it, and endeavored to persuade
+the captain to give them a chance to examine its contents. He declined
+gratifying them, thinking it better to keep their anxiety alive, rather
+than to expose to them the comparative worthlessness of the little that
+remained with us, of either the comforts or necessaries of life.
+
+Probably owing to this show of resistance on our part, when we had
+approached to within five or six miles of the island, at a signal given
+by the chief, the sail of their canoe was suddenly dropped; and, seizing
+our powder canister, he jumped overboard and swam to the canoe. His
+companion, following the example of the thievish chief, seized a bundle
+of clothing and was making off with it; whereupon Mr. Nute, who had not
+yet become entirely reconciled to the fashion of going without clothes,
+like our new acquaintances, and conceiving that it might be well to
+insist upon having the rights of property respected, caught hold of the
+bundle and retained it. Upon this they immediately hauled us alongside,
+and seized upon our oars; here again we had occasion to offer some
+resistance to their supposed right to plunder us, and we succeeded in
+keeping possession of these; the only remaining means of saving
+ourselves from premature death and a watery grave.
+
+They had by this time become so exasperated, that we considered it
+altogether desirable to get ourselves out of the reach of their war
+clubs, spears, and battle-axes; and we took measures accordingly. We
+were still held fast to their canoe, and so completely within their
+reach that it required not a little courage to make any attempt to leave
+them; but Mr. Nute, whose resolution had been wrought up by the previous
+contest, took a knife and deliberately cut the line. Our intention was
+to throw ourselves astern, and then, by tacking directly about, and
+steering in the wind's eye, to escape from them, or at least to give
+them, for a time, some better employment than that of robbing their poor
+and suffering victims. This we succeeded in accomplishing; not however
+without the expense of much toil, and some blows, which they dealt out
+at parting, with so much severity, that we shall not soon lose the
+recollection of their barbarous conduct towards us. Mr. Nute, by his
+intrepidity, seemed to have rendered himself an object of their
+particular dislike; they beat him unmercifully, for his resolution in
+retaining the bundle of clothes, and sundering the only cord that bound
+us to our tormentors.
+
+Having but three oars, our progress was by no means as rapid as we could
+have desired; but perceiving that in going against the wind we had the
+advantage of our pursuers, and knowing that our only safety was in
+flight, we exerted our utmost strength, and soon had the satisfaction of
+leaving them at a safe distance from us. They seemed determined not to
+part with us, and continued to pursue us till about four o'clock, P. M.
+It was with the greatest difficulty that we kept clear of them; at times
+it seemed impossible; and in this situation we could fully realize the
+force of the scriptural sentiment, "all that a man hath he will give for
+his life." Finding them too near us, and evidently intent upon taking
+vengeance for the crime we had committed in attempting to escape, though
+our wardrobe had been reduced to a few necessary articles of clothing,
+we resorted to the expedient of parting even with these, by casting one
+thing at a time upon the water, rightly judging that they might be
+detained in picking them up, and hoping by this management to keep our
+distance from them.
+
+After they left us, we continued our course, which was directly into the
+open sea, until about sunset, when we discovered land ahead, apparently
+at the distance of forty miles. We continued to row on till about three
+o'clock in the morning, when we found that we were in shoal water, and
+near breakers. We contrived to throw the bight of a rope over a point
+of rock which was about eight feet under water, and we there remained
+until daylight. We then let go our hold, and pulled for land. At about
+four o'clock in the afternoon we succeeded in landing on a small island
+distant from the main land about half a mile, and drew our boat upon the
+beach. By this time our strength had become much exhausted, and we were
+suffering beyond description from the want of water. Our first efforts
+were made to find some means for quenching our thirst; and, to our
+inexpressible joy, we soon found a spring, which, in that extremity of
+our sufferings, was of more value than a mine of gold. Poor Sedon was
+left lying in the boat in a state of complete prostration. We carried
+him some water, and he soon revived.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[1] In Keate's Account of the Pelew Islands this word is written
+_pook_.--_Edit._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III.
+
+     A canoe, with two natives, approaches the island.--Communication
+     opened with them.--A great number of canoes, filled with armed
+     natives, suddenly arrive; rough treatment of the captain by one of
+     the chiefs.--They all arrive at the harbor of the island, which
+     proved to be one of the Pelew islands.--Description of the island
+     and its inhabitants.--Consultation of the chiefs respecting the
+     ship's company.--Result of the consultation.
+
+
+Having satisfied our most pressing wants, we next set ourselves at work
+to obtain food. We had with us a part of the bread brought from the
+wreck, and the preparation given us by the natives composed of the
+cocoa-nut pulverized and mixed with the sweet liquor extracted from the
+tree. Putting these together into a bucket-full of water, we made out
+the materials for a supper, which, though not of a kind to suit the
+delicate palate, was devoured with thankfulness and a good relish.
+Feeling refreshed and invigorated by our meal, we gathered ourselves
+into a group on the beach, and passed our moments of relaxation in
+conversing upon the melancholy vicissitudes through which we had passed,
+and the gloomy prospect which was at that unpromising moment spread out
+before us. Should we find it possible to procure the means of
+subsistence, it was thought best to remain where we were for a day or
+two, not knowing what reception we should meet with, were we to throw
+ourselves into the hands of the inhabitants of the main island, and
+feeling an unconquerable reluctance to come in contact with beings
+scarce less ferocious than beasts of prey. But fortune having commenced
+making us the sport of painful incidents, soon subjected us to another
+annoyance.
+
+A canoe containing two living beings, in the form of men, in a state of
+nakedness, was seen, from where we sat, putting off from a point of land
+which projected into the sea a small distance below us. They had
+evidently discovered us, and were approaching the spot where we were,
+for the purpose of making themselves acquainted with us and our
+condition. When within hailing distance they stopped, and seemed afraid
+to come nearer. Thinking it best to be on friendly terms with them, we
+beckoned to have them approach. This seemed to please them; and, to
+manifest a friendly disposition, they held up a fish. To show them that
+we were inclined to reciprocate any acts of kindness, to the extent of
+our ability, we held up a crab which we had caught. Upon this they
+immediately came near to where we stood. We presented to each one a
+jackknife, and indicated by signs, that they were at liberty to take any
+thing we had. They appeared highly gratified, and their conduct was
+inoffensive. In a short time they returned to their canoe, and made
+signs to us to follow them; we thought best to do so, and accordingly
+soon placed our effects in the boat, and followed them towards a sort of
+harbor at no great distance. In consequence of the lightness of their
+canoe and their dexterity in managing it, they were soon ahead of us,
+and, turning round a point of land, they were speedily withdrawn from
+our view.
+
+In a few minutes they returned, accompanied by a large number of
+canoes--the water seemed to be literally covered by this miniature
+fleet. The natives were all armed, much like those with whom we first
+became acquainted.
+
+This instantaneous movement was occasioned, as we afterwards learned, by
+an alarm given by the two natives who had visited us on the small
+island. Intelligence of the fact, that a boat's crew of strange looking
+beings, as we doubtless appeared to them, had landed upon their
+territory, was given by sounding a shell. This aroused the multitude,
+and caused them to come out, to satisfy their curiosity, and assist in
+conducting us safely and speedily to a place of security. A large war
+canoe made directly towards us; and, on coming alongside, the head chief
+sprung into our boat, seized the captain by the shoulder, and struck him
+several times with a war-club; in the mean while giving him to
+understand, that it was his will and pleasure to have us row, with all
+convenient despatch, to the place whence they had issued. He then
+commenced swinging his club over our heads with great apparent ferocity,
+for the purpose, as it seemed, of awing us into submission; occasionally
+striking some of our number. After pretty thoroughly convincing us that
+in this case our only course was submission, he began to strip us of our
+clothing. While this was going on, his associates in arms and mischief
+kept their canoe close alongside, and, standing up, held their spears in
+a position to enable them to pierce us through in an instant, if there
+had been any occasion for so doing.
+
+We were soon in their miserable harbor; and, it being low water, we were
+compelled to leave our boat, and wade to the tableland through the mud.
+Our appearance, as the reader will naturally conclude, was not very
+creditable to the land which gave us birth; but since our destitute and
+miserable condition was not our choice, we could do no less than be
+thankful that it was no worse; and, making the best of it, we suffered
+ourselves to be ushered into the presence of the dignitaries of the
+island, in the way they thought most proper. We were conducted to a
+platform, on a rise of land at a little distance from the harbor, on
+which were seated those who had power to dispose of us as they pleased.
+This platform was twelve or fifteen feet square, and was situated
+between two long buildings, called "_pyes_." These, as we afterwards
+learned, were used by the chiefs as places of carousal, and as a sort of
+harem for their women. They were constructed in a rude manner, of bamboo
+sticks, and covered with leaves. They were sixty or seventy feet in
+length, and about twenty-four in width.
+
+That something like a correct conception of this scene may be formed by
+the reader, it may be well to give, in this place, a brief account of
+the appearance, manners, and customs of the natives of this island. This
+was the island known to navigators as Baubelthouap, the largest of the
+group of the Pelew islands. It lies not far from the eighth degree of
+north latitude, is about one hundred and twenty miles in length, and
+contains probably not far from two thousand inhabitants.[2]
+
+The men were entirely naked. They always go armed, in the way before
+described, and carry with them a small basket, containing generally the
+whole amount of their movable property. The women wear no other clothing
+than a sort of apron (fastened to the waist by a curiously wrought
+girdle) extending nearly to the knees, and left open at the sides. The
+material of these garments (if such they can be called) is the bark of a
+tree called by them "_karamal_." This tree grows from thirty to forty
+feet high, and is two or three feet in circumference. The hair of both
+males and females is worn long; it is coarse and stiff, and of a color
+resembling that of the natives of North America. They make free use of
+the oil extracted from the cocoa-nut; with this they anoint their
+bodies, considering it the extreme of gentility to have the skin
+entirely saturated with it. Their arms, and sometimes the lower parts of
+the body and legs, are ingeniously tattooed. Their complexion is a light
+copper. Their eyes have a very singular appearance, being of a reddish
+color. Their noses were somewhat flat, but not so flat as those of the
+Africans; nor are their lips so thick. They are excessively fond of
+trinkets. It would cause a fashionable lady of America to smile, to
+observe the pains taken by those simple daughters of nature to set off
+their persons. In their ears they wear a sort of ornament made of a
+peculiar kind of grass, which they work into a tassel; this is painted
+and richly perfumed. In their noses they wear a stem of the _kabooa_
+leaf, which answers the double purpose of an ornament and a smelling
+bottle; and their arms, in addition to being tattooed in the manner
+above mentioned, are adorned with a profusion of shells. Our fair
+readers may judge how much we were amused, on finding that the
+copper-colored females of the island cut up our old shoes into
+substitutes for jewelry, and seemed highly delighted with wearing the
+shreds suspended from their ears.
+
+Our further acquaintance with this extraordinary people confirmed us in
+the opinion, that the ceremony of marriage is unpractised and unknown
+among them. The chiefs appropriate to themselves as many females as they
+please, and in the selection they exercise this despotism over the
+affections without regard to any other laws than those of caprice.
+Reserving a more particular account of their manners, customs and mode
+of living for another place, I content myself with observing at this
+time, that the people of these islands, generally speaking, are in the
+rudest state imaginable. It is true that some sense of propriety, and
+some regard to the decencies of life, were observable; nor did they
+appear entirely destitute of those feelings which do honor to our
+nature, and which we should hardly expect to find in a people so rude
+and barbarous.
+
+Such were the beings among whom Providence had cast our lot; and to
+think of remaining with them to the end of life, or for any great length
+of time, was like the contemplation of imprisonment for life in the
+gloomy cells of a dungeon.
+
+From the rudely constructed wharf near the spot where we left our boat,
+we were conducted into the presence of a number of the chiefs, who were
+seated upon the platform above mentioned. The natives eagerly pressed
+forward to obtain a sight of us. That curiosity peculiar to the better
+portion of our race was, on this occasion, manifested by the females of
+the island. They clustered around us, and, placing their hands upon our
+flesh, seemed greatly to wonder that it should differ so much from their
+own. The fashion of wearing a skin so white as ours, seemed to them, no
+doubt, to be an offence against the taste and refinement of their
+portion of the world. To go at large without being tattooed, was to
+carry with us the palpable proofs of our vulgarity; and, to our sorrow,
+we were afterwards compelled to conform to the custom of the barbarians
+in this respect, and shall carry with us to the grave the marks of their
+well-meant, though cruel operation upon our bodies.
+
+Judging from appearances, our case had become a concern of great
+importance. The chiefs seemed to have had under discussion the question,
+whether we were to be treated as enemies, and subjected to the process
+of beheading upon the block of the executioner, (which was there in
+readiness before our eyes) or regarded as friends, and welcomed to their
+rude hospitalities. Unable as we were to understand a word of their
+language, or to say any thing by way of explanation or defence, the
+reader will conceive, better than we could describe, our painful
+situation. For a time we considered our case as hopeless. The women, who
+seemed to have taken an interest in our welfare, after observing, for a
+time, what was going on among the chiefs, began to utter their cries and
+lamentations, as if greatly distressed on our account. Their grief had
+the appearance of being sincere; they wept, and in a variety of ways
+expressed emotions of deep and heart-felt solicitude. Whether this was
+their manner of interceding in our behalf, to avert some impending
+calamity, or was expressive of their regret on account of our doom
+having been already sealed, it was impossible for us to determine. Nor
+did we ever know the amount of our obligations to those female strangers
+for the interest taken in our welfare. A termination was put to our
+suspense, however, in the course of an hour.
+
+At the close of the consultation, a large bowl was brought to us, filled
+with sweetened water, and richly ornamented with shells, so arranged as
+to form a sort of hieroglyphical characters. We drank of the contents of
+the bowl, in compliance with their request, from a richly wrought cup
+made of a cocoa-nut shell. This act of hospitality was regarded as a
+favorable indication of a friendly disposition on their part towards us;
+and our hopes were afterwards confirmed; for no sooner had we finished
+drinking, than the natives prepared to conduct us away. We afterwards
+learned, that a messenger had been despatched to a neighboring town, or
+settlement, to consult their prophetess in regard to the proper manner
+of disposing of us; and that she had directed them to send us to her. Of
+this important personage a more particular account will be given
+hereafter; suffice it, for the present, to say, that the respect paid to
+her by the natives of the island was of the most profound character, and
+her authority over them was almost unlimited.
+
+We were conducted, through an inconsiderable place, to the town where
+the prophetess resided. In this place there were several
+dwelling-houses, scattered about without regard to order; and, besides
+the dwelling of the prophetess, two of their long buildings, or "pyes,"
+gave it not a little importance in the estimation of these rude and
+uncultivated beings. We were halted in front of one of the "pyes," and
+directly opposite the house of the prophetess. Here, again, we were
+reminded of the fact, that we were in the presence of our superiors, as
+to power, by the platform on which were placed our judges, the chiefs,
+and the block standing near them, for the purpose of execution.
+
+We were soon surrounded by a vast crowd of the natives, eager to see us,
+and to learn something of the nature of beings so different from
+themselves.
+
+A short time after our arrival, a quantity of food was brought from the
+house of the prophetess, and placed in the centre of the platform. This
+consisted of a hog's head, boiled in sea-water, highly seasoned with
+cayenne and aromatic herbs, a plentiful supply of yams, and a large bowl
+of sweetened water. This meal was abundant and delicious; and we partook
+of it with an excellent relish.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[2] This island is not always laid down by name on our common maps, nor
+mentioned in geographical works. In the best _charts_ it is called
+_Baubelthouap_. In the chart prefixed to the fifth volume of _Burney's
+Chronological History of the Voyages and Discoveries in the South Sea_,
+it is called "Panloq or Babelthoup." In the map accompanying the late
+edition of Malte Brun's Geography, (in 4to) it is carelessly printed
+_Banbeltbonap_.--_Edit._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV.
+
+     An extraordinary and unexpected meeting with a person not a
+     native.--Happy result of the meeting.--Acquisition of the Pelew
+     language.--Dissensions between two portions of the natives.--Three
+     of the ship's company separated and carried to a place remote from
+     the rest.--Attempt to construct a boat, in order to leave the
+     island.--The natives agree to release them all for a
+     compensation.--Solemnities observed by the natives on the
+     occasion.--Tools used in making the boat; transportation of timber,
+     &c.--The plan abandoned, and a canoe substituted for the
+     boat.--Another festival.
+
+
+An interesting incident now occurred. Just at the time when the servant
+of the prophetess brought out the materials for our repast, we observed,
+at a little distance, a singular looking being approaching us. His
+appearance was that of a man of sixty. His hair was long and gray,
+unlike that of the natives. His legs, arms, and breast were tattooed.
+His step was quick and firm; his motions indicating that he felt himself
+a person of not a little importance. His teeth were entirely gone, and
+his mouth was black with the use of "kabooa." Judge of our emotions on
+hearing this strange being address us in broken English! His first
+exclamation was--"My God, you are Englishmen!" He immediately said, "You
+are safe now;" but he gave us to understand, that it was next to a
+miracle that we had escaped being killed on the water.
+
+This person was by birth an Englishman, and had been on the island about
+twenty-nine years. He told us that he had been a hatter by trade, and
+that his name was Charles Washington. He had been a private in the
+British naval service, on board the Lion man-of-war. Cruising in those
+seas, he had, while on duty, been guilty of some trifling offence; and,
+apprehending that he should be severely punished for it, had left the
+ship, and taken up his residence upon the island. He seemed to be
+contented with his situation, and had no desire to return to his native
+country. He had attained to great celebrity, and was the sixth chief
+among them. His authority seemed great, and he exercised it with
+exemplary discretion.
+
+Observing the provisions before us, he told us that they were for our
+use, and desired us to partake of whatever we preferred. Seeing that we
+were likely to be somewhat annoyed by the crowd of young persons who had
+collected around us, he swung his battle-axe over their heads, and
+giving them to understand that we belonged to _him_, immediately caused
+them to disperse.
+
+Arrangements were soon made for our accommodation. A part of one of the
+"pyes" was appropriated to our use, and we were furnished with mats, and
+other things for our comfort and convenience. Here we remained for about
+a month, and were regularly supplied by the natives with a sufficiency
+of provisions of various kinds, such as hogs, goats, fish, yams,
+cocoa-nuts, bread-fruit, preserved almonds, and occasionally with sweet
+potatoes.
+
+A change seemed now to have come over us. We were, it is true, amongst a
+rude and barbarous people, cut off from all intercourse with the rest of
+the world, and deprived of many things which we had been accustomed to
+regard as essential to our happiness; but even then we found many
+reasons for being grateful to the Disposer of events. Our actual wants
+were supplied; and the natives soon evinced a disposition to consider us
+friends, and treat us as such. To the latest day of our lives we shall
+remember some of them with heartfelt respect and affection; and, most of
+all, regret our inability to requite them for the favors which they
+voluntarily bestowed upon us. Especially should we rejoice to revisit
+that lonely spot of earth, and carry with us, to those children of
+nature, the means of civilization, and the blessings of Christian faith
+and Christian morality. And should the government of enlightened America
+ever see proper to extend to them some proof of its regard, it would
+afford us unspeakable pleasure to have it in our power to communicate to
+them the exalted principles, which might incline this highly favored
+nation to the performance of so noble a deed.
+
+Finding it important to be able to converse with the natives, we
+improved every opportunity to become acquainted with their language.
+Having but little to occupy our attention, it was not long before we had
+acquired a tolerable knowledge of it; and we found our situation much
+more pleasant as we became familiar with it. Our great object was, as
+the reader will naturally suppose, to contrive some way of escape. Our
+only means of accomplishing this was by friendly and amicable
+negotiation, and to make them understand our wishes, and convince them
+that it would be for their interest to aid us in returning to our native
+land, were essential to our success.
+
+We had not long been with them before we became acquainted with the
+fact, that upon the opposite end of the island there was another tribe,
+and that the two divisions of the inhabitants were not on the most
+friendly terms with each other. Intelligence had in some way been
+communicated to those who lived remote from the spot where fortune had
+thrown us, that we were desirous of leaving the island; and, probably
+with a view of gaining some advantage, they sent to us a message,
+informing us of their willingness to assist in constructing a boat
+sufficiently large to convey us across the water. The persons
+commissioned to make this proposal, and to persuade us to go to them,
+were two Englishmen, who, as we afterwards learned, had been on the
+island for several years, and were left there by English vessels. The
+particulars of their history we were unable to obtain.
+
+An offer of that kind, coming as it did from their enemies, and being in
+itself calculated to offend the pride of those into whose hands we had
+fallen, greatly excited their feelings of animosity; and, in consequence
+of our having manifested some desire to satisfy our own minds on the
+subject, we were closely watched. On the whole, however, we had no
+reason to regret this state of things; for on finding that their
+neighbors were disposed to assist us, a spirit of emulation was aroused
+among them, and for a time we had some hopes that the excited energies
+of this tiny nation would lead to the performance of some exploit,
+which, in the end, might place at our disposal the means of
+deliverance.
+
+Our maintenance had by this time become so great a tax upon their
+resources, that it was found expedient to cause some of our number to be
+removed to a settlement about a mile distant. Mr. Nute, Mr. Rollins, and
+myself were accordingly selected, and under a strong escort taken to the
+place. This did not please us, as we preferred remaining with our
+companions; but either expostulation or resistance would have involved
+us in worse difficulties, and we submitted. In our new situation we were
+well supplied with provisions, and kindly treated. We were allowed to
+visit our friends at the other town, and spent our time as agreeably as
+could be expected under the circumstances.
+
+Previously to this, some steps had been taken towards constructing a
+sort of boat or vessel to convey us home. Finding the natives disposed
+to part with us, for a stipulated consideration, and to render us any
+assistance in their power, we left no means unemployed to induce them
+to exert themselves to the utmost; and, to their credit be it said, it
+was more owing to their inability than to their want of inclination that
+we were not entirely successful. An account of their proceedings cannot
+fail of being interesting.
+
+After much deliberation, and many consultations upon the momentous
+subject, it was agreed to commence operations. Their prophetess had been
+duly consulted, and the assistance of their divinity had been implored
+with great formality. Before they ventured upon the undertaking, it was
+deemed advisable to hold a festival. An event of so much importance
+could not be suffered to transpire without being duly solemnized.
+Tradition furnished no account of any thing equal to this attempt!
+Accordingly large quantities of provisions were brought from various
+parts of the island, and an immense concourse of men, women, and
+children, attended the feast. On our part we had little confidence in
+the success of the plan; but, be that as it might, we were far from
+being displeased with their efforts to carry it into execution, and
+shared with them the festivities of the occasion, with not a little
+pleasure.
+
+This part of the business having been duly attended to, the time had
+come for united and vigorous action; and accordingly the whole male
+population of that region repaired to the woods, to procure timber. In
+the mean time the females, animated by a spirit of emulation, betook
+themselves to the task of making mats, to serve as sails to our vessel,
+when it should be completed. In fine, the whole resources of the
+country, of every kind, were taxed to the last extremity, to accomplish
+the work.
+
+Considering the means they had for carrying the plan into execution, it
+is surprising that they accomplished as much as they did. The best tools
+we had were a few old inch chisels, which served as substitutes for the
+broad-axe, in manufacturing trees into planks, and afterwards fitting
+them to their places. There were a few spikes on the island, but we had
+neither auger nor gimlet.
+
+When news had been received that the timber was ready in the woods,
+orders were given to have it brought together. Seldom had we witnessed a
+more novel scene than that presented by the natives when they brought
+from the forests the rudely prepared materials for the boat. They were
+seen coming in from all quarters with loads of timber on their
+shoulders, of every size and shape that could be conceived of, and
+causing the hills and vales to resound with their shouts.
+
+In due time the work of putting together the materials commenced. We
+succeeded in laying a sort of keel, and at length contrived to erect a
+kind of frame, which, though it might not be regarded as a first-rate
+specimen of naval architecture, nevertheless looked somewhat like the
+beginning of a water-craft. But when we came to the more difficult part
+of the business, that of putting on the planks, we found that not only
+our skill, but that of the whole nation, was completely baffled. We were
+compelled to abandon the undertaking; and despaired of ever being able
+to succeed in building any thing of the kind.
+
+During all this time the natives were sanguine in the belief that they
+should succeed, and repeatedly assured us that they could accomplish the
+work. Their sorrow and mortification, on being obliged to give it up,
+were great; for they seemed to realize, that now they must have fallen
+in our estimation, and thought that we should be anxious to avail
+ourselves of the assistance of their enemies, who, as they well knew,
+were extremely anxious to get us into their hands. The captain did not
+attempt to conceal his wish to go to the other part of the island. This
+greatly increased their dissatisfaction; and their murmurs became
+frequent and loud. After considerable expostulation, they proposed to
+make a _canoe_ sufficiently large to convey us away; and, having some
+confidence in the practicability of the plan, we consented to wait and
+assist them in their endeavors to supply us with this substitute for the
+more respectable craft we had contemplated building. After duly
+consulting the old prophetess, the principal chiefs were assembled, and
+having agreed to take for the purpose the largest bread-fruit tree on
+the island, the people were called upon to meet at the spot where it
+stood, and assist in cutting it down.
+
+Matters of so great importance required deliberation in the operation of
+planning out the work,--but the accomplishment of an undertaking like
+that of felling so large a tree, with tools even less adapted to the
+business than the teeth of a beaver, was one that took several days. At
+length the herculean task was performed, and the tree fell! But judge of
+our feelings on finding that the trunk, which we had hoped to render so
+useful in conveying us to some place from which we could obtain a
+passage to our native land, had, in falling, become so split as to be
+good for nothing! It seemed to us that a cruel fate had ordained, that
+no labor of our hands should prosper. Another tree was selected, and
+with that we were more successful. We then commenced digging it out, and
+bringing it to a proper shape. The old chisels were now put in
+requisition; and, in twenty-eight days from the time we began, we had
+succeeded in bringing that part of our labor to a close. Of the other
+tree we made two wide planks, which we fastened to the upper edges of
+the canoe, thereby adding very considerably to its capacity. Two months
+more were consumed in fitting up our canoe with sails, and getting it
+ready for sea.
+
+Having proceeded thus far, it was deemed proper by the natives to have
+another festival; and, as our labors, in this instance, had been
+attended with better success, extraordinary preparations were made for a
+feast that should do honor to the occasion. An immense quantity of fish
+had been obtained; the females brought large quantities of bread-fruit,
+cocoa-nuts, and yams; and the toil of months was forgotten in the
+universal joy which then prevailed.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V.
+
+     The natives become anxious to aid the ship's company in leaving the
+     island.--Terms on which they agreed to release them.--Departure
+     from the Pelew islands.--Necessity of returning the same
+     night.--Detention a month longer; and final departure.
+
+
+By this time the natives had become nearly as anxious to part with us as
+we had ever been to leave them; and being mutually desirous to be rid of
+each other's company, we lost no time in preparing for our departure.
+Our object now was to get into the open sea, with the hope of falling in
+with some vessel on its passage to China or elsewhere, and thus be able,
+after a while, to find a conveyance to America. Provisions were
+furnished us by the natives; but we greatly needed a compass, and with
+much difficulty obtained one. Captain Wilson, who had been shipwrecked
+there many years before, left his compass with one of the chiefs, whom
+we finally succeeded in inducing to part with it. It had become much
+impaired by time and improper usage, but served as a tolerable guide.[3]
+
+It is proper here to state the particulars of our agreement with the
+natives of this island. They had, as before related, furnished us with
+the means of subsistence, and with comfortable lodgings; and, for the
+purpose of enabling us to return home, had been at great expense in
+fitting up a craft, such as they thought would answer to convey us
+wherever we pleased to go. According to their notions, we were persons
+of sufficient consequence in the estimation of our countrymen, to
+fulfil any engagement we might make with them, and to the extent to
+which, in our necessity, we were compelled to go, in order to obtain the
+object which we had in view, should the government consider itself
+bound; and it would be no less an act of justice than of humanity, to
+secure the friendship and confidence of these islanders; so that, should
+others unfortunately fall into their hands, their lives and property
+might be respected. It is also important, that those who engage in
+commercial pursuits should have every protection extended to them. It
+would cost the government but a mere trifle to secure an amicable
+understanding with these islanders; and it is but reasonable to hope
+that no time will be lost in making the attempt.
+
+Situated as we were, we did not feel ourselves at liberty to expostulate
+against the obvious unreasonableness of their demands. We were, in
+truth, indebted to them for our maintenance while among them, and for
+the assistance they rendered us in fitting up our craft; and, as a
+suitable requital for these favors, and to remunerate them for their
+hospitality, we solemnly assured them, that, should fortune so far
+prosper us, as to enable us once more to reach our native country, we
+would send to them two hundred muskets, ten casks of powder, with a
+corresponding quantity of balls and flints. Besides this, we gave them
+assurances of having several articles of ornament, such as beads, belts,
+combs, and trinkets of various kinds.
+
+On the 27th of October, 1832, we set sail, having the boat in which we
+had escaped from the ship, and which we had repaired as well as we were
+able, and the canoe which had been constructed by the natives especially
+for our use. It was agreed, that three of our number, viz. Davis, Meder,
+and Alden, should remain on the island as hostages, and that three of
+the natives (two chiefs, and one of the common class) should accompany
+us, to see that the agreement made with them should be faithfully
+executed. Fearing that the natives residing on the other part of the
+island might come upon us and prevent our going, we took our departure
+in the night. We soon found that our boats leaked so badly that it would
+be next to madness to proceed, and we returned in the course of the
+night. Our unexpected return gave great offence; but we insisted that to
+go to sea in that condition would be certain destruction. They at length
+consented to assist in repairing the canoe and boat, and to suffer us to
+remain long enough to complete our arrangements more to our mind.
+
+We were detained by these operations about a month, and then again took
+our leave of the spot where we had remained so long against our will;
+though we would not conceal the fact, that the rude kindness of the
+natives had so entirely overbalanced their faults, that, on parting with
+them, we experienced emotions of regret, and were quite overpowered with
+a sense of our obligations to them for the many favors which they had
+bestowed upon us. They had regarded and treated us as beings of a higher
+order than themselves; and our conduct had inspired them with a
+veneration and confidence almost unbounded. As a proof of this, three
+of their number were committed to our care, and were entirely willing to
+place themselves at our disposal.
+
+Seven of our number now took the canoe, viz., Bouket, Sedon, Andrews,
+Hulet, and the three natives. Captain Barnard, Rollins, Nute, and myself
+preferred the ship's boat. We were accompanied on our passage the first
+day by a large number of the natives. At night, as we had then succeeded
+in getting beyond the reef, they left us, and we continued our course.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[3] The Englishman before mentioned, Charles Washington, told us that
+this compass was left there about _thirty_ years before, which was the
+time when captain _James_ Wilson, of the ship Duff, was there. But from
+circumstances it appeared that he was mistaken as to the time, and that
+it was one which had belonged to captain _Henry_ Wilson, who was
+shipwrecked there in the Antelope, in 1783, and of whose voyage and
+disasters a most interesting and well-known account was published by Mr.
+Keate. Its preservation for about fifty years is certainly
+remarkable.--_Edit._
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI.
+
+     Regret at having undertaken the voyage in boats.--Storm, and damage
+     in consequence of it.--Loss of the canoe and the provisions on
+     board.--Danger of perishing from famine.--On the fifteenth day,
+     when nearly exhausted with fatigue and hunger, they discover a
+     small island.--Approach of eighteen canoes filled with natives, who
+     make prisoners of them all.--Cruelty of the natives; and return
+     with their prisoners to the island.--Reception there.--The
+     prisoners distributed among the captors.
+
+
+We had not proceeded far before we had reasons for regretting, that we
+had entered upon the perilous undertaking of navigating the waters of
+that region in boats so poorly adapted to the purposes we had in view.
+There came on a violent storm of rain, the wind blowing hard, and the
+waves threatening to swallow us each moment of the night. To our dismay,
+the rudder of the canoe, owing to the imperfect manner in which it had
+been constructed, was unshipped, and for a time the destruction of those
+on board seemed inevitable. Fortunately we continued to keep company.
+By great exertion we made out to replace the rudder in the morning, and
+then proceeded. In the course of the day the rudder was again unshipped;
+but, with less difficulty than before, we succeeded in fastening it to
+its place with ropes, so that it answered tolerably well as a substitute
+for a better one. Happy would it have been for us, if this had been the
+worst of the disasters of our voyage. Our mast next went by the board;
+and during the whole of the next night, we lay drifting at the mercy of
+the winds and waves. In the mean time the canoe sprung a leak, and we
+found it impossible to bail out the water as fast as it came in. In this
+extremity we lost no time in shifting all our lading into one end of the
+canoe; and by tearing up our old clothes, and stuffing them into the
+crack, we at length stopped the leak. In this sad plight we continued
+on, meeting with no very serious accident till the fifth day from the
+time of leaving the island; when, just at the setting of the sun, owing
+to some mismanagement, a light puff of wind capsized the canoe!
+Fortunately no one was drowned. All but three swam to our boat; those
+who remained continued through the night to cling to the canoe. With
+great difficulty we kept our boat from being stove in pieces by coming
+in contact with the canoe. During all this time it rained very hard, and
+never had we experienced a more dismal night. In the morning we tried to
+get the canoe right side up; but finding that impossible, we concluded
+to abandon it entirely. We took from it a few cocoa-nuts, and, as our
+last resort, all took refuge in the boat. We saved the compass, and did
+not so much regret the loss of the canoe, as it had cost us already an
+incalculable amount of anxiety, toil, and suffering.
+
+But new difficulties now stared us in the face. Most of our provisions
+had been lost by the upsetting of the canoe, and we had but a very small
+quantity of water. It was therefore deemed expedient to divide among us
+the means of subsistence remaining. We had four cocoa-nuts for each
+person, and a few pieces over, which were distributed equally. At this
+time no objects were seen, except a few sea birds. We continued in this
+condition for nine days and nights, with actual starvation before us, as
+the most probable end of our anxieties and sufferings. We were about
+settling down into a state of confirmed despair, when, to our
+inexpressible joy, we discovered land apparently about ten miles off. We
+exerted all our remaining strength to reach it. When within six miles we
+saw, approaching us, a fleet of eighteen canoes, filled with the natives
+of the small island we were approaching.
+
+At first the small canoes came near us, for the purpose of ascertaining
+who and what we were. The appearance of these natives was such as to
+excite at once our astonishment and disgust. Like the inhabitants of the
+island we had left, they were entirely naked; and, as our subsequent
+experience proved, they were infinitely more barbarous and cruel. Very
+soon the large canoes came up, when the wretches commenced their
+outrages. They attacked us with brutal ferocity, knocking us overboard
+with their clubs, in the mean time making the most frightful grimaces,
+and yelling like so many incarnate devils. They fell upon our boat and
+immediately destroyed it, breaking it into splinters, and taking the
+fragments into their canoes. While this was going on we were swimming
+from one canoe to another, entreating them by signs to spare our lives
+and permit us to get into their canoes. This they for a long time
+refused, beating us most unmercifully, whenever we caught hold of any
+thing to save ourselves from sinking.
+
+After they had demolished our boat, and kept us in that condition for
+some time, they allowed us to get on board. They then compelled us to
+row towards the land. They stripped us of all our clothing immediately
+after we were taken in; and the reader may form some idea of our
+distress in this condition, under a burning sun, from the fact, that
+before night our shoulders were blistered, by being thus exposed to the
+heat.
+
+On approaching land we discovered no habitation; but after going round a
+point of the island, we saw near the beach a row of small and badly
+constructed huts. We were compelled to jump from the canoes into the
+water and wade to the shore. By this time the beach was lined with women
+and children, who caused the air to resound with the most horrid yells
+and screams. Their gestures and violent contortions of countenance
+resembled the frantic ravings of Bedlamites.
+
+The reception we met with on land was no more agreeable than that upon
+the water. Judging from the treatment we had received from the females
+of the island which we had left, it was hoped that the gentler sex would
+extend to us some proof of their commiseration; but in this we were
+sadly disappointed. If possible, they were more cruel than their inhuman
+lords and masters. We were soon separated from each other, and dragged
+about from place to place; our brutal captors, in the mean time,
+contending with each other to see who should have us as his property.
+Frequent contests of this kind occurred; in one of which, during the
+first day, I was knocked down. The question of ownership was at length
+settled, and we were retained by those into whose hands we had at first
+fallen. Some of us were taken to their house of worship, called by them
+Verre-Yarris--literally, God's house, where they went through with some
+of their religious ceremonies, and we received a few mouthfuls of food,
+which was the first we had tasted through the day.
+
+It was my good fortune to be retained by one who, compared with the
+other natives, was humane. His name was _Pahrahbooah_; the female head
+of the family was called Nahkit; and they had four children. I went by
+the name of _Tee'mit_; and Benjamin Nute by the name of _Rollo_. The
+captain was also fortunate in falling into the hands of a friend of my
+master, who treated him with comparative kindness. He was valued the
+more highly also on account of being a large, fleshy man--they judging
+of these things by the size and appearance.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII.
+
+     The island, to which they were carried, proves to be Lord North's
+     island, called by the natives _To'bee_.--Account of the island and
+     its inhabitants.--Their manners and customs.
+
+
+It may now be proper in this place to give some account of the place
+where our unhappy lot was cast, and of its rude and miserable
+inhabitants. It will be impossible to convey a correct idea of their
+ignorance, poverty, and degradation; but some conception may be formed,
+by imagining what the condition of beings must necessarily be, when
+wholly separated from the rest of their species, stripped of all the
+refinements of life, and deprived of all means and opportunities for
+improvement.
+
+We were now upon the small piece of land called by the natives _To'bee_,
+but known to navigators by the name of _Lord North's Island_, situated
+between the third and fourth degrees of north latitude, and in longitude
+one hundred and thirty-one degrees twenty minutes east. It is also
+known by the name of _Nevil's Island_ and _Johnston's Island_; and it
+has been hitherto considered by navigators and others as uninhabited.
+This is not surprising; as we were told by the natives, that no white
+man had ever visited the place; though it seemed, from the pieces of
+iron in their possession, and from other circumstances, that they had
+had some communication with the Spaniards and Portuguese in that quarter
+of the world.[4] Like many other islands in those seas, this is
+surrounded by a coral reef, which is from an eighth to one half of a
+mile wide; but outside of the reef the water is apparently fathomless,
+the water being as blue as it is in the middle of the ocean; and the
+largest vessels may in many places approach within a quarter of a mile
+of the beach. The whole island rises so little above the level of the
+sea, that the swell often rolls up to a considerable distance inland.
+It is about three quarters of a mile in length, and not far from half a
+mile in width. There were upon it three villages, situated on the
+shores, and containing, in all, between three and four hundred souls, at
+the time when we were taken there; but the number was considerably
+diminished by famine and disease before we left.
+
+The inhabitants are in a state of entire barbarism and ignorance. The
+men wear a sort of girdle or belt made of the bark of a tree. This is
+girded round the loins so as to leave one end to hang loose behind, the
+other is brought forward and fastened to the belt in front. This is
+their only clothing. The females, after arriving at the age of
+womanhood, wear an apron made of the leaves of a plant, by them called
+_kurremung_, split into fine strips and plaited. This extends from the
+loins nearly to the knees. Some few wear rings upon their wrists made of
+white shells, and some had this kind of ornament made of turtle-shell.
+In their ears, which are always bored, they sometimes wear a leaf; and
+round their necks a necklace made of the shell of the cocoa-nut, and a
+small white shell, called _keem_ shell. The children go entirely naked.
+The complexion of these islanders is a light copper color; much lighter
+than the Malays, or the Pelew islanders; which last, however, they
+resemble in the breadth of their faces, high cheek bones, and broad
+flattened noses. They do not color their teeth, by chewing any thing, as
+many of those islanders do; but their teeth are so strong that they can
+husk a cocoa-nut with them instantly.
+
+Their principal food is the cocoa-nut. They occasionally succeed in
+procuring fish, though the supply obtained during our residence there
+was exceedingly small. Their fish-hooks are made of turtle-shell, and
+not well contrived for the purpose; but we could not induce them to use
+our hooks, till they had heated them and altered their form so that they
+would not hold the fish. They did this, because they said that Yarris
+(God) would be angry with them, if they used our hooks without preparing
+them according to their fashion. Sometimes they are so fortunate as to
+obtain a sea-turtle; five only were taken during the two years we were
+there. The turtle, I may add, has something of a sacred character with
+them. They also raise small quantities of a vegetable somewhat
+resembling the yam; but while we were with them they were unsuccessful
+in cultivating it. These constitute the slender means of their support;
+and they are thus barely kept from actual death by famine, but on the
+very verge of starvation. When any one of them begins to fail, for want
+of food, so that his death is pretty certain, they inhumanly turn him
+off from among them, to starve to death.
+
+Their religion is such as might be expected among a people in their
+condition. Their place of worship is a rudely constructed building, or
+hut, about fifty feet long and thirty wide. In the centre, suspended
+from the roof, is a sort of altar, into which they suppose their deity
+comes to hold converse with the priest. Rudely carved images are placed
+in different parts of the building, and are supposed to personate their
+divinity. As nearly as could be ascertained by us, they supposed that
+the object of their worship was of like passions with themselves,
+capricious and revengeful. During the time we were with them, they
+attributed to his displeasure their want of success in taking fish as
+they had done in former times, and the unfruitfulness of their
+bread-fruit and cocoa trees.
+
+Their religious ceremonies are singular. In the commencement the priest
+walks round the altar and takes from it a mat devoted to the purpose,
+which is laid upon the ground. He then seats himself upon it, and begins
+to hoot, in the mean time throwing himself into a variety of attitudes,
+for the purpose of calling down the divinity into the altar. At
+intervals the congregation sing, but immediately stop when the priest
+breaks out in his devotions. By the side of the altar is always placed a
+large bowl, and six cocoa-nuts. After the incantation is gone through,
+and the divinity is supposed to be present, the bowl is turned up, and
+four of the nuts are broken and put in it, two being reserved for the
+exclusive use of a priest by them called also "_yarris_." As soon as the
+nuts are broken, one of the company begins to shout, and, rushing to the
+centre, seizes the bowl, and drinks of the milk of the nut, generally
+spilling a considerable part of it upon the ground. After this a few
+pieces are thrown to the images, and the remainder are eaten by the
+priests. This closes the ceremony; after which they indulge in any
+recreations that chance to please them best.
+
+While we were on the island several earthquakes happened, and some of
+them pretty severe. On those occasions the natives were much terrified;
+they would not let their children speak a word; and they said among
+themselves--_zahbee'too Yarris_, _To'bee yettah'men_, that is, Yarris
+(God) is coming and To'bee (the name of the island) will sink. They were
+also very much alarmed at thunder and lightning; and used to say at such
+times, _Yarris tee'tree_, God is talking. I do not know how they would
+be affected by an eclipse, as none happened, that I noticed, while we
+remained there.
+
+I will here mention some other things in respect to their customs and
+usages, as they now occur to me.
+
+Their implements of war are spears and clubs; they have no bows and
+arrows. Their spears are made of the wood of the cocoa-nut trees; the
+points of them are set with rows of sharks' teeth; and, being at the
+same time very heavy and from ten to twenty feet long, are formidable
+weapons.
+
+Their canoes are made of logs which drift to their island from other
+places, there being no trees on it large enough for that purpose; they
+are hollowed out with great labor, and are of very clumsy workmanship;
+to prevent their oversetting, they are fitted up with outriggers, like
+those of the Pelew islanders. A sketch of one is given in the
+accompanying engraving.
+
+They kindle their fires, as they informed me, by rubbing two pieces of
+wood together, as is common in the islands of the Pacific ocean; and
+they cook their turtle or other meat, (when they are so fortunate as to
+have any,) as well as their vegetables, by covering them with heated
+stones. I should state, however, that during the whole time we staid
+among them, fire was always preserved in some part of the island, so
+that there was no necessity for kindling it in the manner here
+mentioned.
+
+Like other savage people, they reckon time by moons; I could not learn
+that they ever reckoned by any other period, except, indeed, when
+speaking of two or three days.
+
+They take pride in their hair, and are particularly careful about it,
+washing and cleansing it almost every day. They do not color it,
+however, as the natives of some islands are said to do; but they moisten
+it with the juice pressed out from the cocoa-nut, which gives it a very
+glossy appearance; and it is frequently so long as to reach down to
+their waist.
+
+Their mode of salutation is, to clasp each other in their arms, and
+touch their noses together, as is practised in many other islands.
+
+We found no musical instruments of any kind among them. They sometimes,
+on particular occasions, would sing or bawl out something like a rude
+tune; but we could not understand it. We frequently tried to teach them
+to whistle, and their awkward attempts to do it amused us; but they
+never were able to learn how it was done.
+
+In their names, I could not find that they had any thing like a family
+name, but only a single one, (corresponding to our christian names,) as
+is the case, I believe, throughout the islands of the Pacific. I could
+not learn, that the names were significant either of animals or other
+objects, as the Indian names of America are, and I never found any two
+persons of the same name. The names of the members of the family with
+which I lived were as follows:--
+
+Pahrahboo'ah, the father of the family.
+
+Nah'kit, the mother.
+
+Buhwur'timar, the eldest child, a son, ten or twelve years old.
+
+Kobaw'ut, the second, a daughter.
+
+Kobahnoo'uk, the third, a daughter.
+
+Wah'rebo, the fourth, a son.
+
+The children do not address their parents by any word corresponding to
+father or mother, papa or mamma, but by their names. Their parents treat
+them on the footing of equality; they are generally well behaved, and
+are never punished, except occasionally when impatient for their food.
+
+Their language appears to be different from those of the other islands
+in that quarter; we found that the three natives of the Pelew islands,
+that accompanied us, could not understand any thing they said; though I
+observed afterwards, occasionally, a resemblance in two or three words.
+The reader will, however, be enabled to judge for himself, by means of a
+short vocabulary of common words which will be found at the end of this
+narrative. I may add, that the Pelew chiefs had never heard of Lord
+North's island; but they are acquainted with the _Caroline_ islands.
+
+A detail of all that befell us would serve only to give pain to the
+benevolent, or at most to show how much human beings can endure. I shall
+attempt but little more than to describe the sufferings of a day;
+observing once for all, that for the term of two long years we
+experienced the same privations, and were subjected to the same brutal
+treatment; life, during all that time, being no better than the constant
+succession of the most acute sufferings.
+
+This island, unlike the Pelews, is one of the most horrible and wretched
+on the face of the globe. The only product of its soil worth mentioning
+is the cocoa-tree; and those are of so dwarfish and miserable a growth
+as to bear but very few nuts. These few, however, constitute the food of
+the inhabitants, with the exception of a species of fish caught
+occasionally near the shore. The only animals or creeping things known
+on the island are lizards and mice, and, during our stay there, scarcely
+a solitary sea-fowl was known to have alighted on the island, and but
+few fish were taken by the natives.
+
+The character of the inhabitants much resembles that of the island
+itself. Cowardly and servile, yet most barbarous and cruel, they
+combine, in their habits, tempers, and dispositions, the most
+disgusting and loathsome features that disgrace humanity. And, what may
+be regarded as remarkable, the female portion of the inhabitants
+outstrip the men in cruelty and savage depravity; so much so, that we
+were frequently indebted to the tender mercies of the men for escapes
+from death at the hands of the women. The indolence of the natives,
+which not even the fear of starvation itself can rouse to exertion,
+prevents their undertaking the least toil, although a little labor, well
+applied, might be made to render them infinitely more comfortable.[5]
+
+Strange as it may appear, it is nevertheless true, that, notwithstanding
+they are in this miserable condition, with no prospect of its ever being
+improved, they are of the opinion that they are highly favored. This can
+be accounted for in no other way than by the fact, that they are
+entirely ignorant of all that lies beyond the narrow limits of their
+observation. They know nothing of any other portion of the globe, than
+the mere speck of barren land upon which by some accident they were
+thrown, and where they remain, to drag out a wretched existence. Their
+traditions do not extend further back than to about a hundred years;
+and, to their simple minds, it seems like a splendid effort of mind to
+be able to relate, with tolerable accuracy, the time-hallowed stories
+told them by their parents. Whether they could in any way be improved by
+instruction, is a question which it would be difficult to answer. They
+seem to be doomed to remain, as one of the last links in the chain that
+connects our race with the mere animal part of the creation.
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[4] They occasionally wore a kind of broad hat, called by them _shappo_,
+and sometimes _shambararo_; which are evidently derived from the
+Portuguese _chapeo_ (or possibly the French _chapeau_) and the Spanish
+_sombrero_.--_Edit._
+
+[5] Some of these remarks are taken from the New York Sun of May 30,
+1835; for which paper the substance of them was furnished by Mr. Nute
+and myself.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII.
+
+     A ship discovered at a small distance from the island.--The natives
+     prepare to go on board of her.--Captain Barnard and Bartlet
+     Rollins, after being severely beaten, are allowed to go with the
+     natives in their canoes, and thus effect their escape; the rest of
+     the Mentor's people are still forcibly detained on the
+     island.--Their hopes of being taken on board of the same ship are
+     suddenly blasted.--Their despondency on that
+     disappointment.--Return of the natives from the ship; their rage,
+     and quarrels about the division of the articles procured on board
+     of her.--They threaten to wreak their vengeance on the Mentor's
+     people that remained with them.--Their cruel treatment of them.--A
+     storm destroys the cocoa-nut trees and causes a scarcity of food.
+
+
+We were captured and taken to the island December 6, 1832; and on the
+third day of February, 1833, two months wanting three days, captain
+Barnard and Bartlet Rollins effected their escape. Compared with the
+remainder of our captivity, our privations and sufferings up to that
+time were less severe. But at no time did we have sufficient food to
+satisfy the cravings of hunger! The very crumbs that fall from an
+ordinary table would have been to us a luxury; the swine of America are
+better fed than we were, on the most fortunate day of our residence upon
+that island.
+
+It was on the day above mentioned that a ship was discovered a short
+distance from the island, and the natives immediately collected, and
+prepared to go to it, in order to obtain iron, or some other articles of
+value. Hope once more visited us. To escape was, of course, our strong
+desire and intention. Accordingly, when the canoes put off we attempted
+to go. Our savage masters interposed their authority, and by menaces and
+blows prevented us. Many of us were severely beaten, and all but two
+were detained by the brutal force of the savages. At length captain
+Barnard and Rollins, after being severely beaten, were allowed to
+accompany the natives to the ship, and succeeded in effecting their
+escape. Trusting to the humanity of the captain and crew, we for some
+time confidently expected, that they would contrive some way of enabling
+us to join them. They were in sight about three hours; at one time they
+were so near that we could distinctly see the hands on board; but judge
+of our feelings when we saw the vessel pursuing her course! Our
+expectations were all blasted in a moment, and our minds, which had been
+gladdened by the hope of once more enjoying the society of civilized
+beings, of once more reaching the shores of our beloved country, sunk
+back into a state of despair; we wept like children.
+
+The natives, when they returned from the vessel, brought with them a
+small quantity of iron hoops, and a few articles of some little value,
+but they were highly dissatisfied with the amount received, and greatly
+enraged. The division of the property caused much difficulty, and they
+quarrelled about it for several days. Those of us who remained, though
+innocent, were the greatest sufferers. They held us accountable for the
+conduct of those who had left, and vented the malignity of their
+unfeeling hearts upon us. We were given to understand, that now our doom
+was fixed; that we should remain with them, and die the victims of our
+tormentors! Alas! it was but too true, that such was to be the fate of
+all but two of our number! We were destined to see one after another of
+our fellow-sufferers sink under the constantly increasing severity of
+the burdens imposed upon them, and perish either from actual starvation,
+or by the blows of the savages.
+
+After the departure of the captain and Rollins, we were treated with
+much greater severity than we had been before. Generally we were aroused
+from our broken slumbers about sunrise, and compelled to go to work; we
+were usually employed in cultivating a species of vegetable somewhat
+resembling the yam, and called by them "_korei_." This root is raised in
+beds of mud, which are prepared by digging out the sand, and filling the
+place with mould. The whole of this labor was performed with the hands.
+We were compelled day after day to stand in the mud from morning till
+night, and to turn up the mud with our hands. Frequently we were
+required to do this without receiving a morsel of food till about noon,
+and sometimes we were left without any thing to eat till night. At best
+we could get no more than a small piece of cocoa-nut, hardly a common
+sized mouthful, at a time, and if, either from exhaustion or any other
+cause, we neglected to perform the required amount of labor, our
+pittance of food was withheld altogether.
+
+From this plain and unexaggerated account it will be seen, that our
+condition at best was bad enough; but a misfortune befell us which
+rendered it still worse. About four months from the time of our landing
+on that dreary spot, there was a violent storm, which came very near
+sweeping away the whole of the means of support which remained for the
+miserable inhabitants. The wind blew down many of the best cocoa trees,
+and materially injured the fruit on such as were left standing. Besides
+this, the low places in which they raised the root, by them called
+"_korei_," were mostly filled with sand, and famine stared us all in the
+face.
+
+They attributed this misfortune to the anger of their god, and did not
+fail to use such means as they thought best calculated to appease him;
+and the calamity greatly added to our sufferings. Besides subjecting us
+to still more severe deprivations, we were compelled (though hardly able
+to drag our limbs from place to place) to labor in repairing the damage
+done by the storm. We were employed for months in carrying in our arms
+and on our shoulders pieces of the coral rock, in order to form a sort
+of seawall to prevent the waves from washing away the trees; and this
+drudgery, considering that we were naked, under a burning sun, and
+reduced to nothing but skin and bones, was too severe to admit of any
+thing like an adequate description. Our flesh, or, to speak more
+properly, our skin--for flesh we had none--was frequently so torn by the
+sharp corners of the rock, and scorched by the sun, as to resemble more
+that of the rhinoceros than of human beings.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX.
+
+     The natives compel the Mentor's people to be tattooed.--Description
+     of that painful operation.--They also oblige them to pluck their
+     beards, &c.--Another vessel passes by the island; and, afterwards,
+     a third comes in sight and remains for three days; the Mentor's
+     people are closely guarded at these times.--The melancholy fate of
+     William Sedon; and the barbarous murder of Peter Andrews.--Attack
+     on H. Holden, who is protected by one of the natives, and
+     escapes.--B. Nute and others are protected by the female natives
+     from the fury of the men.--Death of one of the Pelew
+     chiefs.--Another of the Pelew people is detected in stealing, and
+     is punished in their manner.--Death of Milton Hewlet and Charles C.
+     Bouket; leaving now only B. Nute, H. Holden, and the other Pelew
+     chief, named _Kobak_, who all remained in a feeble and helpless
+     condition.--Filthy practices of the natives.--Friendship of the
+     surviving Pelew chief.
+
+
+A new trial now awaited us. The barbarous beings among whom our lot had
+been cast, deemed it important that we should be _tattooed_, and we were
+compelled to submit to the distressing operation. We expostulated
+against it--we entreated--we begged to be spared this additional
+affliction; but our entreaties were of no use. Those savages were not
+to be moved, and we were compelled to submit; and that the reader may
+form some idea of the painful process, I will here give a brief account
+of it.
+
+We were in the first place securely bound down to the ground, and there
+held fast by our tormentors. They then proceeded to draw with a sharp
+stick the figures designed to be imprinted on the skin. This done, the
+skin was thickly punctured with a little instrument made of sharpened
+fish bones, and somewhat resembling a carpenter's adz in miniature, but
+having teeth, instead of a smooth, sharp edge. This instrument was held
+within an inch or two of the flesh, and struck into it rapidly with a
+piece of wood, applied to it in such a manner as to cause it to rebound
+at every stroke. In this way our breasts and arms were prepared; and
+subsequently the ink, which was made of a vegetable found on the island
+called by them the "_savvan_," was applied. The operation caused such an
+inflammation of our bodies, that only a portion could be done at one
+time; and as soon as the inflammation abated another portion was done,
+as fast as we could bear it, till our bodies were covered. It was
+effectually done; for to this day the figures remain as distinct as they
+were when first imprinted, and the marks will be carried by us to the
+grave. They were exceedingly anxious to perform the operation upon our
+faces; but this we would not submit to, telling them that sooner than
+have it done we would die in resisting them. Among themselves, the
+oldest people had the greatest quantity of tattooing, and the younger
+class less.
+
+Besides the operation of _tattooing_, they compelled us to pluck the
+hair from different parts of the body, and to pluck our beards about
+every ten days, which was extremely painful; and at every successive
+operation the beard grew out harder and stiffer.
+
+About seventeen days after the captain and Rollins left, we saw a vessel
+to the windward; but the natives did not attempt to visit it. Five
+months afterwards another came in sight, and remained for three days
+near the island. At one time we could distinctly see the men on board;
+but we were kept on shore and closely guarded. Several canoes visited
+the ship, and brought back a few pieces of iron, fish-hooks, glass
+bottles, &c. We tried, but in vain, to escape. It seemed to us, that we
+were doomed to remain on that dreary spot, to wear out our remaining
+strength in hopeless bondage, and to submit to the control of brutal
+masters, whose tender mercies were cruelties. Death, in any form, would
+have been a relief, and often did we see moments when it would have been
+welcomed as the best of friends! To some of our companions it did come,
+though dreadful in the manner, yet as a not unwelcome alternative.
+
+About a year after we first arrived at the island, William Sedon became
+so reduced as to deprive us of all hopes of his recovery. He looked like
+a skeleton; and, at last, was so entirely exhausted by hunger, as to be
+unable to walk, or even to rise from the ground. He continued, however,
+to crawl from place to place, until all his remaining strength was
+nearly gone, when the inhuman monsters placed him in an old canoe, and
+sent him adrift on the ocean! Gladly would his unhappy shipmates have
+extended to him the last sad offices of friendship; that poor
+consolation was denied both him and us! My heart bleeds at the
+recollection of our separation and his melancholy fate--when we saw him
+anxiously turn his languid eyes towards those who were doomed still to
+linger on the borders of the grave! Our sighs were breathed almost in
+silence, and our tears were shed in vain!
+
+It may be observed here, that it is not their custom to deposit the
+bodies of any of their dead in the earth, except very young children.
+The bodies of grown people, after death, are laid in a canoe and
+committed to the ocean.
+
+It was soon our lot to part with another of our companions, Peter
+Andrews. He was accused by the natives of some trifling offence, and put
+to death. The savages knocked him down with their clubs, and then
+despatched him in the most cruel and most shocking manner. I was at this
+time at a distance from the place where he was killed. My master was
+absent; and upon my hearing a noise in the direction of the place where
+the foul business was transacted, and suspecting that all was not right,
+I started to see what was going on. I was near the beach when I saw a
+number of the savages coming towards the spot where I stood, dragging
+along the lifeless and mangled body of our comrade! One of them
+approached me behind, and knocked me down with his club. The body of
+Andrews was thrown into the sea, and it seemed to be their determination
+to destroy the whole of us. I warded off the blows aimed at me as well
+as I could, and recovering myself, ran towards the hut of my master. He
+had not yet returned; but, fortunately, an old man, who had previously
+shown some regard for me, and who was the particular friend of my
+master, happened at that moment to be passing; and seizing the man who
+had pursued me, held him fast. I escaped and ran into the hut, and
+crawled up through an aperture in the floor into the chamber under the
+roof. I seized an old box and covered up the hole through which I had
+ascended; but this was not sufficient to detain, for any great length of
+time, the wretches who were thirsting for my blood. They soon succeeded
+in displacing the box, and one of them seized me; but just as he was
+pulling me from my place of refuge, my master returned with several of
+his friends, and rescued me from the clutches of my enemies.
+
+In the mean time Nute and the rest of our companions were at the
+"_Tahboo_," a place of public resort, where, for the only time, the
+females rendered our people any assistance. They concealed the men under
+some mats, and kept them there till the fury of the natives had in a
+measure subsided.
+
+We were next called upon to part with one of the Pelew _chiefs_ who had
+come with us. He died of absolute starvation, and, according to custom,
+was committed to the waves in an old canoe. In a short time after this,
+the Pelew private (who had also come with us) was detected in the crime
+of taking a few cocoa-nuts without leave; for which offence he had his
+hands tied behind him, and was put into a canoe and sent adrift; which
+was their usual method of punishment for offences of different kinds.
+
+About a year and seven months from the commencement of our captivity
+Milton Hewlet died, and, like the others, was, according to the custom
+of the natives, committed to the ocean. A short time afterwards Charles
+C. Bouket, having become so reduced by his sufferings as to be unable to
+help himself, was (horrible to relate!) placed in a canoe, while still
+alive, and committed to the mercy of the ocean. Thus did one after
+another of our companions sink under the weight of their sufferings, and
+perish without any alleviation of their wretchedness. Nute and myself,
+with our friend _Kobac_, the other Pelew chief, were all that remained;
+and we were constantly expecting that the next hour would end our
+existence.
+
+The idea of death, however, had now become familiar; and often did we
+desire the release from suffering which that alone could afford.
+Nothing, as it now appears to us, but the kind interposition of
+Providence, could have continued our lives, and have given us the power
+of endurance to hold out so long as we did. We were frequently so
+reduced as to be unable to walk, and were forced to drag ourselves on
+our hands and knees to some place where we could lie down under the
+shade of a bush, and take rest. But the small comfort to be obtained in
+this way was greatly lessened by the annoyance of musquetoes, which
+could attack us with impunity in our helpless and feeble condition.
+Besides this, our flesh had so fallen away, that on lying down, our
+bones would actually pierce through the skin, giving us the most severe
+pain. After we were tattooed, the parts operated upon were, for a long
+time, running sores; and when exposed to the sun, the pain was
+excruciating.
+
+It has been already said, that the natives were indolent, filthy and
+degraded, but the half has not been told; and some things which we
+witnessed cannot be related. The intercourse of the sexes was
+unrestrained by any law; and the decencies of life were almost entirely
+neglected. Instead of taking pains to keep clean, they seemed to be not
+unwilling to have their heads overrun with vermin; and however
+incredible it may seem, it is a disgusting truth, that they are
+accustomed to eat them; and particular care seems to be taken to keep
+those loathsome animals in the heads of the children. But I forbear any
+further particulars.
+
+I have already said, that only two of the crew of the Mentor, namely,
+Nute and myself, remained alive, with the exception of captain Barnard
+and Rollins, who had fortunately escaped. The Pelew chief had become
+strongly attached to us, and we take pleasure in stating the fact, that
+his faithfulness and affection had greatly endeared him to us. He seemed
+more like a brother than a barbarian; and most gladly would we have
+saved him from those sufferings which, no doubt, before this time, have
+terminated his life. Alas! it was not in our power to administer to his
+relief; and when we last saw him he was but just alive.
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X.
+
+     The feeble and exhausted condition of the survivors, Nute and
+     Holden.--The natives consent to release them from labor, but refuse
+     them food; and they obtain permission to leave the island in the
+     first vessel, for a compensation to be made to the natives.--They
+     crawl about from place to place, subsisting upon leaves, and
+     occasionally begging a little food of the natives, for two
+     months.--Their sudden joy at hearing of a vessel coming towards the
+     island.--It proves to be the British barque Britannia, captain
+     Short, bound to Canton.--They are taken on board the Britannia,
+     November 27, 1834, and treated with the kindest attention.--Their
+     joy and gratitude at this happy termination of their
+     sufferings.--They gradually recover their health so far as to take
+     passage for America, in the ship Morrison, bound for New York,
+     where they arrive May 5, 1835.--Acknowledgments for their kind
+     reception at New York and Boston.
+
+
+Having thus briefly related the story of our captivity and sufferings,
+it only remains to give an account of our escape from this barbarous
+people. We continued to survive the horrible sufferings to which we were
+constantly subjected, and to serve our tyrannical masters, in despite of
+our agonies of body and mind, till the beginning of the autumn of 1834;
+at which time we had become so emaciated, feeble, and sickly, that we
+found it impossible any longer even to attempt to labor. By this time we
+had acquired a sufficient knowledge of their tongue to converse fluently
+with the natives, and we informed our masters, that our feeble condition
+rendered it impossible for us to attempt to do any thing more. We also
+reasoned the matter with them, telling them that death was our
+inevitable doom, unless we were allowed to relax our labor; that if we
+died we could be of no service to them, but if allowed a respite, and we
+lived, and could be put on board a vessel, they should be liberally
+rewarded.
+
+With much difficulty we at length persuaded our masters to allow us to
+quit labor, and obtained from them a promise to be put on board the
+first vessel that should come to the island. But, at the same time, they
+informed us, that if we ceased to work, they should cease to furnish the
+miserable allowance of cocoa-nut on which we had before subsisted, and
+that we must either labor or starve. We deemed death as welcome in one
+shape as in another, and relinquished our labors and our pittance of
+food together.
+
+We were thus literally turned out to die! We crawled from place to
+place, subsisting upon leaves, and now and then begging of the natives a
+morsel of cocoa-nut. In this way we contrived to live for about two
+months, when the joyful intelligence was brought to us that a vessel was
+in sight, and was coming near the island! Hope once more revisited our
+despairing hearts, and seemed to inspire us with renewed strength and
+animation.
+
+[Illustration: ESCAPE TO THE BRITANNIA.]
+
+After taxing our exhausted powers to the utmost, we persuaded the
+natives to prepare for visiting the vessel; and throwing our emaciated
+bodies into their canoes, we made for the ship with all possible
+despatch. The vessel proved to be the British barque Britannia, captain
+Short, bound to Canton. Our reception on board is faithfully described
+in the following certificate given by captain Short, the original of
+which is still in my possession:
+
+                                   "LINTIN, 29th December, 1834.
+
+     "This is to certify, that on the 27th day of November, 1834, off
+     the small island commonly called Lord North's by the English,
+     situated in latitude 3 deg. 3' north, and longitude 131 deg. 20' east, on
+     board the British barque Britannia, bound to Canton river, we
+     observed about ten or eleven canoes, containing upwards of one
+     hundred men, approaching the vessel, in a calm, or nearly so, with
+     the intention of coming alongside. But having the small complement
+     of thirteen men, it was considered most prudent to keep them off,
+     which was effected by firing a few six pound shots in a contrary
+     direction from the boats, some of which were then within
+     pistol-shot. At the same time hearing cries in our own language,
+     begging to be taken on board, the boat was despatched away to know
+     the cause. The boat returned to the ship, and reported an American
+     on board one of them. She was then sent back, having strict
+     orders to act with caution, and the man got from the canoe into the
+     sea, and was taken up by the ship's boat, and brought on board. He
+     then stated in what manner he came there, and said he had another
+     of his countrymen in another canoe. I said if we could get some of
+     the boats dispersed, that every assistance should be rendered for
+     the liberty of the other man. Accordingly they did so, all but
+     three. The ship's boat was then despatched in search, and soon
+     found the other man. He was brought on board, but in a most
+     deplorable condition with fever, from the effects of a miserable
+     subsistence. These two poor fellows were quite naked, under a
+     burning sun. They appeared to bear all the marks of their long
+     servitude, and I should suppose two or three days would have been
+     the end of the last man taken on board, but from this act of
+     Providence. It appears that these men were wrecked in the ship
+     Mentor, on the Pelew islands, and were proceeding with their
+     commander to some Dutch settlement, in one of the Pelew island
+     canoes, when they got to the afore-mentioned island, and were
+     detained by the natives; and that captain Edward C. Barnard had got
+     on board some ship, and reached Canton river shortly after their
+     detention at the island; which has been confirmed by the different
+     masters now at the port of Lintin.
+
+     "The statement given in to me by the two men runs thus:--That they
+     were wrecked May 21st, 1832, on the Pelew islands, and detained on
+     Lord North's island 6th December, 1832. The two men's names are
+     Benjamin H. Nute and Horace Holden. I should thank any ship master
+     now in port, acquainted with the circumstance, to confirm it by his
+     signature, in order to make some provision for those men, should
+     they require it. But from the disposition and liberality of those
+     American gentlemen coming forward, that are already acquainted with
+     the circumstance, perhaps it will be unnecessary. At the same time
+     I shall be very willing to draw up any form, or in any other way
+     that I may forward their views, according to the opinion of their
+     American friends. I should hope that every vessel passing in the
+     direction of the afore-mentioned island, passing any of their
+     boats, will give them a trifle. I gave them what articles those two
+     men thought most beneficial, and should have held a closer
+     communication with them had I been better manned and armed.
+
+                                   HENRY SHORT, Barque Britannia."
+
+Never shall we find words to express our joy at once more finding
+ourselves in the company of civilized men! Nor can we be too grateful to
+captain Short, and his officers and crew, for their kind attentions
+during our passage to Lintin. Every thing in their power was done to
+restore our health and strength, and to render us comfortable. On
+arriving at Lintin we found ourselves sufficiently recovered to be able
+to pass up the river to Canton. We remained there, at the factories,
+under medical treatment, until the ship Morrison, of New York, was ready
+to sail; when we took passage in her for our native country, and arrived
+in New York on the 5th day of May, 1835.
+
+In New York we found many kind friends, who took a lively interest in
+our behalf. We would particularly acknowledge a debt of gratitude which
+we owe to Mr. John Munson, who opened his hospitable dwelling for our
+reception, and with whom we tarried for several weeks. Assisted by the
+humane and philanthropic citizens of New York, we have been enabled to
+reach Boston. Here Providence has raised us up warm friends, through
+whose assistance we have been rendered as comfortable as could under any
+circumstances have been expected.
+
+In compliance with the solicitations of many respectable gentlemen, the
+foregoing narrative is submitted to the public, with the hope that it
+may not be entirely uninteresting, and not without use. Every statement
+may be relied upon as strictly true; and it is believed, that, simple
+and unadorned as is our story, it may serve to afford some information
+of a little spot hitherto supposed to be uninhabited, and to present to
+view of the curious and intelligent some knowledge of a portion of our
+race among whom no white man has ever before lived.
+
+To captain Barnard the author of the statements in this narrative is
+under great obligations for his uniformly kind treatment previous to the
+loss of the Mentor, and during the whole time we were together. We have
+no reason to doubt, that he did all in his power to obtain our release
+from captivity at the time when he was himself so fortunate as to
+escape; and not the least blame is to be imputed to him on account of
+the disasters that befell us.
+
+Of the twenty-two persons who composed the ship's company of the Mentor
+when she sailed from New Bedford, only _four_ have returned. It has been
+reported, that one of the three who was left at the Pelew islands
+escaped a few months since. If such be the case only two remain there;
+and it is hoped that some measures will soon be adopted, either by the
+government or by humane individuals, to rescue them from their painful
+and distressing situation.
+
+I cannot close this narrative without expressing the most heart-felt
+gratitude to that kind Providence which has sustained us under trials
+and sufferings the most severe, and returned us to our homes and
+friends. And may those who have been to us friends indeed, find an ample
+reward for their generosity, in the consciousness of having been
+influenced by those sentiments and feelings which best adorn and dignify
+the human character!
+
+  BOSTON, NOVEMBER, 1835.
+
+
+
+
+APPENDIX.
+
+VOCABULARY OF THE LANGUAGE OF LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.
+
+
+The language of the inhabitants of Lord North's island appears to be a
+new and hitherto unknown dialect of the Polynesian family of languages.
+According to the preceding Narrative, it was wholly unintelligible to
+the _Pelew_ chiefs who accompanied the crew of the Mentor when they were
+made captives. To judge by the _numerals_, and a few other words, which
+have been collected by travellers, it has a near affinity to the
+dialects of the neighboring _Caroline_ islands.
+
+In the selection of words for the following vocabulary, we have
+principally followed the list of English words in Keate's Account of the
+Pelew Islands, but have added several from the Empress Catherine's
+Vocabulary; distinguishing by SMALL CAPITALS all the words which
+correspond to those in that Vocabulary. Some short dialogues are
+subjoined to the vocabulary.
+
+The orthography adopted is that of the _English_ language; it being the
+most useful to such of our navigators as may chance to visit Lord
+North's island or those in its vicinity. It is only necessary to state
+particularly, that _ay_ is to be pronounced like _aye_, or _ah-ee_; _g_,
+always hard, as in _go_; _ng_, in the middle of a word, as it is at the
+end; as, for example, in the English word _hanger_, and not as in the
+word anger, (ang-ger;) and _zh_ is to be pronounced like _s_ in
+_pleasure_, or the French _j_.
+
+It is proper to remark, that the words of the language here given, not
+having been furnished by _natives_ of the island, are to be received
+rather as approximations than as perfectly exact specimens of the
+language; but the comparisons made with kindred dialects lead us to
+believe, that they are as exact as are usually obtained from similar
+sources. Two years' residence in the island strongly impressed the
+language in the memory of the unfortunate captives.
+
+     And, mah.
+
+     Arm. (_See_ Hand.)
+
+     BACK, tukkalek'.
+
+     BAD, tuhmah'.
+
+     Bamboo, sheel, _or_ shil.[6]
+
+     BEARD, koosum. (_See_ Hair.)
+
+     BELLY, mish'ee-um.
+
+     Belt, (worn by the men,) tap'pah.
+
+     Big, yennup.
+
+     Bird, kar'rum.
+
+     BLACK, wayzer'ris, (wah-ee-zerris.)
+
+     Boat, prow, (prah-oo.)
+
+     BONE, cheel.
+
+     BOY. (_See_ Man.)
+
+     Brass, mullebah'dee.
+
+     Breast (of a female,) toot.[7]
+
+     Brother, biz'zheem, _or_ biz'zhim.
+
+     Canoe, (_the same as_ Boat.)
+
+     CHILD, (_of two or three years old_,) lah'bo.
+
+     Clouds, kotcho.
+
+     Cocoa-nut, (_when ripe_,) kahrah'pah; (_when very young_,) soob;
+     (_when the husk is so hard as to require breaking with a stone_,)
+     chou, _or_ chah-oo.
+
+     Cold, makkrazm'.
+
+     Come, (_verb, the same as to go_,) mo'rahbeeto.
+
+     Copper, (_the same as_ Brass.)
+
+     Cord, (small line) kreel.
+
+     Darkness, klo-wayzer'ris.
+
+     DAY, yahro, (_the same as_ Sun.)
+
+     DEAD, poo'ruk.
+
+     Dirt, yuhbur'.
+
+     Drink, (_verb_,) lim'mah.
+
+     DUST. (_See_ Dirt.)
+
+     Eat, muk'kah.
+
+     FATHER, wur'teemum; (_used also for_ Friend.)
+
+     FINGERS, kay'muk, (_the same as_ Hand.)
+
+     FIRE, yah, _or_ yahf.
+
+     Fish, ee'kah.
+
+     Fish-hook, kah-oo eekah.
+
+     Fishing net, shibbo'.
+
+     Fly, (_the insect_,) lahng.
+
+     Foot, petchem'; (_applied to the_ foot, leg, _and_ thigh.)
+
+     Friend. (_See_ Father.)
+
+     GIRL, pah'chik vay-ee'vee; (_literally_, a little woman.)
+
+     Go. (_See_ Come.)
+
+     GOOD, yissung.
+
+     GOD, yarris. (_They had images of twelve gods._)
+
+     GRASS, waw'ree.
+
+     HAIR, (_of the head_,) chim. (_See_ Beard.)
+
+     HAND, kay'muk. (_See_ Fingers.)
+
+     HEAD, mitch'eemum.
+
+     HERE, atid'dee, _or_ ettid'dee.
+
+     HOUSE. (_See_ Hut.)
+
+     Hungry, surmah'.
+
+     Hut, _or_ house, yim.
+
+     I, (myself,) nang.
+
+     Iron, pahng-ul; _also_ pishoo.
+
+     Iron hoop, chee'pah; (i. e. _pieces of iron hoops, of which they
+     make knives, &c._)
+
+     Kill, (_verb_,) mah'tee.
+
+     Large. (_See_ Big.)
+
+     Laugh, (_verb_,) mee'mee.
+
+     LEAF, (_of a cocoa-nut tree_,) trillah.
+
+     Leg. (_See_ Foot.)
+
+     LIGHTNING, visseeg'.
+
+     Little. (_See_ Small.)
+
+     Lizard, peelel'.
+
+     MAN, mah'ree, _or_ mah.
+
+     Many, pee'pee.
+
+     MILK, toot. (_See_ Breast.)
+
+     My, mine; e. g. _my cocoa-nut_, kahrah'pah ah nang.
+
+     Moon, muk'kum.
+
+     Mother, mish'erum.
+
+     Mouse. (_See_ Rat.)
+
+     Musquetoe, lahm.
+
+     Near to, yah peteh'to, _or_ petetto.
+
+     Night, neebo'; (_also_ by night.)
+
+     No, taw, _or_ tah-oo.
+
+     Numerals. (_See the list at the end of this vocabulary._)
+
+     Oar. (_See_ Paddle.)
+
+     Old, (i. e. from twenty years upwards,) mahzoo'-ee; very old,
+     mahzoo-ee ah va; _also_, butchee butch chim, _literally_, the hair
+     is white.
+
+     Paddle, vettel.
+
+     People, pee'pee ah mah'ree; _literally_, many men.
+
+     Rain, (it rains,) oot; it does not rain, taw oot.
+
+     Rat, tum'meeum.
+
+     Reef (of rocks,) ahrah'-oo.
+
+     Rope, tah'ree. (_See_ Cord.)
+
+     Sand, (or shoal in the sea,) pee. _This word means simply the
+     sand._
+
+     Sea, (salt water,) taht.
+
+     Shark, po.
+
+     Ship, waw'wee.
+
+     Short, yuhmoat', _or_ yah moat'.
+
+     Sick, makkah'kes; I am not sick, nang tay makkah'kes.
+
+     Sister, mee'ang-um.
+
+     Sleep, mus'see, _or_ mummah teed'ee.
+
+     Small, pah'chik; very small, (as a grain of sand,)
+     pahchik-gitchee-gee.
+
+     Son, (or daughter,) lah'bo. (_See_ Child.)
+
+     Stars, vish.
+
+     STONE, vahs.
+
+     Storm, pee'pee oot; i. e. much rain.
+
+     Strong, (in good health,) yuhkayl'.
+
+     Sun, yah'ro.
+
+     Tahboo', _the religious interdiction called_ tahboo, _which is
+     common in the islands of the Pacific ocean, and which is also used
+     in Lord North's island._
+
+     Talk, (_verb_,) tee'tree; e. g. tee'tree Inglish, talk English;
+     tee'tree To'bee, talk To'bee, or the language of the island.
+
+     Tattoo, (_verb_,) ver'ree-ver'-ree.
+
+     There, a-tur'nah.
+
+     Thou, _or_ you, gur.
+
+     Thunder, pah; pah zah tee'tree, it thunders; _literally_, the
+     thunder speaks. _When it thunders, they say_, Yarris tee'tree, God
+     is speaking.
+
+     To-morrow, waw'rah-zoo'rah.
+
+     Tree. (_See_ Wood.)
+
+     Turtle, wah'ree.
+
+     WATER, (fresh,) tah'roo.
+
+     ----, (salt,) taht.
+
+     Whale, kahs.
+
+     What; (what is that,) mahtah'men ah menno.
+
+     WHITE, butch'ee butch.
+
+     Why, bah.
+
+     WIND, yang.
+
+     Woman, vay-ee'vee; a young woman, wer'ree-wedg vay-ee'vee.
+
+     Wood, (trees,) tummutch'ee; tabur'rah eek'ah, the stem _or_ trunk.
+
+     Yellow, arrang'.
+
+     Yes, ee'lah.
+
+     Yesterday, rollo; yesterday night, rollo neebo'.
+
+     You, _or_ thou, gur.
+
+
+NUMERALS
+
+  One,       yaht
+  Two,       guhloo'
+  Three,     yah
+  Four,      vahn
+  Five,      neem
+  Six,       yah-woar'
+  Seven,     yah-veesh'
+  Eight,     yah-wah'
+  Nine,      yah-too'
+  Ten,       yah-saik' (sake)
+  Eleven,    sa-kum ah soo'
+  Twelve,    sa-kum ah goo-o'
+  Thirteen,  sa-kum ah sa-roo'
+  Fourteen,  sa-kum ah vah'oo
+  Fifteen,   sa-kum ah leemo'
+  Sixteen,   sa-kum ah wahroo'
+  Seventeen, sa-kum ah weeshoo'
+  Eighteen,  sa-kum ah wahrew'
+  Nineteen,  sa-kum ah tee-o'
+  Twenty,    sa-kum ah gloo-o'
+
+  Ten,       saik
+  Twenty,    goowaik'
+  Thirty,    sa-reek'
+  Forty,     vah-eek'
+  Fifty,     leemaik (leemake)
+  Sixty,     woar-eek'
+  Seventy,   vesheek'
+  Eighty,    wahreck'
+  Ninety,    tew-week'
+  Hundred,   surbung; &c.[8]
+
+The inhabitants of Lord North's island seldom count above a hundred; but
+when they wish to express a larger number they do it by a repetition of
+the syllable _saik_, (ten,) in this manner:--sakum ah saik, ah saik, ah
+saik, &c.
+
+In counting cocoa-nuts, they use the following numerals:--
+
+  One,    soo
+  Two,    goo-o'
+  Three,  sa-roo'
+  Four,   vah'o
+  Five,   leemo'
+  Six,    woarroo
+  Seven,  veeshoo'
+  Eight,  tee-oo
+  Nine,   wahrew'
+  Ten,    saik
+
+In counting fish they have still a different set of numbers:--
+
+  Seemul eekah, one fish
+  Gwimmul eekah, two fishes
+  Sreemul eekah, three fishes
+  Vahmul eekah, four fishes
+  Neemul eekah, five fishes
+  Waw'remul eekah, six fishes
+  Vish-ee ahmul eekah, seven fishes
+  War'remul eekah, eight fishes
+  Too-ee'mul eekah, nine fishes
+  Saik eekah, ten fishes
+
+
+DIALOGUES IN THE LANGUAGE OF LORD NORTH'S ISLAND.
+
+     Tee'mit, tay too attee'dee, nang ver'ree-ver'ree gur; mah'ree
+     To'bee tay ver'ree-ver'ree man Inglish mo'ree pooruk; zahbee'to
+     Yarris yettah'men man Inglish.
+
+          Horace, come here, for I am going to tattoo you; if To'bee man
+          does not tattoo Englishman he will die; Yarris (God) will come
+          and Englishman will go immediately out of sight; i. e. be
+          destroyed.
+
+They perform the process of tattooing by means of a little instrument,
+made either of a thin, flat fish-bone, or of the wing bone of a large
+sea-bird. The blade of the instrument (as it may be called) is about an
+inch long; it is fixed upon a little handle, about four inches in
+length, and the whole instrument may be compared to a carpenter's adz,
+in miniature; except that the edge, instead of being straight, and
+smooth for cutting, is made into teeth for puncturing the skin. This
+little instrument is held in the left hand, with the edge or teeth
+directly over the place to be punctured, and successive blows are then
+struck upon it, with a small stick of iron-wood, resembling a drumstick,
+and of about two pounds' weight, until the coloring matter is
+sufficiently pricked into the skin.[9]
+
+Before commencing the operation they mix the coloring liquid (before
+described, page 102) in a cocoa-nut shell. They then compel you to lie
+down upon the ground in such a position that the part of the body which
+is to be tattooed shall lie uppermost. After this, with a slender,
+flexible stick dipped in the liquid, they mark out upon the body the
+figures that are to be imprinted in the skin; then they dip the teeth of
+the tattooing instrument in the liquid, and by successive strokes, as
+above mentioned, prick it into the skin, till it is completed to their
+taste. During the operation you are surrounded by men, women, and
+children, all singing a kind of chorus or song adapted to the occasion;
+and if any complaint escapes you, from the severe treatment of the
+operators, (of whom there are generally two,) the whole company strikes
+up a louder strain, apparently as if rejoicing. The spirited wood cut
+accompanying this volume gives a very correct representation of this
+important ceremony.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+After captain Barnard and Rollins escaped from the island, the natives
+would often ask of Holden and Nute where they thought _Peeter Inglish_
+(their name for the captain) was;[10] they were answered, that he was on
+his passage to England. They would then say,--
+
+     Ah! Peeter Inglish taw borobeeto Inglish; Peeter Inglish yepee'lif
+     tang ah nee mah'ree ah To'bee ah pahng-ul; Peeter Inglish mo'ree
+     poo'ruk woar ah taht; Peeter Inglish tee'tree tee'tree mah'ree
+     To'bee pee'pee pee'pee ah pahng-ul, pee'pee ah lego', pee'pee ah
+     mullebah'dee; shaik, man Inglish yepee'lif tuhmah'; mah'ree ah
+     To'bee zah so zah tee'tree Yarris, waurwa ah Inglish cher prow tay
+     beeto woar Inglish.
+
+          Ah! the captain will never get to England; the captain was a
+          thief; he had not given To'bee man any iron, and he would die
+          at sea; the captain talked, and talked with To'bee men, (that
+          they should have) much iron, great many clothes, and much
+          brass; for shame! Englishmen (are) all thieves and bad men;
+          To'bee men (are) very angry; (we) will speak to God, and he
+          will make the ship founder at sea, and the captain never will
+          arrive in England.
+
+Whenever Holden or Nute expressed a wish to go to England, the natives
+would say to them,--
+
+     Gur zah beeto Inglish bah? Taw ah muk'kah woar Inglish; gur zah
+     beeto Inglish, gur mo'ree poo'ruk; mah'ree Inglish muk'kah ketch'ee
+     etch'ee, omah ah yahpuk gur mum'mee tee'dee ah To'bee, yevvers
+     mah'ree To'bee yissung ah mukkah.
+
+          What do you (wish to) go to England for? There is nothing to
+          eat in England; if you go to England you will die; Englishmen
+          eat rats and snails and filth; if you stay in To'bee you will
+          live; To'bee men have very good (food) to eat.
+
+
+_Dialogue between Horace Holden and his master Pahrahbooah._
+
+     _H._ Pahrahbooah, gur zah wosheeto ah nang woar ah prow, nang zah
+     beeto Inglish; nang zah mum'mah tee'dee ah To'bee zah pooruk, taw
+     ah muk'kah woar To'bee; woar Inglish pee'pee ah muk'kah, pee'pee,
+     pee'pee; gur zah wosheeto ah nang woar ah prow nang zah lee ah gur
+     pee'pee ah pahng-ul, pee'pee ah lego', pee'pee ah mullebah'dee; gur
+     tay wosheeto ah nang zah poo'ruk woar ah To'bee, gur taw ah pishoo.
+
+          _H._ Pahrahbooah, if you will put me on board of a ship I will
+          go to England; if I remain at To'bee (Lord North's) I shall
+          die, for there is nothing to eat on To'bee; in England, much
+          food, much, much; and if you will put me on board of a ship, I
+          will give you much iron, many clothes, and much brass; if you
+          do not put me (on board) I shall die on To'bee, and you (will
+          get) no iron.
+
+     _P._ Hah, nang tay wosheeto ah gur; gur tee'tree tuhmah; gur tang
+     ah nee nang ah pahng-ul; Peeter Inglish yepee'lif, gur yepee'lif,
+     mah'ree ah Inglish yepee'lif, senah-messen'; tuhmah man Inglish;
+     gur mummah tee'dee woar To'bee, zah pooruk ah To'bee.
+
+          _P._ Ah! I will not let you go; you talk bad; you will not
+          give me any iron; Peeter Inglish is a thief, you are a thief,
+          all Englishmen (are) thieves and liars; Englishmen (are) bad
+          men; you (are) to stay on To'bee, to die on To'bee.
+
+
+_Another Dialogue between the same persons._
+
+     _P._ Tee'mit, gur zah beeto Inglish gur zahnee mah'ree To'bee ah
+     pahng-ul, yennup way'sa teberee'kah yennup ah tepo'ee ah waus'sa,
+     ah lego', kah-oo eekah, zis ah pishoo' ah teet ah tuv'vatif, ah
+     mullebah'dee, zah beeto To'bee zah lee wur'teemum ah gur?
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you go to England will you give the men of
+          To'bee iron of a large size, as big as a stick of wood, and
+          big axes, and knives, and cloth, and fish-hooks, an anvil and
+          hammer, and needles, a trunk, and brass, and then come back to
+          To'bee and give them to your father?
+
+     _H._ Ee'lah, nang zah beeto Inglish nang zahnee mahree To'bee ah
+     pahng-ul yennup, ah tepo'-ee, ah waus'sa, ah lego', kah-oo eekah,
+     zis ah pishoo', ah teet, ah tuv'vatif, ah mullebah'dee, zah beeto
+     To'bee, zah lee wur'teemum ah nang.
+
+          _H._ Yes, I will go to England, and I will give to the men of
+          To'bee iron of a large size, and big axes, and knives, and
+          cloth, and fish-hooks, an anvil, and needles, and trunks, and
+          brass, and then come back to To'bee and give them to my
+          father.
+
+     _P._ Gur zah beeto Inglish gur dee mum'mah tee'dee woar Inglish,
+     taw borobee'to To'bee, gur zah yuh-woon; tuhmah taw muhpeer klo
+     dung-ah-rang-us.
+
+          _P._ If you go to England you will stop (sleep) there, and not
+          return to To'bee; this (will be) bad and not friendly, and you
+          will be a bad man.
+
+     _H._ Nang zah beeto Inglish, nang dak mum'mah teedee woar Inglish,
+     nang zah beeto To'bee.
+
+          _H._ If I go to England I will not stop (sleep) there, but
+          return to To'bee immediately.
+
+     _P._ Gur too-ay-go'rah beeto Inglish, gur mo'ree pooruk woar ah
+     taht, gur tay beeto To'bee.
+
+          _P._ You do not know the way to England; you will die (or be
+          lost) at sea, and not come to To'bee.
+
+     _H._ Hah! nang yego'rah beeto Inglish, taw mo'ree pooruk woar ah
+     taht.
+
+          _H._ Aye, I do know the way to England; I shall not die (or be
+          lost) at sea.
+
+     _P._ Gur ahnee ah prow woar Inglish, pee'pee ah pahng-ul, ah lego',
+     kahrahpah, ah vay-ee'vee pee'pee, ah mahree pee'pee, ah lah'bo?
+
+          _P._ Have you got ships in England, and a great deal of iron,
+          and cloths and cocoa-nuts, and many men, women, and children?
+
+     _H._ Eelah, nang yuhwo' ah prow woar Inglish, pee'pee ah pahng-ul,
+     ah lego', kahrahpah ah vay-ee'vee, pee'pee ah mah'ree, pee'pee ah
+     lah'bo.
+
+          _H._ Yes, I have got ships in England, much iron, and cloths,
+          and cocoa-nuts, and women, and a great many men and children.
+
+     _P._ Gur mukkah woar Inglish pee'pee?
+
+          _P._ Do you eat in England a plenty?
+
+     _H._ Eelah, nang mukkah woar Inglish pee'pee.
+
+          _H._ Yes, in England I eat a plenty, (or much.)
+
+     _P._ Tee'mit, gur zah beeto Inglish woshee'to ah pahng-ul woshee'to
+     ah lego', ah mullebah'dee, ah tepo-ee, ah kah-oo eekah, mo'ree
+     To'bee zah lee mah'ree To'bee, gur muhpeer, gur yissung ah mah'ree,
+     muhpeer muhpeer.
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you go to England, and fetch us iron, and
+          cloths, and brass, and axes, and fish-hooks, to To'bee, and
+          give them to To'bee men, you (will be) our friend, a very
+          good man, a very great friend; (_literally_, a friend, a
+          friend.)
+
+     _H._ Eelah, nang zah beeto Inglish, nang wosheeto ah pahng-ul,
+     wosheeto ah lego', ah mullebah'dee, ah tepo-ee, ah kah-oo eekah,
+     woar To'bee zah lee mah'ree To'bee.
+
+          _H._ Yes, (if) I go to England I will fetch you iron, and
+          fetch cloths and brass, and axes and fish-hooks, to To'bee,
+          and give them to the people of To'bee.
+
+     _P._ Tee'mit, gur zah beeto Inglish gur tay beeto To'bee, mah'ree
+     To'bee zah tee'tree Yarris, gur moree pooruk.
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you go to England and do not come back to
+          To'bee, the men of To'bee will talk to God and you will die.
+
+     _H._ Nang zah beeto Inglish, nang de mummah tee'dee, ah turt zah
+     beeto To'bee.
+
+          _H._ I will go to England and stop a short time, (i. e. sleep
+          there,) and shall return to To'bee.
+
+     _P._ Tee'mit, gur zah beeto venne Yarris, gur tay beeto, gur mo'ree
+     pooruk.
+
+          _P._ Horace, if you do not go to Yarris' house, (i. e. the
+          place of worship,) you will die.
+
+     _H._ Tur pay; nang zah beeto.
+
+          _H._ Wait a minute; I will go.
+
+     Verrah mahtah gur?
+
+          What is your name?
+
+
+FOOTNOTES:
+
+[6] No bamboo grows on Lord North's island, but it frequently drifts
+ashore, and the natives make knives of it.
+
+[7] Used also by the Pelew Islanders.
+
+[8] _Numerals of the Caroline Islands, from the Missionary Voyage to the
+Southern Pacific Ocean, 4to, London, 1799._
+
+  One,    iota
+  Two,    rua
+  Three,  toloo
+  Four,   tia
+  Five,   leema
+  Six,    honoo
+  Seven,  fizoo
+  Eight,  wartow,
+  Nine,   shievo
+  Ten,    segga
+
+[9] Tattooing instruments may be seen in the valuable East India museum,
+at Salem; and perhaps in some of the museums in Boston.
+
+[10] What the import of this name _Peeter_ was, we are unable to
+determine. They gave the same appellation to a character of great
+celebrity in their history, whose entire name was _Peeter Kart_; and
+who, according to their traditions, came from the island of Ternate,
+many years ago, and gave them their religion and such simple arts as
+they possessed. They said he was of a copper color, like themselves.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+[Transcriber's Notes:
+
+The transcriber made these changes to the text to correct obvious
+errors:
+
+  1. The author was inconsistent in his use of accents with some of the
+     words in the language of Lord North's island. This inconsistency
+     remains as originally published.
+  2. Some of the last words of the native's dialogue was moved to
+     the previous page for readibility.  This occured on the following
+     pages:
+            130 text moved to page 129
+            131 text moved to page 130
+            133 text moved to page 132
+  3. The illustration "Escape to Britannia" has been moved from between
+     page 114 and 115 to page 113.
+
+End of Transcriber's Notes]
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of A Narrative of the Shipwreck,
+Captivity and Sufferings of Horace Holden and Benj. H. Nute, by Horace Holden
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SHIPWRECK ***
+
+***** This file should be named 32012.txt or 32012.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        http://www.gutenberg.org/3/2/0/1/32012/
+
+Produced by Richard J. Shiffer and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/32012.zip b/32012.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..33bbf34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/32012.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06fc497
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #32012 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/32012)